






























# V * 


vP *tL 


c° £s 5 ru% ° 

*o V 

o v • 


'O. •vji^o 1 '” K v * < rZ / 7iPJf * a ^v V 

o° %'**S^‘ /■ %.**"' *V° 

A V>* ,-^fe-. V* :'«•»- ' 



•* 


v 
*<*' 


• ° 

* <#* ° 


‘ -c,.* ,o *•** <g> <$> , 0 * ••; 

\a »*v «* # » n a ■ , * _ C, * 

* c° -V^w. ^ .<* •V/fZ^ - •n* « * 

- .'Jfe **£ :SI 


eJ- O, *«,■»• A ^ 

N* ... •**0 .0 ,*AL'. ■> 


jPtv . 4 ^ *"•*■ » 

■» * v> »*V*llwvxs* * tyT * 

* O V %^V «r °o, ♦ 

f. «► • 45 



</* 

o, ,A V * 

. ° ^ ♦ 

‘ * O > 

? • v o -f 


♦ O o v ** 7 ^ 0 ’ ^ °o. ‘..r,** a? % •• 

,<y ,* *'* -> V * „ ^ * '♦a v* •jCtwh^* o> 

• f5 ® a v *,„* ^ •^ 8 ^' 


v*V 


f o 4 » 



* * 


4 * A y / '*o -O' 

* *0 O, ' * • * -\ > V*. A „ 

0 ^ *«*♦♦ *^o ***^i,% c° -* 


v o 





%^ H ^s£'*'*' < 1 ^ c* 

> ♦», 1 # ' aO" * • * 0 9 4 ^ 

^ 4 0 * tV!rl/- > V /iV', ^ 




lV^ 


* ^ 0 
4 A v %« ** 



aS> ^ . 


* W/Mv Mr 'O \r # K ^ 1 4 V- V** 

\ A '- • ‘ * A° .... ^ 

w\ * ./ 


■*. *0 V 


• J. 0 ^ : 


/•o' 




v°-»U. V 


0 o ^ ‘v^.* /" / v : 

• V • » 0 4V 4* (\‘ n • * p 

^ .*^- *> v .*k'i*. ^ >° >>»>:- ■? 

^ ^ »A?a’ * Oil® • 

> »™a», -j..^ :«/!> 1. a?.*^ . 




> • * 


» ^ ^ \VjpKp • ■%• 



a\ . 11 *. <?*«. 


# # 4 * ’ a 6 


4 .<L 

« .fr 


(V 


« • « 



V V *.T.* ^ 

'v > O’ .• 


V ,v 


% ^ 

: v*. 

**• 

.* * * *. 
o ^ '•** 

A» . • 1 " . <*V 

4*> tVyr^x * ^L. 

V - *^pFlS^_/7V * *■£• (V 





& o *.,,« 

V' * ’ * •- ^ A f 

. % v?> .VWV* ^ 0 
: v>sr v 





* A 7 >, 

A - V V?rP A < 

i»v • ®J! * 4 *6 .A 

0 V? 4 * 



4 O 

/ jr o 

^■•-’••• y ^ ••.<•• aO 

♦ > V *!•«* o 



* . 

$y ^ • 

"V *ir — o 
s»» 

V) v • ’ VI’. > ' 

•• V ,v • d»b'* t*. A * 

• ^0 * 0#M: 

*‘fvz/?c^v£ • 


* ^ 

♦ V * 



c o *rr,** A o" v # ® 

!*•» ^cv *v vL!rL% ^ 

® V * 4 

t ^ v 



* * 

% * V <* • 



V _ f 


'* % # *'* 
r vv * 


* 


.* ^ CO 




* c^^rs 


* V * H/iwrvi’ * A 

J?7® A '». »♦ .(r »s> Vv%7* A 

A ♦**»«&£.* \ A,. 


“oO * 




*v A 



* * • 


... '"•fr ■*” A% 

.*• ^ 0° . 

;. +j. 0 < :*^figr. , ov . 

_ © ^5 j? « 

* d,^ O' * ^0 (j> 4 

*.,v v V* c> '.,,• A 0 V ' 

1 " % ^ V % • •• ®- C\ J.V »VV 1 % ^ 

# A A * A ^ 0^. * - T a 4j 

* * : JSSk'' w 

/ & \ A ♦ V 

• ,0^ V ^vv®* ^ 

C 0 •Vs^wl^ °0 A*> StrAfrl* ^ C v •' 



♦ J 

; **s ' 


E> « » 



/• 0^ 





* V», 4 

, -• \A* CV 


> i? ^ • 

^ ^ ♦ 'N ^® k # 

o ^ T W / 4 rU + 

0 + ** 0 .4 ^ "•*° 9 ^ 

* • *» A 0 . • - r 

• <P*. A? % 

k c <?*r c£ ♦ 

« ^C,' 

• * 

y ^ % 




v^O 1 

« °^ 

*V^ % V,T ’’’ 

> -••'i O. V 

*» o 

'QpO 



<r. '•.'.* .o 





“Bare to tie f^ealdjp” 






Balere &ut>e 

! 

(DARE TO BE HEALTHY) 


THE LIGHT of PHYSICAL 
REGENERATION 


A vade mecum on 

BIOLOGY and the HYGIENIC-DIETETIC 
METHOD of HEALING 




Dr. ‘Sows Drcljmann 

n 

Biologist and Physiological Chemist 



Second Edition (Compendium) Copyright 1910 
SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 
Christmas 1918 




COPYRIGHTED BY 

WASHINGTON PRINTING COMPANY 
SEATTLE, U S. A. 

1919 





©Ci. A 5 2 9 4 7 7 

AUG -4 1919 


'Vv© | 


DEDICATION 


“Dispel this cloud, the light of Heaven restore; 
Give me to see, and Ajax asks no more!’’ 

(Pope) 


To you of that great voiceless multitude, 
“THE PEOPLE”— 

You whose bewildered cry is still for 
light; whose silent tragedy our well be¬ 
loved Longfellow could so well portray: 


“O suffering sad humanity ! 

O ye afflicted ones, who lie 
Steeped to the'lips in misery. 
Longing, and yet afraid to die, 
Patient, though sorely tried!’’ 


To you and your needs this brief epi¬ 
tome of a coming greater work is given 
as a fitting Christmas offering— 

“LET THERE BE LIGHT!” 

It is the cry which despairing, deluded 
humanity, in the darkness of its fren¬ 
zied ignorance, has flung back hopeless¬ 
ly to heaven since first the spirit of an 




6 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Infinite Intelligence brooded upon the 
race. It is the appeal of man’s immortal 
unity to the All-Father, from age to age, 
for knowledge sufficient for its hourly 
needs, since ever, back in the far dim 
ages of the earth, primeval man, beetle- 
browed, furtive and fashioned fear- 
somely, first felt the faint vibration of 
a Soul; and, like an awakened giant, 
that chief of human faculties, a Mind 
took form which, pressing on along the 
uncertain way, has scaled the giddy 
heights of knowledge where genius, en¬ 
throned, does battle with an envious 
world of shams and greed and venal 
prejudice. Led by the resistless pulse 
of power it follows still that “banner 
with a strange device: Excelsior!” ;— 
for, ever onward yet it wends its way 
where’er the devious pathway trends, 
whose troubled, varied course is time, 
whose bourne is in eternity. 

But where seek we, then, the answer 
to a cry so shrill, that smites the high 
face of heaven from a world in pain? 

Shall we seek it where false learning 
leads us in the quest?—Ah no. 

It comes, not in the crash of sinai’s 
thunders with the rockings of a riven 
sphere, as in the allegoric stories of a 
puerile past. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


7 


Softly it falls—yes, almost fearfully 
—from the fervid lips of some lone 
world-neglected persecuted man—some 
patient toil-worn son of science, whom 
Genius loves to call her own—though, 
haply, to the schools, to fortune and to 
fame unknown. One whose transcend¬ 
ent, superconscious mind has dared, 
Prometheus-like, to snatch from heaven 
the fire of the immortal gods and offer 
it in benefits to all mankind. 

Thrice happy he upon the sensory 
surface of whose open mind such seeds 
of knowledge and of wisdom fall, and 
happy the land where one and all may 
dare to warm chill hands and hearts 
before its sacred flame; that halcyon 
land, the Ultima Thule of our fond im¬ 
aginings, wherein true freedom reigns; 
wherein the legalized tyranny of the 
chartered libertines of a so-called 
learned profession shall be finally rele¬ 
gated, in common cause to the limbo of 
a sordid and degraded past. For these 
are they who seek to maintain a stran¬ 
gle-hold on science, who paralyze the 
arm of individual research and, even in 
this advancing age, still block the path 
of progress and of peace, of universal 
freedom and equality of intellect, to all 
beyond the narrow limits of their own 
elect. 


8 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Thus then, to the free fraternity of 
the open mind I dedicate this brief re¬ 
sume of the product of long years of 
study and of toil, steadfastly believing 
that therein is found the missing di¬ 
mension for their urgent need, suited 
alike to all who hold that to maintain 
the health of body and of mind is a 
worthy object for enlightened man. To 
you, mothers of the land, who recog¬ 
nize your duty, towards God and to the 
State, to rear your children healthy, 
strong and good to look upon. To all 
whose keener common-sense looks up¬ 
on Nature, the Creator, as, logically 
therefore, the healing power also. To 
all endowed with wit to understand the 
obvious truth that, not by poisonous 
drugs is healing wrought, but by such 
reasonable help as man’s intelligence 
can afford, to second nature’s effort to 
that end; and further, that, in order to 
achieve success, it is useless to attack, 
suppress or remove the symptoms of 
disease by force of drugging or the 
knife, whilst the cause of the evil is left 
untouched, unthought of, and, too fre¬ 
quently, unknown. Truth and reason 
alike proclaim: remove the cause and 
the symptom must disappear. 

To all, then, to whom the ever blessed 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


9 


triad of health, hope, and happiness on 
earth, are dear, the sanctity of child- 
life and the improvement of the race; 
and especially to those whose clearer 
mental vision can grasp the stupendous 
fact of eternal Universal Unity—the 
oneness with that mighty Primal Cause, 
the great Life Principle, immanent and 
active throughout all nature; can grasp 
and assimilate the idea that everything 
that has life is, each in its separate 
form and degree, but a medium through 
which the Infinite Universal Source of 
Life—that vast, ineffable power which 
we, blindly, designate as God—or Good- 
seeks expression in the scheme of evo¬ 
lution whose aim sublime is pure per¬ 
fection, as its ultimate, attainable, 
though far off goal. Directed and at¬ 
tracted by an intelligence we call di¬ 
vine, it is a hope, instinct with ability, 
implanted by that Power in the soul of 
man, as patent in his ceaseless struggle 
upward toward the light of fuller 
knowledge; it is a power, restricted, 
only in degree, by that individual sense 
of human limitations fostered by false 
prophets and grounded in the vitals of 
the race. 

To you all, this brief precis is pre¬ 
sented, as a guide, with the author’s 


10 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


benediction, coupled with the fervent 
hope that, reading the scientific deduc¬ 
tions and precepts therein contained 
you, too, may see Regeneration’s Light 
and seeing, may 

“Dare to be Healthy.” 

Louis Dechmann, 

Christmas , 1918. Seattle , Wash. 


“Bare to tie Health" 




FORE-WORD 

To the Reader : 

The volume, shortly to be published, 
and to which the ensuing pages are de¬ 
signed to serve the purpose of stepping- 
stone or forecast, has been compiled 
for the purpose of placing before 
the public the experiences of thirty- 
five full years of my life as a biologist 
and physiological chemist, devoted to 
the sifting and solution of vital prob¬ 
lems of health and eugenics and in 
the practice of the resultant knowledge 
of the laws of life discovered in the 
course of my research. 

I would beseech you, in your own 
vital interest, to peruse these pages 
thoughtfully and with an open mind. 
There are throughout America already, 
thousands of steadfast disciples who 
are daily reaping the benefits of the 
teachings contained therein; and I 
would that you also may be added to 
that goodly multitude, to enjoy together 
with them the best advantages eman¬ 
ating from systematic study along the 
most advanced lines of modern thought 


14 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


and science. The facts are correlated 
and simply expressed with the earnest 
desire to bring within the scope of the 
layman the good that may accrue. It 
is, however, not for the laymen alone 
that this work is undertaken, but for 
unprofessional and professional alike, 
be he medical student or practitioner or 
other interested person; for to each and 
all I present herein the best that a life¬ 
time of research has enabled me to 
wring from nature’s secret store for 
the betterment and conservation of hu¬ 
man life and the help of human kind. 

In the development of my movement 
I have formulated a system under 
which all may participate in the bene¬ 
fits of my message, though possibly 
prevented by circumstances in some 
cases from coming within direct per¬ 
sonal contact with myself. 

This system comprises the following: 

The “Dare to be Healthy” Club. 

The “Dare to be Healthy” Lecture 
Course. 

The “Dare to be Healthy” Hygienic 
Dietetic Course. 

Full particulars regarding these will 
appear at a subsequent point in this 
prospectus. 


Louis Dechmann. 


INTRODUCTION 


".Argentea proles, 

Auro deterior, fulvo pretiosior aere.” 

(Ovid) 


Succeeding times a silver age behold 
Excelling brass, but more excelled by Gold. 


Hessiod, in his celebrated distribu¬ 
tion of mankind, divides the species in¬ 
to three orders of intellect. 

“The first place,” says he, “belongs 
to him who can, by his own powers, dis¬ 
cern what is fit and right, and pene¬ 
trate to the remoter motives of action. 

“The second place is claimed by him 
who is willing to hear instruction and 
can perceive right and wrong when 
they are shown to him by another;— 
but he who hath neither acuteness nor 
docility—who can neither find the way 
by himself, nor will be led by others, is 
a wretch without use or value.” 

“You are seeking truth,” quoth Adal¬ 
bert von Chamisso, “Remember that the 
world clings more firmly to supersti¬ 
tion than to faith” —or, to borrow ex- 




16 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


pression from an equally inspired 
source,—remember that perverse hu¬ 
manity rarely fails to favour, rather, 
what Shakespeare terms “The seeming 
truth which cunning times put on to en¬ 
trap the wisest 

Courageous, then, must be the knight 
who sets his lance in rest to tilt against 
the windmills of the world. 

Nevertheless, although the truth is 
still banned as “heterodox” by common 
consent—or tacit connivance—an atti¬ 
tude patent to commercial instincts in 
view of the cataclysm which must natu¬ 
rally ensue, with deadly results to the 
vested interests of orthodoxy, so soon 
as the long-trusted barriers of plaus¬ 
ible and pretentious mystery and im¬ 
portance shall be swept away by the 
rising tide of popular indignation. 
When the masses become educated to 
discriminate between truth and false¬ 
hood and thus shall come into their 
rights, then and not till then, will the 
dawn of physical salvation break. 

Still, I maintain, there are, and have 
been all along the way, eminent medical 
men of high intelligence, who, unlike 
the drones of the medical hive, have 
dared to think for themselves and have 
even dared to speak their thoughts. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 17 

Thus, for instance, spoke Sir Wil¬ 
liam W. Gull, Physician to her late 
Majesty Queen Victoria: “Having pass¬ 
ed the period of the goldheaded cane 
and horsehair wig, we dare hope to 
have also passed the days of pompous 
emptiness; and furthermore, we can 
hope that nothing will he considered 
unworthy the attention of physicians 
which contributes to the saving of life•” 

Again, an authority of the first rank, 
Prof. Oesterlin, says in his noted work 
on the Materia Medica: 

“The studious physician of our centu¬ 
ry ivill hardly expect to accomplish by 
force, through some strange drug or 
other, that which only nature can bring • 
about ivhen assisted by all the rational 
accessories of hygiene and dietetics. 

Nature alone can furnish the bene- 
ficient means, sufficient for all needs ,— 
which the science of medicine never 
has afforded and never can. 

As we survey the civilization of our 
age and its medical science, we see, on 
the one hand, the crude superstitions of 
the masses, the subtler superstitions of 
the educated classes; gross material¬ 
ism, bewildering Darwinism, pessim¬ 
ism, and degenerate political economy; 
on the other hand, unmitigated quack- 


18 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


ery and cupidity, with its weight of 
oppression on humanity,—everywhere 
confusion instead of harmony. 

Very surely,—and perhaps more 
speedily than we think—a reaction will 
come, when our present degenerate sys¬ 
tem of medical subterfuge—misnamed 
science—will have passed away, to be 
replaced by accredited methods of natu¬ 
ral healing consistent with the dignity 
of an enlightened, self-respecting peo¬ 
ple. 



“Ignorance is the curse of God: 
Knowledge the wing wherewith we fly to heaven” 

(Shakespeare) 


THE HYGIENIC-DIETETIC 
METHOD OF HEALING 

Biology, the Science of life, has de¬ 
veloped under my hand that system of 
natural healing which I practice, in 
common with some of the most success¬ 
ful physicians on the continent of Eu¬ 
rope and America. 

Although based upon the same bio¬ 
logical laws, their systems of therapy— 
or healing—differ materially from one 
another. My system is entirely my own, 
developed during the last thirty-five 
years to that degree of perfection it 
has attained today. 

I am, naturally, honestly proud of 
the success achieved during this strenu¬ 
ous period, yet am I still as anxiously 
imbued as ever with the spirit and hab- 



20 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


it of research which is now directed to 
the endeavour to further simplify my 
method of treatment, by further dis¬ 
coveries in the realm of that most ab¬ 
struse of the sciences, Physiological 
Chemistry. 

In this baffling but wonderful do¬ 
main I am inspired by the ambitious 
hope that some, at any rate, of the 
many unsolved problems of the Science 
of Life may yet give up their secrets 
to the demand of my persistency, exert¬ 
ed in the interest of the well-being of 
humanity. 

After centuries devoted by the facul¬ 
ty to a futile and arrogant attempt to 
counteract the disturbances of health, 
which we call diseases, in the stereo¬ 
typed manner known as “orthodox;” 
after endless complications, infinite 
“specializing”—in itself a futility—and 
unblushing complicity with the powers 
that be, we find them now at length, 
baffled, discredited, but unashamed, 
cast back, discomforted, upon Mother 
Nature’s kindly breast, their victims 
humbly seeking healing in simple unity 
from her ample store. 

Based upon this firm foundation, we 
term the new departure the “Natural 
Method of Healing.” 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


21 


The greatest physicians of all time, 
from Hippocrates to our own day, were 
satisfied to he simply natural phy¬ 
sicians. They were not satisfied to 
merely suppress the symptoms of suf¬ 
fering and to quiet the sufferer by ab¬ 
normal appliances. Their higher, more 
ambitious aim was to reach the active 
source of distress—and in this they suc¬ 
ceeded. 

For, not only did they achieve where 
others failed, but, in addition to heal¬ 
ing, they also prevented the recurrence 
of disease, and, more noteworthy still, 
they established a system of Prophylac¬ 
tic Therapy, which is the highest func¬ 
tion of the healing art; namely, the pre¬ 
vention of disease by treatment before 
full development, or, in other words, the 
preservation of health. 

It is not the object of this brief 
brochure to enter into the devious de¬ 
tails which a full explanation of this 
practical, successful, modern method 
would require. It is designed merely 
for those who, after experiencing dis¬ 
appointment and failure in other direc¬ 
tions, have had recourse, as a last al¬ 
ternative, to advice and assistance, 
from myself. 


22 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Such patients, as a rule, have heard 
of my method from others; have heard 
that it differs widely, in its frank sim¬ 
plicity, from the empty pomposity of 
the old-school “orthodox” elements, 
though of the principles of the old- 
school teaching they have really little 
or no conception, beyond a crude, un¬ 
wholesome, fear of the unknown, con¬ 
sequent upon the, very necessary , veil 
of mystery with which its votaries sur¬ 
round themselves—a semi-superstitious 
sentiment inherited from a malignant 
past and one which does little credit to 
the vaunted modern civilization of to¬ 
day. 

On this point of difference they ask 
for enlightenment, and naturally en¬ 
quire as to the nature of both, but es¬ 
pecially of this new hope which is held 
out to them as a refuge in their hour 
of despair. 

This information it is equally my 
duty and my desire to give, and in the 
most convenient and simple form, 
shorn of all shroud of mystery; for my 
object is to educate and not to conceal. 

It is my chief desire that patients 
should thoroughly understand the 
methods and principles of the New- 
School of Healing and should exercise 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


23 


their own intelligence as to its merits 
as compared with the old, and, being 
once thoroughly convinced—not by 
faith, or fear, or fashion, nor yet biased 
by the unfair influence of the false 
prestige of a legalized monopoly detri¬ 
mental to the interest of the people— 
they should forthwith honestly test the 
new deliverance by faithfully following 
my advice and instruction, to their own 
unfailing ultimate benefit and relief. 

As a labour of love towards the world 
in general and the people of my adopted 
country in particular, I have made it 
my duty to formulate the substance of 
my researches in the field of science— 
researches which represent the strug¬ 
gles of a life-time—in a large and com¬ 
prehensive work which, to the scientist 
as well as to the laymen, will constitute 
in the most detailed and complete de¬ 
gree a reliable guide to the conservation 
of health which, even now, in the im- 
meditate present, has come to be regard¬ 
ed not only as a scientific phase of edu¬ 
cation, but as a duty incumbent upon 
every citizen. Should sickness super¬ 
vene, as well it may sometimes, despite 
all reasonable precaution, the knowl¬ 
edge and instructions contained there¬ 
in are sufficient, if closely followed, to 


24 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


prevent, for the most part, the serious 
consequences of disease and to afford 
the patient the necessary enlighten¬ 
ment to enable him to co-operate with 
the hygienic-dietetic physician in the 
task of restoring him to health and 
ability. 

This book, entitled “ Regeneration” 
or “Dare to be Healthy will consist of 
some three thousand or more pages. It 
will be published shortly; and, in the 
common interests of human health will, 
I trust, find prominent place on the 
book-shelf of every home whose inmates 
either belong to the ever increasing 
number of the followers of my patients, 
or who, by careful study of my teach¬ 
ings therein contained, may be finding 
their independent way back from the 
dreary depths of suffering to the glad 
plains of health. 

In following up the general outline of 
the “New Regeneration” these pages 
will not lend themselves to the other¬ 
wise necessary encounter with what 
are now admitted to be the recog¬ 
nized errors of the, temporarily dom¬ 
inant, medical school, save in so far 
as it may be requisite to remove from 
the mind of the layman pernicious and 
antiquated ideas to which he has been 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


25 


long and persistently educated, or to 
protect those who have ceased to be¬ 
lieve in them from the pitfalls to which, 
as an alternative, they may be exposed 
amongst the numberless unscientific, 
quasi-miraculous, healing cults, or the 
equally pernicious nostrums of the 
spectacular advertising medicine ven¬ 
dor, both of whom reap golden harvests 
among the ranks of the so justly dis¬ 
appointed and despairing people. 

It is, nevertheless, an imperative 
duty to issue this necessary warning; 
namely, that the public should safe¬ 
guard itself against the absurd, but 
possible mistakes of confusing the 
Legitimate Scientific School of the Hy¬ 
gienic Dietetic Method of Biological 
Healing with the nebulous cults afore¬ 
said. There is no vestige of resemblance 
between them, either in thought or 
principle, and nothing could be more 
fatal and foreign to the truth. 

There is one thing, and one only, 
which, like the rest of the community, 
we share with them in common, and 
this is that growing spirit of profound 
distrust with which all classes seem 
daily more and more constrained to re- 


26 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


gard the Medical Fraternity and all its 
ways. 

It is the general knowledge of the ex¬ 
istence of this sentiment which has 
called into being the present epidemic of 
curious cults and catholicons—due, it 
would appear, more to this insidious 
temptation to such commercial enter¬ 
prise than to any other cause—and 
which form so prominent a feature 
throughout all sections of the com¬ 
munity—and especially in the press— 
throughout the length and breadth of 
the land. To such, in an alarming de¬ 
gree, the public turns, in protest, as it 
were, against the tyranny and turpi¬ 
tude of this “learned profession/’ with 
its kindred corporations and its studied 
callous disregard of scientific advance¬ 
ment in any direction which might tend 
to jeopardize or reduce the profitable 
exercise of its own obsolete methods, its 
system of poisonous medicaments, and 
dangerous operations and anti-toxins. 

There is no possible efficacy or help 
to be derived from other teachings, 
whatsoever they may be, except from 
those based absolutely upon the solid 
foundation of biological fact. Since Jo¬ 
hannes Midler (1833) wrote the first 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


27 


book on physiology and its chemistry, 
more than a thousand so-called “Author¬ 
ities” in that branch of science have 
tried to find some of the secrets of na¬ 
ture pertaining to physiology. A very 
few (about 10 or 12) may be named as 
great men who discovered certain laws 
and solved certain problems. But the 
majority added nothing to Muller’s dis¬ 
coveries. Most of them became teach¬ 
ers or authors, one plagiarizing the 
work of the other, eulogy being very 
liberally distributed on all sides, but 
valuable deductions from the great 
masters, very few have been able to 
make, and even those were more or less 
suppressed by the “orthodox school.” In 
less than half the time since 1833, i. e. 
85 years, it was my good fortune to 
give more valuable deductions and 
practical applications to the student and 
the reader, than the mediocre talents 
of the “old school” were able to give. 

I pretend to no miracles and expect 
none; nor do I arrogate to myself any 
so-called sw 7 JC?*-natural secrets or pow¬ 
ers; I simply maintain that, aided by 
the erudition of the great scientists of 
the past and present, this -system has 
finally been brought to a point which 


28 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


should rightly have been always the 
chief aim of Medical Science, namely, 
an exact knowledge of human nature 
and the human organism as it is. 

With this vital knowledge at com¬ 
mand I have been able to successfully 
formulate a system for supplying the 
individual organism with any of the 
various constituents of which it may be 
deficient, in a manner in which it can 
best receive and assimilate the same, 
thereby maintaining a correct balance 
between the constituents of the blood 
wherein lies hidden the sole criterion of 
health and the fatal secret of disease. 

Simple as this may sound, the way 
has been long and lonely until that elu¬ 
sive goal was reached; and, even now, 
in the heat of the controversy which 
ensues, we find ourselves sometimes in 
a somewhat parlous position, placed, as 
it were, between two fires; on the one 
side are those who, though not without 
sympathetic feeling for the well-inten¬ 
tioned, earnest-minded believers in the 
errors now being exposed, yet cast aside 
all scruples in the interest of humanity 
and truth. On the other side are those 
obsessed by care and compunction for 
these accredited practitioners who by 
reason of age or temperament are un- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


29 


able or unwilling to assimilate new 
ideas or to relinguish the theories of a 
life time in order to enter the field of 
competition with the men of a younger 
generation. 

Such is the impasse before which we 
stand. 





REGENERATION OF THE RACE 

By the Light of Biology Aided by 
Physiological Chemistry. 


‘ For as the body is one, and hath many mem¬ 
bers, and all the members of that one body, be¬ 
ing many, are one body:.... whether one mem¬ 
ber suffer, all the members suffer with it; or 
one member be honoured, all the members re¬ 
joice with it.” 

(St. Paul, 1 Corinthians, XII. 12&26.) 


“DYSAEMIA, or Impure Blood is the 
cause and source of disorder in all con¬ 
stitutional diseases.” So spoke the 
Master. Believe it who will, that, in a 
nutshell, is ‘the burden of my song *— 
the Alpha and Omega of my teaching.” 

(From Chapter X. ‘‘Dare ta be Healthy.”) 

The Process of Natural Healing is the 
art of curing diseases by natural 
methods. 

As natural remedies, only those may 
be included which stand as vital condi¬ 
tions in constant relation to the organ¬ 
ism, assimilable thereby. 





32 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Among these are no poisons or 
chemical preparations, such as were 
promulgated by Paracelsus and the 
medicasters; for these are elements ab¬ 
normal to the body, and call forth its 
reactionary powers, and so, being use¬ 
less, they are eliminated; or, after hav¬ 
ing served an improper purpose, to sup¬ 
press some symptom of disease, they be¬ 
come embedded in the tissues, there 
causing various forms of medicinal 
complication or morbid condition. 

Do we not produce blood poisons 
enough by our irrational diet and modes 
of living? The human body is a micro¬ 
cosm—a world in minature—and as 
such, exists in constant interchange 
with universal nature. 

A definite relationship exists be¬ 
tween it and the solid, fluid and gase¬ 
ous elements. 

Solid food, water and air, elements 
of the universe, must become elements 
of our bodies,' if relations of universal 
unity are to be maintained. 

There must be a constant inter¬ 
change of organic matter, and this in¬ 
ter-transmission is the cause of life, of 
health, and of disease; therefore, we 
must first of all see that the conditions 
of this process are uninterrupted. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


33 


Food, air, water, light, exercise, must 
be so provided that they condition the 
process of nutrition and metamor¬ 
phosis. 

Skin, lungs, kidneys, intestines, must 
always be in condition to eliminate the 
abnormal products of decomposition. 

If then disease be a derangement of 
the life process, it is self-evident that 
disease is not confined to one organ 
alone, but that the whole body is dis¬ 
eased. 

The body, thus, being in fact an in¬ 
divisible unity, the treatment we em¬ 
ploy in disease must, logically, act upon 
it as a united whole. 

The modern school of medicine in its 
present, bacteria ridden frame of mind 
or mania, looks upon the bacillus, or 
microbe, as the sole cause of disease. 

The cause, however, is not the bacil¬ 
lus, but rather the impure blood which 
prepares a fertile soil for the develop¬ 
ment of those destructive germs. 

He who lives strictly in accordance 
with the rules of hygiene need not fear 
the bacillus, for man is not born to 
sickness; he creates sickness for him¬ 
self by his irrational mode of living. 

What does the world profit by bac¬ 
teriological institutions if the people 


34 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


continue to live in the old sins against 
health and hygiene? 

Man may be born with a predisposi¬ 
tion to disease, but not with disease it¬ 
self. 

Our health depends entirely upon the 
conditions of our life. 

In cases of predisposition to disease, 
therefore, as well as in disease itself, 
according to the principles of hygiene, 
we must employ only the hygienic and 
dietetic methods of treatment. 

Is the medical science of the day, 
then, totally incompetent? You may 
well ask.—Have the patient studies and 
researches of nearly two thousand four 
hundred years, since the days of Hip¬ 
pocrates, been all in vain? 

The reply lies ready to your hand, 
from the lips of one of the brightest 
scientific spirits that ever illumined 
this dull earth of ours with knowledge 
and sincerity. 

In Goethe’s Faust the following lines 
are found,—lines which sad memory 
brings back to the minds of many an 
unfortunate who, according to the dic¬ 
tates of the medical science of today, is 
pronounced incurable—a sufferer from 
one or other of the so-called chronic 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


35 


diseases—>and in dire need of both 
physical and spiritual support. 

“I have, alas, philosophy, 

Medicine, jurisprudence too, 

And, to my cost, theology 

With ardent labour studied through; 

And here‘I stand with all my lore, 

Poor fool, no wiser than before.” 

Like Faust, such sufferers study day 
and night the opinions of learned doc¬ 
tors and follow their prescriptions with 
ardent zeal. The more they study, the 
more doctors they consult, the more 
rapidly does strength fail them, until at 
length they realize that, in spite of all 
their lore, they are but “poor fools, no 
wiser than before.” 

For more than two thousand years it 
has been, in fact, as it is to a great ex¬ 
tent today; the physician prescribes to 
the best of his knowledge, medicines 
compounded according to certain rules 
dogmatically laid down in the schools. 

Here we have at once the fatal mis¬ 
take at a glance. 

Instead of studying nature and the 
laws of nature, instead of using natural 
means to heal disease, they administer 
deadly poisons to allay suffering, poi¬ 
sons, which doubtless may be able to re¬ 
press pain or to temporarily suppress 
the symptoms of disease; but can never 


36 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


remove the cause, which alone may 
rightly be called healing. 

The drugs prescribed by thousands of 
physicians today, with but a casual ac¬ 
quaintance with their action, are bound 
by their nature to produce evils worse 
than the disease itself. 

To cite an instance: 

Physicians prescribe creosote in 
cases of consumption to stop the ex¬ 
pectoration of blood. 

Creosote will do this, and may sup¬ 
press the cough, as well as the accom¬ 
panying pain; but will it cure consump¬ 
tion or destroy or remove the cause of 
this deadliest of diseases? 

On the contrary, it inevitably pro¬ 
duces laryngeal phthisis after a very 
short time. It destroys the head of the 
windpipe and the patient dies in con¬ 
sequence of the destruction of one of 
the most important organs of the body. 

In most instances the physician is 
either oblivious or unaware of these 
facts. He follows those old-standing 
doctrinal sophisms laid down by human 
“science” but discredited by nature. 

His courage is called “audacity” by 
those who have not lost all feeling for 
humanity. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


37 


Meanwhile, those who regard medical 
science from a business standpoint 
only, are very quick to pronounce judge¬ 
ment upon any natural treatment of 
disease and to condemn the most suc¬ 
cessful natural physicians as charlatans 
and frauds. 

In order to be competent to decide 
upon a correct course in the treatment 
of disease the physician must possess a 
thorough chemical knowledge of all the 
fundamental substances of which the 
human organism is constructed. With 
the patient therefore rests the responsi¬ 
bility of choosing his physician, since no 
physician can be of any assistance who 
cannot define what substances are de¬ 
ficient in the blood, and who does not 
possess the requisite technical knowl¬ 
edge to supply this deficiency by ade¬ 
quate dietetic means. 

In my nutrition cell-food therapy for 
constitutional diseases, I have followed 
consistently upon the lines of one of the 
greatest masters of physiological chem¬ 
istry that the world has known, who, in 
one of his medical colloquies spoke as 
follows: “In order to thoroughly under¬ 
stand any form of sickness or disease, 
so as to undertake the cure of the same, 
it is first of all necessary to picture be- 


38 


DARE TO HE HEALTHY 


fore one’s mental vision the ways and 
means of its inceptive formation, and 
by degrees to trace its origin, step by 
step, before one is enabled to decide up¬ 
on adequate remedial measures con¬ 
formable to the individual stages of the 
same.” 

In this sense it has ever been my 
strenuous endeavor to fathom the se¬ 
cret of the inception of constitutional 
diseases; but the entire medical litera¬ 
ture did not advance me further than 
pathological anatomy, which informs us 
that the original cause of disease is a 
change in the form of the cellular ele¬ 
ments of different digestive organs,— 
in explanation of which the customary 
technical terms are used, such as “atro¬ 
phy,” “degeneration,” “metamorpho¬ 
sis,” etc. But, I reasoned with myself, 
this surely cannot be seriously regarded 
as the origin of disease! 

The cause of the visible changing of 
the cellules must be sought in the condi¬ 
tional interstitial substances which 
cause the invisible changes or shiftings 
of the cellular forms, and which are 
scientifically termed “Changed nutri¬ 
tional conditions .” 

By the aid of physiological chemistry 
I was successful in finding a pathway 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


39 


to the centre of those mysterious occur¬ 
rences of life. 

And this was my course of reason¬ 
ing: As the cellules, which are the 
smallest individual elements of the hu¬ 
man system, are only products of the 
blood , and for their composition require 
the different chemical substances in 
sufficient quantities, it is obviously 
necessary to fathom what those chemic¬ 
al elements of the cellules may be, what 
form they take in their mutual relation 
to the separate parts of the body, and 
in what way they enter the organism. 

In this manner I obtained a clear in¬ 
sight into the actions of the so-called 
mineral material in the organism, and 
it gradually became obvious to me that 
everything is dependent upon the intro¬ 
duction of the proper sanguifying or 
nutritive mineral salts into the blood. 

On this basis I founded the so-called 
“organic nutritive cell-food therapy” 
(called the Dech-Manna therapy). 

The point may be raised that the ele¬ 
ments of the food we eat or drink are 
heterogeneous and that the mineral 
matter in them is naturally and casual¬ 
ly acquired, according to the properties 
of the soil they grow in. This is the 
general opinion, but not the fact. Our 


40 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


vegetables, grain, meat and milk con¬ 
tain too much phosphoric acid and sal 
ammoniac, and this is due to the use of 
artificial and animal fertilizers, while 
the sulphurics are very often entirely 
missing. 

Von Liebig says: When we consider 
that the sugar refineries of Waghausel 
have an annual output in the market of 
600,000 lbs. of potassic salt, which is 
taken from the soil by the turnips of the 
Baden fields without being replaced, 
and that there is cultivated in North¬ 
ern Germany, year by year, with the as¬ 
sistance of guano, an immense amount 
of potatoes solely for the manufacture 
of spirits, and that these potato fields 
are consequently robbed of the essential 
ingredients which potatoes should con¬ 
tain, and as these elements are only 
partially replaced by the insufficient 
component parts of the guano, we can¬ 
not be in doubt as to the condition of 
these fields. The ground may be ever 
so rich in ingredients, but it is exhaust¬ 
ible. The analysis of our blood indicates 
that, in order to remain healthy, it must 
contain twice as many sulphuric as 
phosphoric salts. 

We talk glibly about a natural mode 
of living, a simple diet; but where in 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


41 


our. civilized countries can we find food 
that really serves healthy sanguifica¬ 
tion? 

The crux of the question is this: Why 
do we propose to heal naturally and not 
also to nourish naturally? —The latter 
is, to say the least of it, just as im¬ 
portant as the former. But if both 
were practiced conjointly, a beneficial 
object might be more quickly and surely 
gained. 

It is true, we are taught to eat more 
vegetables than meat; that our bread 
lacks the chief nourishing qualities, and 
so on; but we have hitherto been in no 
wise informed as to the substances that 
are relatively harmful or beneficial to 
us. 

Why is it then that the science of the 
sanative power of nature, as well as 
medical science, is still in doubt in re¬ 
gard to the relation that must absolutely 
exist between the separate component 
parts of our nourishment in order to 
obtain normal healthy sanguification? 

The reason is that the application of 
a real chemistry of life has never been 
comprehended until noiv. 

According to my judgment it is Von 
Liebig and Julius Hensel who showed 
us the paths we are to take to the field 


42 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


of enquiry most important of all; for 
without a sound body all the coveted ac¬ 
quisitions of modern times are worth¬ 
less to us. 

The solution of the question how to 
prevent the degeneration of mankind 
would be a simple and natural one, if 
history and proverb had not taught us 
that as often as a new truth appears 
“the very oxen butt their horns against 
it.” They cannot help this, the “dis¬ 
position” is natural; for when Pytha¬ 
goras had found the Master of Arts, 
Mathesios, he was so overjoyed that he 
sacrificed one hundred oxen to the gods, 
and ever since that time oxen are at¬ 
tacked with an hereditary fright when¬ 
ever a new truth appears,—the human 
ox is no exception. 

Of what use to us, for instance, are 
the Roentgen X-rays in diseases of the 
nerves when there is a generally dis¬ 
eased condition of the blood, which, as 
we now know, is also the primary cause 
of lung, liver, stomach and kidney 
troubles, cancer, scrofula, rheumatism, 
gout, obesity, diabetes, and the rest? 

In such cases chemistry is necessary, 
in order to ascertain what ingredients 
are missing in the blood; they cannot be 
detected microscopically . 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


43 


What blunders are continually com¬ 
mitted in the treatment of nerve dis¬ 
eases ! No one considers the physio¬ 
logical law that no parts of the nerves 
can perform their functions lastingly 
and naturally unless they are continu¬ 
ally supplied with blood permeated with 
oxygen; and for this purpose iron is 
most necessary as an adequate ingre¬ 
dient. 

Physicians of the old-school do pre¬ 
scribe iron plentifully, but in inorganic 
form; and because it is not organized 
it is indigestible and is excreted. That 
is why the treatment of the diseases of 
the nerves, which are so general and 
widespread, has been so unsuccessful. 

It is not generally known that or¬ 
ganized ammonium phosphate (Leci¬ 
thin), which is the mineral foundation 
of the Neurogen I prescribe, will re¬ 
generate the nerve cells if consumed in 
the proper proportions. It is, likewise, 
little known that although a person with 
diseased lungs be placed under condi¬ 
tions where he may acquire an ample 
quantity of pure air—that is oxygen— 
and may consume as much as four 
quarts of milk daily, he will neverthe¬ 
less most certainly be doomed to perish 


44 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


if his food does not contain the elements 
of iron, lime and sulphur in sufficient 
quantities. 

These simple physiological laws have 
been ignored and medical men have 
given us instead, the teachings of the 
school of bacteriology with its pitiful il¬ 
lusions and its endless train of suffer¬ 
ing and sorrow. 

The testimony of many patients who 
have undergone treatment in the best 
physical culture and so-called, natural 
healing establishments both in Europe 
and America, serves to show that their 
success has been but partial and one¬ 
sided ; that is, they have abandoned 
their wrong albumen theory, and their 
state of health has consequently im¬ 
proved. But, practically, the treatment 
has failed; for complete and final re¬ 
covery—that is, full and correct nutri¬ 
tion and strengthening of the nerves, 
has not been accomplished. Such failure 
is due to the fact that certain essential 
constituents have not been supplied. 
These vital constituents my organic 
nutritive cell-food therapy is designed 
to provide. 

What is lacking in the field of prac¬ 
tical science, as authoritatively voiced 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


45 


by the unprogressive faculty of today, 
is an absence of chemical knowledge, 
especially on the part of the physician 
and the naturalist; and, as likewise, the 
so-called scientific farmer upon whose 
assurances we so naturally rely for the 
wholesome production of food is woe¬ 
fully ignorant on matters of agricultur¬ 
al chemistry, the logical consequence is 
that in all civilized countries great mis¬ 
takes have been unconsciously made and 
perpetuated, detrimental to the health 
of man and beast alike and vitally pre¬ 
judicial to the healthy sustenance of the 
race. 

Where are the most vitally necessary 
mineral substances to be found in na¬ 
ture? 

It is an established fact that the 
fields, on which our nutritive salts or 
cell-foods—our vital sustenance—are 
grown, were originally formed from de¬ 
cayed primitive rock and this primitive 
earth-crust matter is composed of the 
same mineral substances that are found 
in normal blood. Therefore, our physic¬ 
al welfare and our capacity to resist dis¬ 
ease is clearly dependent upon the con¬ 
dition of our fields. We must always 
bear this in mind—the old truism— 
that, 


46 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


“AS A MAN EATS, SO IS HE.” 

We are thus, directly, the products of 
our fields. 

Wrongly fertilized, our fields must 
produce sickly vegetation, and this in 
turn will produce a sickly race and dis¬ 
ease in cattle. 

Primitive rock consists of granite, 
porphyry, gneiss and basalt, deposits 
which are still found upon the earth in 
immense quantities, and in the same 
condition as thousands of years ago. 

As a matter of fact, proposals have 
been made by noted scientists to utilize 
pulverized rock of this kind as compost 
to assist the fields in a natural way, 
and so to restore them to their former 
producing power, which would thus en¬ 
able plants, animals, and man, alike, 
to regain those substances indispens¬ 
able to proper sanguification and gen¬ 
eral growth. 

The agricultural experiments per¬ 
formed with this stone dust fully con¬ 
firm this assumption. 

One of the most important tasks of 
today is to indicate to the farmer new 
ways and means of promoting and in¬ 
creasing growth for the food supply of 
the nations. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


47 


Why, then, I imagine I can hear it 
asked, if this fact be true and demon¬ 
strated, has it not been applied? 

This question may be answered by 
another. Why does not the natural sys¬ 
tem of Hygienic Dietetic Healing find 
general application in cases of sickness, 
since its success is so obviously greater 
than even that claimed by medical sci¬ 
ence? 

To this vital question upon which so 
much of human life and happiness de¬ 
pends, the weak and degrading answer 
must suffice; to the effect that the last 
vestige of public respect for the sciences 
would be shaken, and many wise theo¬ 
ries would fail of their imaginary virt¬ 
ues and succumb, before humanity’s best 
birthright—the quality of healthy 
blood, kind nature’s ample gift to all,— 
could be wrested from the selfish hand 
of tyranny and mankind enabled to se¬ 
cure from nature’s willing hand the suc¬ 
cour that an Infinite Providence offers 
to disease. 

A physician to whom I once explained 
my theories, heard me for some minutes 
and then he said “Well, and so you 
want to create healthy blood in this 
way?” “Yes, surely,” I replied. “We 


48 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


have no use for that,” he callously ex¬ 
claimed, “there would be no business in 
that” 

Hence Mankind must degenerate and 
Disease of all kinds ride rampant 
through the land, rather than upset the 
firmly rooted fallacies of the past or 
foil the ghoul-like greed of a certain set 
of conscienceless practitioners. 

To the first of these the terse old 
Latin satire would apply: 

“Homine imperito nunquam quidquam injustius 
Qui, nisi quod ipse fecit, nihil rectum putat.” 

(Terentius.) 

“Who is there so unreasoning as he, that learned 
drone, 

Who reckons nothing perfect save what he him¬ 
self hath known.” 

(M.B.) 

To the second let an outraged public 
reply. 


But meanwhile, as the hideous holo¬ 
caust proceeds, the mills of God 
grind slowly but mysteriously se¬ 
cure. The eternal law of equity 
is working still; and from every 
evil there proceeds a good. Truth 
may be hidden in the nether deeps, but 
some day the strained tension breaks, 
the balance reversing brings it to the 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


49 


light. Its spirit works for ever, like a 
ferment, hidden long, deep down in the 
Universal heart of things; for with ma¬ 
jestic, unimpressionable tread, sublimely 
the silent force of human progress 
moves; slow and inevitably sure, the 
great indwelling spirit of a vast eternal 
energy leading man ever upward to the 
True and Best. 

Against this axiom, alas, graceless 
and suicidal seems the unwisdom of the 
world, in action against all who offer it 
salvation from its pain; aye, though he 
be Christ or Commoner. 

Rather be wrong in league with 
wealth and power than be right—and 
stand alone. This is now the worldly 
wisdom of the sage. 

Genius at grips with material and re¬ 
ligious power, fares ill; as with far- 
famed Copernicus, or “starry Galileo 
and his woes”; or, in a brave woman’s 
daring words:—“He, who dares to see 
a truth not recognized in creeds, must 
die the death.” 

“A time of transition is a time of 
pain,” is a truism well recognized by 
all, and he who would press Regenera¬ 
tion upon the world—weak, weary and 
unthinking as its people are—must run 


50 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


the gauntlet of the bitter antagonism of 
the exploiting clans on this benighted 
sphere, though later he may see, across 
the bourne that bounds life’s earthly 
day, a stately monument, perchance, by 
gratitude upreared, where pious crowds 
pay tribute to his name. 


HYMN OF HEALTH 

(From the Greek) 

Health, thou most frangible of heaven’s dower, 
With thee may what remains of life be spent; 
Cease not upon me, thus, thy gifts to shower. 
And in my soul to find a tenement. 

For what is there of beauty, wealth or power, 
Of gentle offspring, or the wiles of love, 

But owes its solace, sweet, in every hour, 

To thee, thou regent of the powers above. 

The spring of pleasure blooms if thou but bless. 
And every step upon the Autumn way 
Is lit by thee, parent of happiness! 

Without thee sadly sounds life’s roundelay. 

(M. B.) 

* ( 

Health is one of those intangible in¬ 
estimably precious possessions, like life 
and liberty, to which all are entitled by 
natural Law. Yet are there but few 
who are careful to conserve this price¬ 
less heritage. It is a boon all too often 
unappreciated until lost, and once lost, it 
may not always be regained, though in¬ 
tense be our regrets and our endeavours 
exhaust the field of human resource. 

Again, although the possession of 
passable health may be ours, it is a con¬ 
dition rarely totally untroubled and 


52 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


continuous and, therefore, cannot be 
correctly classified as perfect health. 

These simple definitions may seem to 
the reader trite and trivial; but how 
many of us, let me ask, give thought to 
their vital vast significance. 

Never to need a physician; ever to be 
unconsciously guarded against all access 
of disease; to maintain the fair form and 
vigor of the body without effort, so that 
no depleting influences can find a hold; 
this is the health ideal by nature set, the 
standard to which the earliest progeni¬ 
tors of our race may doubtless have 
conformed, but upon which succeeding 
generations have sedulously turned 
their backs. 

Philosophers have defined this physi. 
cally perfect state. 

Historians have immortalized it in 
heroic tomes. 

Poets have extolled it in great epic 
verse. 

Artists have depicted it in portrai¬ 
ture and tapestry. 

Sculptors have expressed it in the 
life-like stone. 

The sick have longed for it. 

Saints have prayed for it and, in the 
search for its fabled, false elixir, al- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


53 


chemists have sacrificed their lives. It 
remained for the smug, “sober judg¬ 
ment” of our day to pronounce it “un¬ 
attainable”—unattainable! 

This, however, is a matter of small 
moment; for, as Whittier reminds us: 
“The falsehoods which we spurn today 
were the truths of long ago”—and al¬ 
though men part reluctantly with fa¬ 
vorite—and lucrative—fallacies, and 
“Faith, fantastic Faith, once wedded 
fast to some dear falsehood, hugs it to 
the last,” nevertheless this false belief, 
like so many other sapient pronounce¬ 
ments of human wisdom, must be sub¬ 
jected to final reversal. 

The ideal state of health is, truly, 
“unattainable” when we refuse to yield 
obedience to the simple laws of nature 
—when we continuously persist in in¬ 
terference with her work and embar¬ 
rass her with artificial substitutes, de¬ 
fying her august hygienic precepts by 
our manner of life. 

Not so, however, if we yield to her 
inducements, fulfil her requirements, 
and submit ourselves freely to her un¬ 
erring will. 

There is less of fault than of weak¬ 
ness in the fact that so many of us fail 
to give nature the opportunity to rear 


54 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


us as healthy men and women, to keep 
us more free than we are from suffer¬ 
ing and disease. 

Her ways are ways of pleasantness 
and follow on the lines of the veriest 
simplicity. 

The preservation of health must 
needs, then, move along these self-same 
simple lines. 

It is ignorance, in most cases, rather 
than unwillingness that brings upon the 
race the punishment we call disease. 

But how can they be expected to 
learn who have no teacher? And how 
can they teach who are themselves un¬ 
taught ? 

It is incumbent upon those who have 
acquired knowledge to impart life-sav¬ 
ing truths, and there is no greater bene¬ 
factor of his land than he who reduces 
life's 'problems to their simplest terms • 

“He that dwelleth in the secret place 
of the Most High shall abide under the 
shadow of the Almighty.” Such is the 
dictum of King David, the psalmist, as 
expressed in the Hebrew Scriptures. 

All that man’s intellect can conceive 
of the Almighty is bounded by its ex¬ 
pression in Nature. 

It is neither arrogant, nor irreverent, 
then, to claim with reasonable confi- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


55 


dence that the devoted service of long 
years of close application to research in 
Nature’s secret dwelling-place may en¬ 
title such an one to share the guidance 
of the Almighty mind and inspire him 
to share its favours with his fellow 
man. 

This then, the Author of this bro¬ 
chure, realizing vividly and with sym¬ 
pathy, humanity’s sore need, has been 
constrained to formulate, for the bene¬ 
fit of those desirous to learn;— 
a means of enlightenment suitable and 
accessible to all. For although, to quote 
from Goethe, whose transcendent mind 
was almost omniscient in all mundane 
things: 


“Allwissend bin ich nicht; doch viel ist mir be- 
wusst.” 

(Omniscient am I not, though much I know.) 

Yet “Unity is strength,” and in con¬ 
junction with associated minds, such 
knowledge as I have may amply suffice 
to save many a sad sufferer from he¬ 
reditary doom. 

The scheme, or, to be more explicit, 
the Club, I purpose to inaugurate, is 
fully expounded in detail in the succeed¬ 
ing pages. 








THE DARE TO BE HEALTHY CLUB 

All other things the mandate, "must”, obey, 

Man only has the power, “I will”, to say. 

(After Schiller.) 

(M. B.) 

Thoughtless and imitative, men fol¬ 
low custom, careless where it may lead, 
and unconsciously imitate each other. 

Strong harmful habits grow, which 
overcome the opposing will and fickle 
fashion rules where common sense 
should reign. 

Such instances are common to us all. 

A combination opposed to such influ¬ 
ences is the force we need and for this 
purpose I propose to establish a Club 
for the study of the ways and means of 
health. 

THE DARE TO BE HEALTHY CLUB. 

The Club will be comprised of those 
who desire to pursue a course of Health 
Study by correspondence. 

This combination will constitute the 
first and only Club of its kind in the 
world. 



58 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


It will unite in its membership a 
group of independent thinkers, repre¬ 
sentative of all parts of the American 
Continent. 

The purpose of the Club will be to 
teach the science of Regeneration—to 
teach them to “dare to be healthy” ac¬ 
cording to the laws and teachings of 
biology. 

These teachings will consist of a two 
years’ course in Biology, dealing with 
its most important branches, in Physi¬ 
ology, Anatomy, Hygiene, Physiological 
Chemistry, Pathology, according to bio_ 
logical facts, and Therapy in accord¬ 
ance with biological and physical laws 
and precepts. 

All methods of natural healing will 
be explained in detail, including diet, 
breathing exercises, and rest. 

The comprehensive aim will be to in¬ 
culcate the principles which govern the 
process of perfect metabolism—that is 
to say, the changes of nutritive matter 
within the body—as the means of 
bringing into being a race endowed 
with health and beauty and therefore 
predestined to happiness. 

The course of instruction will be 
based upon the literature of science, in¬ 
cluding certain fundamental teachings 
from the pen of the author of the pres- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


59 


ent pamphlet, which comprises, more¬ 
over, extracts from the works of dis¬ 
tinguished scholars whose theories have 
been tried and tested during the last 
thirty-five years. 

Its precepts will be based upon per¬ 
sonal experience and actual practice, 
the outcome of careful and patient ob¬ 
servation. 

The series throughout will be form¬ 
ulated with a view to the purpose of 
graduating later from among those who 
follow the course, a body of competent 
instructors capable of transmitting the 
knowledge they have acquired to others, 
privately or professionally. But re¬ 
member the axiom of Cicero: 

“Not only is there an art in acquiring knowledge 
but also a rarer art in imparting it to others.” 

The first question, then, which will 
naturally arise in the mind of the 
reader will be: 

What is This Method of Regeneration? 

The reply to this question is in real¬ 
ity a simple one, but in order to explain 
and define the word “Regeneration” 
from a purely scientific standpoint, it 
will be necessary to cite the results of 
the author’s researches and to outline 
his method of healing by regeneration, 
showing how he purposes to lead the 


60 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


way from a dark past and a dull pres¬ 
ent into a brighter future. 

Before doing so, however, it may per¬ 
haps conduce to a better understanding 
if I quote from the remarks of an emi¬ 
nent local authority on the chemical 
composition of the body—a subject 
“new,” as it appears, to the general 
medical practitioner of the day though, 
for over a quarter of a century freely 
expatiated upon by the great Biologists 
of the period. 

The extract is taken from a recent 
article by Assistant Surgeon General 
Dr. W. C. Rucker, of the United States 
Public Health Service, and reads as fol¬ 
lows : 

“Much of the advance of modern me¬ 
dicine has been accomplished through 
the development of physiological chem¬ 
istry which is even yet a new science. 

“Although so new, it is assuming 
such importance as to make it manifest 
that the physiology of the future will 
be written largely in terms of chem¬ 
istry. 

“We have come to realize that the 
body is in a literal sense of the word, a 
chemical laboratory. The foods we eat, 
the fluids we drink, the gases we 
breathe are complex chemical com- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


61 


pounds which the body must take apart 
and put together again in such a way 
that the materials may be delivered in 
a shape that will enable the cells to 
store them. It is then the business of 
the cells to utilize these materials for 
Tissue Building and in the production 
of energy, in the form of work and 
heat. The body manufactures different 
kinds of products, some beneficial, oth¬ 
ers harmful. Thus for example, ex¬ 
cessive muscular effort throws into the 
bloodstream fatigue products that are 
poisonous. A person utterly tired out 
is really suffering from acute poison¬ 
ing. On the other hand, to resist inva¬ 
sion by infectious diseases, the body 
manufactures anti-poisons that kill the 
enemy germs—making in other words, 
its own medicine.” 

The physical processes here men¬ 
tioned by Dr. Rucker are fully ex¬ 
plained in my book, “Dare to be 
Healthy,” chapter VI, VII, VIII, and 
the natural principles involved have 
been practiced by me for over 30 years. 
I mention the fact simply as corroborat¬ 
ive evidence of the authenticity and 
value of the work shortly to be pub¬ 
lished. 


62 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


“Art may err, but Nature cannot 
miss,”—is an aphorism attributed to 
the poet Dryden. It adequately sup¬ 
ports Dr. Rucker’s wise, significant and 
timely pronouncement and reminds me 
of an illustrative incident recorded in 
connection with the world famed physi¬ 
cian Boerhaave of Leyden,—Holland’s 
chief centre of learning—who lived 
some 250 years ago, when doctors knew 
less than at present of the circulation 
and functions of the blood. 

Boerhaave, it appears, conceived the 
idea of a sort of posthumous pleasantry, 
of a distinctly lucrative nature, at the 
expense of his medical brethren. Pro¬ 
fessional ignorance and popular super¬ 
stition had alike surrounded his name 
with a halo of mystery and he was 
credited with almost miraculous powers 
of healing and the possession of the 
Secret of Disease and Health. 

At the sale of effects, following his 
death, there was a great gathering of 
the most celebrated physicians of the 
day and his books and records fetched 
fabulous prices. But one special tome, 
ponderous, silver-clasped and locked, 
entitled: Macrobiotic, The True and 
Complete Secret of Long, Healthy 
Life,” was the cynosure of every avari- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


63 


cious eye. The auctioneer shrewdly 
reserved it until the last. Amidst a 
scene of unparalleled excitement and 
competition the Great Book was at 
length knocked down to a famous Lon¬ 
don physician for no less a sum than 
seven thousand Gulden. When opened 
with eager anticipation before the dis¬ 
appointed bidders, its pages were found 
to be blank—with one exception. Upon 
this one was inscribed in the handwrit¬ 
ing of Boerhaave himself, only these ten 
words: 

“Keep the head cool, the feet warm/ 
the botuels open” 

Turning to an excited audience it was 
thus the great London authority spoke: 

“I once heard it said that the world 
is simple; that health is simple; that 
it is the folly of man that causes all 
complications, and that it is the delicate 
task of the true physician to reduce 
everything to its original simplicity. 
Heaven knows that our great Master, 
Boerhaave, has solved life's problem. 
To me this truth is well worth the 7,000 
Gulden I pay to secure it; while to 
you, my friends, who have travelled 
from distant parts of the globe in 
search of it, receive from me the legacy 
of our Master and also be, likewise, 
content.” 


64 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The moral that this story teaches is 
the same eternal lesson of all time, as 
expressed through the medium of Biol¬ 
ogy: that not by art or artifice can 
health be cheaply snatched at will from 
the Infinite Sources of Life, but that by 
consistently following the guidance of 
Nature’s Laws the healthy functions of 
the human organism may alone be cor¬ 
rectly maintained, or, when driven by 
ill-treatment into decline, it is the ra¬ 
tional scientific assistance we afford 
to the efforts of Nature, by which alone 
we may hope to re-establish that nor¬ 
mal condition of health. For, in the 
worthy words of Wordsworth I may 
say: “So build we up the being that we 
are.” 

The writer does not claim for this 
method so great a degree of simplicity. 
But he does base it upon the same 
truth that simplicity and a return to 
natural conditions are the only ways of 
effectively healing the diseased body. 

Guided by the great masters of biol¬ 
ogy and physiological chemistry, his 
object has been to determine the ele¬ 
ments of which the twelve main tis¬ 
sues of the human body are composed 
and to learn in what manner these tis¬ 
sues suffer from the various diseases 
which attack them. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


65 


Were I desirous of emulating the il¬ 
lustrious Boerhaave, I might concen¬ 
trate my work into these few words: 
Supply the system with the necessary 
constituents of its tissues and at the 
same time assist the organism by 
means of simple and natural appli¬ 
ances, and REGENERATION will con¬ 
tinue until the desired physiological 
condition is reached . 

In so doing, I fear, I should bequeath 
but little to the comprehension of hu¬ 
manity. 

I desire that all shall benefit by the 
diligent research work of my life. 1 
desire to leave my legacy to human¬ 
kind clearly and distinctly defined, in 
rules carefully expressed in the Course 
of Study I have prepared. 

I do not expect them to be accepted 
without controversy. Nor do I look 
for gratitude from those whom I seek 
to benefit. I have no delusions and the 
satisfaction of having delivered my 
message will be my sole reward. I 
can only trust in this more enlightened 
age, that history as poetized by Pope 
may not repeat itself: 


“Truths would you teach, or save a sinking land? 
All fear, none aid you, and few understand.” 


66 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


My solace, even so, for the nonce 
would be the knowledge of life and 
health restored to the faithful, though, 
comparatively, few and the confidence 
that truth must, in the issue, at length 
prevail, convincing, victorious over all. 

Before proceeding further I wish it 
to be distinctly understood that it is no 
part of my scheme or intention to seek 
in any way to eliminate the physician. 

As there are, in fact, no two human 
organism exactly alike, so also is there 
divergence, more or less, in each in¬ 
dividual case, in disease; and however 
apparently similar the symptoms may 
be, the knowledge and experience of a 
physician becomes necessary in order 
to determine correctly what the ailment 
is and how general principles should be 
applied in each particular case. 

On the contrary, I purpose to ex¬ 
plain fully the secret causes of disease 
and their removal, in pursuance of the 
belief held in common with fair-minded 
physicians the world over, that a bet¬ 
ter knowledge of the human organism 
and hygiene on the part of the layman, 
would be of equal advantage alike to 
physician and patient. 

Drawing aside the veil from profes¬ 
sional secrecy and allowing the patient 
to know the why and the wherefore of 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


67 


things, means positive success for my 
hygienic-dietetic system of healing, be¬ 
cause it is the only system which can 
ultimately survive in the light of gen¬ 
eral knowledge and wisdom. 

No knowledge, no precautions, will 
always prevent disease. It is the 
natural incidence of the law of cause 
and effect that man, collectively, can¬ 
not expect to go through life unmol¬ 
ested by disturbances of health. From 
the very outset the tendency to disease 
is inherited; and indeed today, al¬ 
though we have now learned how to 
combat the enemy, yet opposing hosts 
are seen to be so vast and strongly 
entrenched about us that we realize 
to some extent the years that must 
elapse before mankind can be entirely 
set free from his hideous heritage, the 
harvest sown by past ignorance, de¬ 
ception and neglect. 

But, from the malignant evil of in¬ 
ternecine strife Universal Good is ris¬ 
ing with an awakened nation's cry—a 
cry for freedom and release from the 
ever-lengthening chains of pernicious 
interests and obsolete institutions. The 
moment of release is at hand: That 
pyschological moment of which James 
Russell Lowell sings: 


68 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


“Once to every man and nation 
Comes the moment to decide, 

In the strife of Truth with Falsehood, 
For the good or evil side.” 


And knowing what the People know 
—they who have borne so long, in 
grimly impotent silence, under the 
guise of Freedom, the fortunes of the 
slave—can we for one moment doubt 
what view their lawful, reasoning de¬ 
mand for redress will take and whether 
or no it will prevail? The hundred 
million voices of the Union sternly 
answer: NO! 

In effecting this release, so far as 
the Science of Healing is concerned, my 
system, which I claim to be entirely 
original, will be found particularly ef¬ 
ficacious, for it presents plainly and 
convincingly, in the light of the most 
recent discoveries, the truth that all 
constitutional diseases are but the vari¬ 
ations of one basal deficiency; that the 
entire art of rational healing lies in a 
knowledge of the component parts of 
the body tissues, in a determination of 
the tissues involved in the process of 
degeneration in each specific instance, 
and in the subsequent treatment there^ 
of by means of supplying to the blood 
the elements necessary to regenerate 
the tissues in question. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


69 


From this brief explanation may be 
judged the importance of the hygienic 
dietetic physician in cases of sickness. 
The quack and charlatan it is who per¬ 
suade people to believe that they do not 
need the physician, and compel them 
to pay for this belief in money and in 
health. It is the obvious duty of every 
one to seek aid in case of sickness from 
some physician who is a profound and 
professed advocate of the only sensible, 
practical method of treatment; but, at 
the same time I would make it pos¬ 
sible for all to acquire sufficient knowl. 
edge to enable them to judge for them¬ 
selves whether the attendant summon¬ 
ed responds in some measure to this re¬ 
quirement, the simple and logical course 
of which contains at least some ray of 
hope for all who suffer. 

It may not be amiss to cite here a 
brief outline of the teachings of the 
four bright particular stars who have 
served as beacon lights in the history 
and development of medicine. Not only 
does the modern medical world ac¬ 
knowledge the doctrines of these four 
men as the foundation upon which the 
practice of healing has been raised to 
a science, but moreover ,—a point much 
more important for our consideration , 


70 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


—it also admits that the least essential 
part of the work of Hippocrates, the 
“Father of Medicine;’' namely, his 
statement of theory, is the part which 
has been accorded permanent promin¬ 
ence, whilst the portion of greatest 
value in his labours; that is to say, the 
practical part, has been neglected and 
ignored. 

The following passages are taken 
from the article entitled “History of 
Medicine” in the Encyclopedia Britan- 
nica, 11th. Edition, vol. XVIII, pages 
42—51. 

“ Hippocrates, called the ‘Father ol 
Medicine,' lived during the age of 
Pericles, (495-429 B. C.), and occupied 
as high a position in medicine as did 
the great philosophers, orators, and 
tragedians in their respective fields. 

His high conception of the duties and 
position of the physician and the skill 
with which he manipulated the materi¬ 
als that were at hand, constituted two 
important characteristics of Hippoc¬ 
ratic medicine. Another was the rec¬ 
ognition that disease, as well as health, 
is a process governed by what we call 
natural laws, learned by observation, 
and indicating the direction of recov¬ 
ery. These views of the ‘natural histo¬ 
ry of disease’ led to habits of minute 
observation and careful interpretation 
of symptoms, in which the Hippocratic 
school excelled and has been the model 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


71 


for all succeeding ages, so that even 
now the true method of clinical medi¬ 
cine may be said to be the method of 
Hippocrates. 

One of the important doctrines of 
Hippocrates was the healing power of 
nature. He did not teach that nature 
was sufficient to cure disease, but he 
recognized a natural process of the hu¬ 
mours, at least in acute disease, being 
first of all crude , then passing through 
coction or digestion, and finally being 
expelled by resolution or crisis through 
one of the natural channnels of the 
body. The duty of the physician was 
to ‘assist and not to hinder these 
changes, so that the sick man might 
conquer the disease with the help of 
the physician.’ ” 

“Galen, the man from whom the 
greater part of modern European medi¬ 
cine has flowed, lived about 131 to 201 
A. D. He was equipped with all the 
anatomical, medical, and philosophical 
knowledge of his time; he had studied 
all kinds of natural curiosities and was 
in close touch with important political 
events; he possessed enormous in¬ 
dustry, great practical sagacity, and 
unbounded literary fluency. At that 
time there were numerous sects in the 
medical profession, various dogmatic 
systems prevailed in medical science, 
and the social standing of physicians 
was degraded. He assumed the task 
of reforming the existing evils and re¬ 
storing the unity of medicine as it had 
been understood by Hippocrates, at the 


72 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


same time elevating the dignity of 
medical practitioners. 

In the explanation and healing of 
diseases he applied the science of physi¬ 
ology. His theory was based upon the 
Hippocratic doctrine of humours, but 
he developed it with marvelous in¬ 
genuity. He advocated that the normal 
condition of the body depended upon 
a proper proportion of the four ele¬ 
ments, hot, cold, wet and dry. The 
faulty proportions of the same gave 
rise, not to disease, but to the occasions 
for disease. He laid equal stress upon 
the faulty composition or dysaemia of 
the blood. He claimed that all diseases 
were due to a combination of these 
morbid predispositions, together with 
injurious external influences, and thus 
explained all symptoms and all dis¬ 
eases. He found a name for every 
phenomenon and a solution for every 
problem. And though it was precisely 
in this characteristic that he abandon¬ 
ed scientific methods and practical 
utility, it was also this quality that 
gained for him his popularity and 
prominence in the medical world. 

However, his reputation grew slow¬ 
ly. His opinions were in opposition to 
those of other physicians of his time. 
In the succeeding generation he won 
esteem as a philosopher, and it was 
only gradually that his system was ac¬ 
cepted implicitly. It enjoyed great, 
though not exclusive predominance un¬ 
til the fall of Roman civilization*” 


DARE TO RE HEALTHY 


73 


“Thomas Sydenham , (1624-1689) 

was well acquainted with the works of 
the ancient physicians and had a fair 
knowledge of chemistry. Whether he 
had any knowledge of anatomy is not 
definitely known. He advocated the 
actual study of disease in an impartial 
manner, discarding all hypothesis. He 
repeatedly referred to Hippocrates in 
his medical methods, and he has quite 
deservedly been styled the English Hip¬ 
pocrates. He placed great stress on 
the ‘natural history of disease/ just as 
did his Greek master, and likewise at¬ 
tached great importance to ‘epidemic 
constitution,’ that is, the influence of 
weather and other natural causes on 
the process of disease. He believed in 
the healing power of nature to an even 
greater degree than did Hippocrates. 
He claimed that disease was nothing 
more than an effort on the part of 
nature to restore the health of the 
patient by the elimination of the mor¬ 
bific matter. 

The reform of practical medicine 
was effected by men who advocated the 
rejection of all hypothesis and the im¬ 
partial study of natural processes, as 
shown in health and disease. Syden¬ 
ham showed that these natural pro¬ 
cesses could be studied and dealt with 
without being explained, and, by lay¬ 
ing stress on facts and disregarding 
explanations, he introduced a method 
in medicine far more fruitful than any 
discoveries. Though the dogmatic spirit 
continued to live for a long time, the 


74 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


reign of standard authority had pass¬ 
ed.” 

“Boerhaave. In the latter part of 
the seventeenth century a physician 
arose (1668-1738) who was destined 
to become far more prominent in the 
medical world than any of the English 
physicians of the age of Queen Anne, 
though he differed but little from them 
in his way of thinking. This was Her¬ 
mann Boerhaave. For many years he 
was professor of medicine at Leyden, 
and excelled in influence and reputa¬ 
tion not only his greatest forerunners, 
Montanus of Padua and Sylvius of Ley¬ 
den, but probably every subsequent 
teacher. The Hospital of Leyden be¬ 
came the centre of medical influence in 
Europe. Many of the leading English 
physicians of the 18th century studied 
there. Boerhaave’s method of teaching 
was transplanted to Vienna through 
one of his pupils, Gerard Van Swieten, 
and thus the noted Vienna school of 
medicine was founded. 

The services of Boerhaave to the 
progress of medicine can hardly be 
overstimated. He was the organizer 
and almost the constructor of the mod¬ 
ern method of clinical instruction. He 
followed the methods of Hippocrates 
and Sydenham in his teachings and in 
his practice. The points of his system 
that are best known are his doctrines 
of inflammation, obstruction, and 
‘plethora.’ In the practice of medicine 
he aimed to make use of all the ana¬ 
tomical and physiological acquisitions 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


75 


of his age, including microscopical ana¬ 
tomy. 

In this respect he differed from 
Sydenham, for the latter paid but little 
more attention to modern medicine 
than to ancient dogma. In some re¬ 
spects he was like Galen, but again dif¬ 
fered from him, as he did not wish to 
reduce his knowledge to any definite 
system. He spent much time in study¬ 
ing the medical classics, though he val¬ 
ued them from an historical standpoint 
rather than from an authoritative 
standpoint. It would almost seem that 
the great task of Boerhaave’s life a 
combination of ancient and modern 
medicine, could not be of any real per¬ 
manent value, and the same might be 
said of his Aphorisms, in which he 
gave a summary of the results of his 
long experience. And yet it is an in¬ 
disputable fact that his contributions 
to the science of medicine form one of 
the necessary factors in the construc¬ 
tion of modern medicine.” 

These extracts represent the prin¬ 
ciples of that bright constellation of 
Master Minds who have gone before 
us and guided our footsteps through 
tedious and tentative wanderings into 
the pathway of Truth. May their un¬ 
doubting, united testimony act as a re- 
asuring, convincing influence which 
will carry the reader back to the very 
fountain head of Medical jurispru- 



76 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


dence, through the medium of the En¬ 
cyclopedia Britannica, the highest ac¬ 
cepted authority and criterion of au¬ 
thenticity in the English speaking 
world; for, at the same time it will also 
provide a positive and perfect safe¬ 
guard and assurance of the solid basis 
and absolute authenticity of my meth¬ 
ods and teachings besides indicating 
definitely the source and direction 
whence they are derived and establish¬ 
ing their classical trend and legitimate 
purpose. 


SYSTEM OF REGENERATION 


In order to bring the entire system 
of regeneration under review, I shall 
here endeavour to present in condensed 
form all the essential points in my 
teachings. The reader will thus be en¬ 
abled to picture to himself his body, 
with its vital organs, clearly as in a 
mirror; he will become familiarized 
with its composition and twelve prin¬ 
cipal tissues, as well as with the six¬ 
teen elements of which they consist. 

Man is a unit, and the human body 
an accumulation of millions of separate 
cells, which are centres of life and 
which, in different groupings and com¬ 
binations, form the various organs 
that render existence possible. 

This existence is the natural sequel 
of the existence of former human 
beings. They generated the life that 
is to be transferred by us to other liv¬ 
ing beings. 

The several functions of the organ¬ 
ism combine to form a chain of activi¬ 
ties in which there must not be a single 
link missing, if life is to continue. 


78 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


These activities are comprised with¬ 
in an accumulation of cells which are 
by no means stationary, for life means 
nothing more than the constant dying 
of the old cells and the reconstruction 
of the new. It means that the human 
body as a whole is continually in a 
state of composition and decomposi¬ 
tion. 

Not until the accumulation of cells 
we call the body is recognized as one 
complete correlated and inseparable 
entity and the absolute interdependence 
of the separate cells, each one upon 
the others, is likewise accepted as the 
verified fact that it is—not until then 
will the erroneous and obsolete idea 
be discarded, by which the various or¬ 
gans of the body have been profession¬ 
ally treated as separate and independ¬ 
ent considerations, even to the extent 
of being dealt with, in cases of disease, 
as totally aloof from one another and 
conveniently classed as proper subjects 
for submission to the expert opinion of 
that superior class of physicians who 
devote their attention exclusively to 
special organs and are accordingly 
termed “Specialists.” 

Thus the question arises: What is 
the cause of disease? The question 
does not apply to any one particular 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


79 


form of disease or class of diseases, 
but to disease generally, as a concrete 
term meaning any disorder which may 
manifest itself by individual dis¬ 
turbances in the body; for such dis¬ 
turbance is but a variation in quantity 
or quality of one general disturbance, a 
variation in the mechanism that con¬ 
trols the work of keeping the existing 
cells in proper condition and replacing 
those cells which are constantly being 
destroyed. It is a variation in the 
process of regeneration, which ive term 
life . 

METABOLISM is the process which 
is constantly going on in the human 
system, whereby the cells that have 
been consumed by oxidation are re¬ 
moved through the excreta—the faeces, 
the urine, the perspiration, and the ex¬ 
halations from the lungs—to be re¬ 
placed by new ones. 

Metabolism, means change of mat¬ 
ter. It signifies the course by which 
nutritive material, or food, is built up 
into living matter. This process is 
accomplished through the blood, which 
distributes the necessary material to 
all parts of the body where cells need 
to be replaced and carries away the 
consumed portions. 


80 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


In the marvelous performance of its 
functions, when properly supplied, it 
carries the elements that are essential 
to regeneration in the correct propor¬ 
tions. When not properly supplied, 
these proportions become incorrect and 
foreign formations may arise which 
are disturbing to the organism. 

In nature there is a constant ten¬ 
dency to counterbalance disturbances 
in the proper proportion and by dis¬ 
tribution of cell building material to 
restore the normal condition. We may 
thus speak of the overwhelmingly cura¬ 
tive tendency of nature. 

Metabolism is the function of the 
body which most constantly requires 
attention. So, therefore, it is always 
through the blood that we must assist 
nature in the process of counter-bal¬ 
ancing and rectifying or healing ab¬ 
normal conditions. 

It follows then, that, despite the ap¬ 
parent variety in constitutional dis¬ 
eases, they are all practically the 
same. They are all disturbances of 
metabolism through some irregularity 
in the quantitative or qualitative con¬ 
dition of the blood. 

Professor Jacob Moleschott, the 
great physiologist, has crystallized this 
truth in the immortal words: “One of 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


81 


the principal questions to be always 
asked of the physician is this: How 
may good healthy and active blood be 
obtained? View the question as we 
may, we shall be forced to acknowledge 
openly and explicitly or guardedly and 
indirectly that our volition, our sensa¬ 
tions, our strength, and our pro-crea¬ 
tive powers are dependent upon our 
blood and our blood upon our nutri¬ 
tion.” 

If such unity exists, why then the 
great difference in the human organs? 
How is it that a bone in its stonelike 
hardness is essentially the same as the 
exquisitely sensitive eye? 

This is owing to the adaptive prop¬ 
erty of the cells, in the course of their 
enormous accumulation, to different 
functions, which, again, depends upon 
the varied arrangement of the con¬ 
stituent elements. These elements all 
find lodgement in the blood, and are 
carried by it in necessary quantities to 
the points where they are needed to as¬ 
sist the organs in replacing consumed 
matter. 

The difficulty found in grasping this 
idea of unity has led to the most mo¬ 
mentous errors in modern medical 


science. 


82 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


One result has been the undue at¬ 
tention paid to the study of anatomy, 
insomuch that the different organs are 
regarded as wholly distinct groups of 
cells. This is convenient from a de¬ 
scriptive standpoint, but it tends too 
much to draw attention away from the 
source of life, and of health. Only oy 
noting the common characteristics of 
the cell accumulations termed organs, 
are we enabled to supply the neces¬ 
sary elements that may be lacking. 
And thus we arrive at the subject of 
the chemical analysis of the human 
body and its various organs, a subject 
that has been badly neglected through¬ 
out the centuries. 

It has been determined that the en¬ 
tire human body consists of a certain 
number of chemical elements, appear¬ 
ing in different aggregations in dif¬ 
ferent parts. These aggregations re¬ 
peating themselves in the various or¬ 
gans. 

Twelve principal aggregations of 
chemical elements have been establish¬ 
ed and designated by the term tissues. 

This fact led to the discovery of the 
truth that in the process of healing at¬ 
tention must be given, not to the vari¬ 
ous organs, but to the various tissues. 

These tissues are dependent directly 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


83 


upon the condition and contents of the 
blood, whose office it is to nourish 
them and which exhibits the wonder¬ 
ful property of conveying to each tis¬ 
sue its selective regenerative materials, 
provided of course , that these elements 
are present at the time in the blood . 

Sixteen definite elements have been 
established—and a seventeenth will 
probably soon be added thereto— 
which, in their various combinations 
and aggregations, form the different 
tissues of which the organs in the hu¬ 
man body are composed. 

The prevalence of one or several of 
these elements in a certain tissue forms 
the main or governing feature of that 
tissue. Thus, the prevalence of potas¬ 
sium phosphate characterizes muscle 
tissue, the prevalence of ammonium 
phosphate (lecithin) nerve tissue. 
Each one of the various tissues consists 
of certain of these elements, and each 
tissue at every point where it occurs is 
affected by the lack of any of its ele¬ 
ments. 

One of the greatest physiological 
chemists, Justus von Liebig, maintains 
that, if one of the necessary elements 
in a chemical composition is missing, 
the rest cannot fulfill their duties and 


84 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


the respective cells must become dis¬ 
eased and degenerate. 

This discovery, known as “the law 
of the minimum,” has thrown addi¬ 
tional light upon the tasks before the 
new school of medicine. 

Upon the basis of a careful diagnosis, 
the necessary nutritive salts or cell- 
foods, carefully compounded in accord¬ 
ance with the law of chemotaxis must 
be administered. This law discovered 
by Engelmann , requires that these cell- 
foods must be administered in digesti¬ 
ble and assimilable forms so that the 
cells will be attracted by the chemical 
reaction, which may be of a positive or 
a negative character. 

This being so, we can easily build up 
the tissues, by studying their chemical 
composition and supplying to the sy¬ 
stem that which is necessary, in the 
form of food. The cell will take care 
of the rest. Each tissue has its specific 
cell-system, and each cell will be at¬ 
tracted only by those ingredients which 
are needed for the mother tissue. 

To bring to a tissue through the 
blood the lacking constituent element 
or elements is the only mxans of re¬ 
generating and healing diseased cells. 

In this connection we are consider¬ 
ing only constitutional diseases. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


85 


It has been shown that the lack of 
certain chemical elements from the 
blood signifies disease and that the 
variety of the disease depends on which 
of the elements are either lacking en¬ 
tirely or are present in incorrect pro¬ 
portion. 

After this lack has been determined, 
the course to pursue in curing the dis¬ 
ease is to supply the lacking chemical 
elements in the form of concentrated 
cell-food in addition to the regular 
food. 

This method displaces entirely the 
old system of filling the body with poi¬ 
sonous drugs in order to counteract tha 
effects of the disease. Such a system 
may suppress the symptoms by be¬ 
numbing the nerves and preventing 
pain, it may counteract the natural 
process of healing of which inflamma¬ 
tion, fever and pain, are the outward 
manifestations ;—hut it can never cure. 

The discovery of dysaemia, or im¬ 
paired blood supply, as the governing 
cause of disease, has destroyed another 
idol of modern fetish worship in medi¬ 
cine. 

Since the discovery of various spe¬ 
cies of bacilli, which accompany nearly 
every form of disease in some form or 
other, these have been commonly de- 


86 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


dared to be the causes of diseases, and 
the tendency is to find some poison 
that will kill the bacilli in order to cure 
the disease. 

The bacillus, on the contrary, is only 
the consequence, or symptom, of a dis¬ 
ease. The diseased and decomposing 
parts furnish fertile soil suitable to the 
propagating of bacilli because of the 
lack of the normal chemical elements 
in the blood and tissue. But to kill 
them, while the underlying conditions 
for their reproduction remain unchang¬ 
ed, can, obviously, never effect a 
cure. So the great hopes that have at¬ 
tached to sero-therapy are doomed to 
disappointment, and the application of 
anti-toxins prepared from the serum of 
animals, are fated shortly to vanish in 
the wake of others of those strange 
temporary crazes which periodically 
obsess mankind for a while and pass 
away. 

The discovery that a dysaemic con¬ 
dition of the blood leads to certain de¬ 
structive processes termed diseases, 
was soon followed by the apprehension 
that one of the principal factors in 
bringing about such disturbance is pre¬ 
disposition ,—in many cases heredity. 

The term “Hereditary disease” sig¬ 
nifies that the improper chemical com- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


87 


position of the blood of one or both 
parents is transmitted to the offspring, 
and that it causes in them likewise a 
degeneration of certain tissues and of 
the organs composed of those tissues. 

The hygienic-dietetic system of heal¬ 
ing does not, however, regard heredity 
as an invincible enemy, especially since 
my discovery of the “Law of the Cross- 
Transmission of Characteristics.” 

It is in the solution of this problem 
of “hereditary disease” that my sys¬ 
tem will eventually come into its own 
and will ere long be recognized as the 
most rational and effectual therapy 
ever applied since the beginning of the 
art of healing. It may be years before 
it is accorded the proverbially tardy 
acknowledgment of the “orthodox” 
schools, but that it will, nay must be 
eventually adopted is virtually a fore¬ 
gone conclusion—that is, if it be indeed 
the function or policy of the physician 
of the future to adequately seek to suc¬ 
cour the suffering and regenerate the 
races of mankind. Of the physician of 
the present it can at best be said in 
Goethe’s incisive words: 

“Er halt die Theile in seiner Hand, 

Doch fehlt ihm leider das geist’ ge Band.” 


He holds the parts within his hand, 
But lacks the mental grasp of all. 



88 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


For full explanation of the signi¬ 
ficance of my law, I must refer you to 
the first lecture in my book entitled 
“Within the Bud/’—and the lesson 
therein on the theory of “Pangenesis,” 
which space forbids my repeating here. 
This lesson will convey conclusively to 
any thinking mind what heredity really 
means. After a brief study of this in¬ 
teresting subject the importance of the 
“Law of the Cross-Transmission of 
Characteristics” will become amply ap¬ 
parent and the intelligent reader will 
undoubtedly wonder why it has not 
been applied and acknowledged long 
ago. For answer, I must refer you to 
the schools, whose policy it has ever 
been to, at any rate, abstain from as¬ 
sisting, if not absolutely to diplo¬ 
matically hinder the development of 
fresh scientific discoveries. But the 
time is fast approaching when a sharp 
and decisive end to this iniquity will 
be demanded by the will of an enlight¬ 
ened people; only then will the exist¬ 
ing orthodox power be compelled to 
loosen its obstructive grip which the 
interests of humanity have, so far, 
been powerless to unclasp. But, to 
quote the stirring words of one who 
looked with prophetic, faithful eye in¬ 
to the tangled problems of futurity: 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


89 


“The people will come into their own at last,— 
God is not mocked for ever.” 

My Law of the Cross-Transmission 
of Characteristics may be simply stat¬ 
ed as follows: 

Under all conditions, the matter of 
sex is determined in the egg-cell at the 
moment of fertilization. 

Under all conditions, the sex is de¬ 
termined by a struggle for the mastery 
in the egg-cell, between the energy of 
that egg-cell and the energy of the male 
spermatozoon. In a crisis, when the 
life of one of the two seeds is trembling 
in the balance, one of them—through 
the exertion of its “Latent Reserve 
Energy,” dominates, and engenders a 
child of the opposite sex. This re¬ 
versal of the sex is in conformity with 
the Law of the Cross-Transmission of 
Sex; that is, the mother is represented 
in the male offspring and the father in 
the female,—this being the normal ex¬ 
pression of the Law of Cross-Trans¬ 
mission of Characteristics. 

The “Latent Reserve Energy” is pro¬ 
vided by nature for the “Preservation 
of Species,” and through this provision 
an impulsive, vehement energy can, at 
the final moment of a crisis, be called 
upon for the salvation of its kind. 


90 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


A seeming exception to this is due to 
the “Law of the Dominant’’ which 
overrides the action of “Latent Reserve 
Energy,” and is a provision of nature 
for the preservation of the “Domi¬ 
nant,” which is the most prominent 
quality in nature. 

When the subject is properly under¬ 
stood, this seeming exception will also 
become clear. 

In the natural course, the study of 
heredity leads to the understanding of 
predisposition. In other words, if you 
have understood heredity, it will be 
easy to understand predisposition; for 
it means that the protoplasm or seed, 
from whichever organism it may pro¬ 
ceed, must contain some of the salient 
characteristics of its ancestors, good 
and bad, dominant and recessive. Not 
only will it contain characteristics from 
father and mother, but from all the 
direct ancestors. It is impossible to 
know exactly which points will mani¬ 
fest themselves, but a good many bad 
points may be eliminated by studying 
the ancestral line; and the direct dis¬ 
eases or bad characteristics of a parent, 
must be eliminated by applying the 
Law of the Cross-Transmission of 
Characteristics. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


91 


For example: If the father has a 
certain disease or positive symptoms of 
that disease, by no means create a girl, 
as she will certainly be predisposed for 
that disease, and may pay the penalty, 
if “Regeneration” is not begun early. 
The same principle applies to the 
mother. If she is diseased, do not 
create a son, until “Regeneration” has 
been brought about. 

Furthermore, it will be possible to 
improve the offspring by encouraging 
and promoting the good points, es¬ 
pecially after studying and applying 
the above law, as well as my law of the 
“Determination of the Sex at Will.” 

Looking at the question from this 
point of view, we begin to realize the 
enormous significance of my discovery. 
This supplies the main reason for the 
study of the laws, for the “Prevention 
of Diseases.” 

Only when we know that every ac¬ 
quired characteristic may be trans¬ 
mitted to the offspring will we become 
conscious of the terrible responsibility 
we assume when we reproduce off¬ 
spring, and realize that we may create 
more pain and suffering instead of 
eliminating it. 

As Nature demands that we repro¬ 
duce ourselves or be punished for dis- 


92 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


obeying her laws, what is to be done? 

Study and follow the advice given 
in this book, and you will awake to the 
fact that Nietsche’s words were not 
“Utopian” when he commanded us to 
“reproduce something better than we 
are.” 

Together with the predisposition to 
disease, the child also acquires the 
hereditary tendency to regeneration; 
and thus rational hygienic-dietetic 
treatment may be able to eliminate the 
diseases which were formerly pro¬ 
nounced incurable. This can only be 
effected by the effort to remove the 
cause and strengthen the weak points 
by means of Regeneration. 

The reader will now plainly under¬ 
stand that in order to heal, according 
to the hygienic-dietetic system, the 
blood must be supplied with the 
chemical elements that are missing 
from the tissues. 

There are three ways of accomplish¬ 
ing this; namely, by diet, by nutritive 
preparations, and by physical treat¬ 
ment. 

The first and most natural way is 
by means of proper diet. 

Since the chemical elements are in¬ 
troduced into the body through the 
food, the quantity and quality of the 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


93 


food must be regulated. The patient 
must receive food that will help in re¬ 
generating his blood; particularly such 
food as contains the elements that are 
lacking in the affected tissues in his 
body. 

The regular supply of food is how¬ 
ever usually insufficient to overcome the 
process of destruction, and it is there¬ 
fore necessary to add the missing ele¬ 
ments in purer form and larger quanti¬ 
ty. These nutritive preparations con¬ 
tain only such chemical elements as 
exist in the human body; they also 
contain them in the proper chemical 
proportion and are entirely free from 
poisonous substances. They promote a 
general regeneration of the blood that 
will eventually lead to a complete cure. 

Physical treatment may be made to 
assist the proper circulation of the 
blood, opening at the same time the 
pores of the skin for the withdrawal 
from the body of disease elements and 
the introduction of desirable material. 
Massage, gymnastics, ablutions, and 
various kinds of baths and packs con¬ 
stitute the most of the healing meas¬ 
ures of this description resorted to. 

This is indeed the legitimate field 
for Osteo-Chyropractice. 


94 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


In order to understand the method 
of treatment which I apply, it is neces¬ 
sary to understand one of the great 
laws of physiological chemistry, ac¬ 
knowledged as such by the great 
masters of chemistry, such as Liebig 
and Hensel. 

This law demonstrates that nature 
is a unit, its component parts a given 
number of elements , each of which has 
distinct qualities , and the combination 
of which produces the various mani¬ 
festations of life . 

These elements are classified as com¬ 
bining to form minerals, plants and 
animals. They are all closely interre¬ 
lated. The plant draws the mineral 
elements from the soil, and after cer¬ 
tain processes of combination, conveys 
them as food to the animal. The ani¬ 
mal substances that man consumes 
make up the balance of the elements 
that are required to build up the hu¬ 
man body. 

It is a matter of comparatively new 
discovery that the minerals are just as 
important a part of the human body 
and of its food as the other basic 
chemical elements. The discovery 
showing of what minerals the neces¬ 
sary ingredients of the different body 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


95 


tissues are composed and in what com¬ 
bination and quantity, in order that 
they may become incorporated into the 
organism, has made it possible to sup : 
ply them to the diseased body in the 
purest and most effective way through 
nutritive preparations, while their ex¬ 
istence in food also furnishes an indi¬ 
cation as to the regulation of diet. 

I have already given, in the preced¬ 
ing pages, the frank expression of 
favourable opinion upon this vital topic 
generally, as voiced with unmistakable 
conviction by no less an authority than 
Assistant Surgeon-General, Dr. W. C. 
Rucker of the United States Public 
Health Service. I will now cite, in fur¬ 
ther corroboration, the opinion of the 
distinguished Editor of “The Fra,” as 
addressed to myself personally, in spe¬ 
cial relation to an advance section of 

the book “Dare to be Healthy,” to¬ 
gether with other similar matter, and 
which, coming as it does from one who 
is himself a leader in the van of the 
advancing phalanx of the followers of 
Truth and Enlightenment, may be 
safely held to constitute a just criterion 
of the literary and technical value of 
the work. It is expressed as follows: 


96 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


From John T. Hoyle, Managing Editor 
of “The Fra.” 

“From my reading of your ‘Lessons,’ 
and especially from ‘Dare to be 
Healthy,’ I can see that you have evolv¬ 
ed a new concept in medicine, or rather 
‘Nature Healing,’ which promises great 
results. I trust you will be able to put 
the whole into a printed book that we 
may all have the benefit of your dis¬ 
coveries. Unlike most physicians, 
while you treat of the most profound 
and vital scientific subjects, your 
language is so well chosen and your 
method of presentation is so clear, that 
no intelligent person would have diffi¬ 
culty in following your thought. You 
have undertaken a monumental work, 
and that success may attend your ef¬ 
forts is our heartfelt wish.” 

From Elbert Hubbard. 

“What I have read of it is intensely 
interesting and shows that you have a 
keen insight into the philosophies of 
life.” 

There are other spontaneous and un¬ 
expected testimonials of an equally en¬ 
couraging and complimentary nature 
from men whose knowledge and attain¬ 
ments entitle their opinions to the 
tribute of respect. These might well 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


97 


be likewise added here, but for the 
necessary limitations of space. 

When Moses saved the hosts of 
Israel from starvation in the desert, by 
obtaining the solid and liquid food re¬ 
quisite for their deliverance, he called 
the name of that food “Manna.” In 
like manner, both as a just tribute to 
the success they have achieved in the 
past and as an earnest of the deliver¬ 
ance they are destined to achieve in 
the future, I have designated my prep¬ 
arations by a similar term and called 
them the “Dech-Manna” Nutritive 
Preparations. 

Although presented in so condensed 
a form, the preceding outline cannot 
fail to inspire in the mind of the reader 
a vivid conception of the simple 
grandeur of nature’s handiwork, more 
especially as regards her provisions in 
relation to health and disease—secrets 
revealed, through microscope and al¬ 
embic, to those who, in spite of 
organized discouragement, have at¬ 
tempted to fathom the erstwhile 
mysteries of human suffering and to 
carry hope and freedom into the hostile 
camps of Fear, Disease and Death. 

To bring these considerations within 
the comprehension of all, and to win 


98 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


all, so far as possible, to the practical 
observance of the means and precepts 
of Health and Safety is the object of 
the projected course of study of which 
the following is the business proposi¬ 
tion. 


THE DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

CLUB 

BUSINESS PROPOSITION 

The course of study in connection 
with the above consists of 
A Series of One Hundred Lessons 
to be issued in weekly instalments, the 
whole course to extend over a period of 
two years. 

Each lesson will consist, approxi¬ 
mately, of some twenty-two to twenty- 
five full-sized pages (i. e. 25/28 lines 
of 8/12 words each) which will be 
mailed to every subscriber weekly pre¬ 
paid. 

It is necessary, in view of contingent 
expenses that a membership of One 
thousand subscribers should be obtain¬ 
ed, as only when such an amount of 
support is guaranteed would the print¬ 
ing of the hundred lectures under the 
easy and advantageous terms offered 
be at all justified. 

If, however, it should be represented 
to me by those most immediately in¬ 
terested, that it is their desire to Con- 


> 

't 


) > 


v 


100 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


fine the Club to narrower limits, 1 
might, though with some reluctance, 
consider the advisability of reducing 
the minimum membership to One hun¬ 
dred students provided that these 
should agree to contribute the sum to¬ 
tal of the fees for the two years course 
in advance. 

With every twentieth lesson will be 
forwarded to the subscriber, gratis, 
one of five well bound volumes of su¬ 
perior literary attraction and interest. 

These five volumes are as follows: 

Atlas of Human Anatomy (profusely 
illustrated with coloured plates and 
containing folding manikin) especi¬ 
ally compiled for the student. 

Manual of Physiology, especially 
compiled for the student. 

Manual of Physiological Chemistry, 
especially compiled for the student. 

Manual of Biological Therapy, Dech- 
mann’s system, (500 pages). 

Medical Dictionary (pocket edition in 
flexible leather with gilt edges, giv¬ 
ing 30,000 definitions.) 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


101 


At the end of the course each student 
in good standing, will receive free of 
cost a Membership Diploma in the 
form of a beautifully artistic colour 
plate, the fascimile of which will ap¬ 
pear herewith. 

[glP“Within the Bud; the Procreation 
of a Healthy, Happy, and Beautiful 
Child of the Desired Sex, by L. Dech- 
mann, Biologist/” This is a book of 
302 pages, the paper bound edition re¬ 
tailing at $3.00, the edition de luxe at 
$5.00, can be obtained at any book 
store or direct from the author. 

The above literature cannot be 
otherwise procured, and its cost actu¬ 
ally amounts to nearly one-half the 
subscription for the entire course of 
lessons. 

At the close of the course a beauti¬ 
ful engraved cover design for binding 
the 100 lessons may be obtained at the 
price of $1.00. 

Separate file binders and perforators 
for the lessons, each cover holding 
some 300 pages, may be obtained at the 
nominal cost of about 50 cents each; 
one of these will be delivered free with 
the first lesson. 


102 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


CELL-FOODS. 

In addition to these advantages, all 
members of the Club will be entitled 
to procure any supplies they may need 
of the Dech-Manna Cell-Foods at 
special (wholesale) prices. 

Louis Dechmann. 

Biologist and Physiological Chemist. 

127 North 59th Street, Seattle, Wash., U. S. A. 



THE BASIS OF PROCEEDINGS 

Of 

THE DARE TO BE HEALTHY CLUB 

In the ensuing pages I shall endeav¬ 
our to give the reader a necessarily 
brief and cursory, glance into the sub¬ 
jects which will form the underlying 
motif of the vast and manifold deliber¬ 
ations which will constitute the funda¬ 
mental basis of the projected course of 
study which will be brought under the 
consideration of the members of the 
proposed association and will constitute 
the schedule, as it were, of the peri¬ 
odical dissertations of these matters of 
world-wide and vital individual signi¬ 
ficance to be comprised in the Series 
of One Hundred Lessons. 

I have been at some pains to avoid 
as far as possible the use of technical 
and professional phrases and termin¬ 
ology, for the express purpose of bring- 


104 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


ing within the scope of every faculty 
of understanding these subjects which 
are equally a matter of life and death 
importance to every man, woman and 
child, in all the wide and varied range 
of nationalities and languages which 
constitute so large a part of our great 
Republic and upon whose health and ef¬ 
ficiency so much of our national life 
depends. 

The great and ominous unrest, so 
much in evidence of late, is ample 
proof of a latent popular dissatisfac¬ 
tion with the conditions of life and it 
is equally significant of the prevailing 
nervous tension—the obvious result of 
malnutrition of the system—which is 
one of the most prominent popular fea¬ 
tures of the worry-worn denizen of to¬ 
day. 

Life, Health, Happiness—that vital 
interdependent triad—are surely a pre¬ 
occupation strong enough and precious 
enough to startle the minds of the most 
complacent; and it is with the object 
of awakening all to their possibilities 
—in health or in disease—of protec¬ 
tion of the one, and hope and regenera¬ 
tion under the other, that the course 
of study has been inaugurated of which 
the following is but a bare outline. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


105 


MAN AS A UNIT.* 

The human body is an accumulation 
of millions of separate cells, which are 
the bearers of life, and which in vari¬ 
ous groups form the different organs, 
the combined action of which consti¬ 
tutes our individual existence. 

This existence itself is the natural 
issue of the existence of our predeces¬ 
sors, who generated the new life which 
will be transmitted by us and reappear 
in our offspring. 

In like manner all the functions of 
the body form an endless chain in 
which not a single link must be faulty 
or missing, if healthy organic life is to 
continue. 

This accumulation of cells, however, 
is by no means inactive. On the con¬ 
trary, organic life is nothing but the 
constant dying of the old and the re¬ 
construction of new cells; it means that 
we are in a perpetual condition of com¬ 
position and consequently of decom¬ 
position throughout our entire being, 
its different parts and organs. 

As soon as we are able to recognize 
this accumulation of cells as one in¬ 
dividual whole and thus arrive at the 

* In the following chapter, several important 
paragraphs given in the foregoing had to be re¬ 
peated as the readers who were not interested in 
the ’’Club” proposition, would miss these points. 



106 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


idea of their absolute interdependence, 
we shall get rid of the prevalent idea, 
that the mere structural differences be¬ 
tween the respective organs of the body 
make them separate and independent 
things which may be treated irrespec¬ 
tive of one another in case of disease, or 
dealt with by different specialists. 

We arrive then at the one great ques¬ 
tion: What is the cause of disease? Not 
of one or other form of disease or class 
of diseases, but of disease as a whole. 

There is, in fact, only one disease. 

What appear to us as different dis¬ 
turbances of the normal condition of 
our body, are only variations, in quan¬ 
tity or in quality, of the one thing. It 
is the variation of the controlling ele¬ 
ment which performs the necessary 
work of keeping the existing cells in 
proper condition and replacing those 
which in the course of nature are de¬ 
stroyed. In a word, the work of per¬ 
petual regeneration, which is life. 

METABOLISM. 

This continuous changing of the en¬ 
tire human body,—the removal of the 
discarded cells, burned up by oxidation 
and expelled from the body in the urine, 
the perspiration and other excretions, 
and their replacement by new ones,—is 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


107 


called metabolism, that is, “change of 
matter.” 

This change is brought about by 
means of a vital fluid in the body, which 
circulates from the moment in which the 
spermatozoon, or male seed, touches 
the female egg in the womb of the 
mother, until the time of our last 
breath. That fluid is the blood ,—the 
carrier of nature’s supplies to all parts 
of the body for the rebuilding of cells; 
the exact and equitable distributor in 
quantities of material which determines 
the quality of the cells. 

In its marvelous performance of this 
function, the blood is the bearer of the 
sole existing condition of health; name, 
ly the necessary elements of cell-build¬ 
ing in the right proportions. 

This is health, and the lack thereof 
is disease. 

The demand of nature for upbuild¬ 
ing and re-building is the strongest 
instinctive impulse of our being; and 
this being so, a wrong proportion may 
cause the upbuilding of things which 
are different and disturbing to the 
normal organism. 

But, on the other hand, kindly nature 
exhibits an ever existent inclination to 
counterbalance any disturbance in the 


108 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


right proportion, and to bring back 
conditions to uniformity. 

We may thus justly speak of the 
overwhelming healing tendency of na¬ 
ture. 

Metabolism is, therefore, the one 
great dominant function of the body 
which, accordingly, must have our es¬ 
pecial care. 

It is the blood, consequently, to which 
alone we can resort if we desire to as¬ 
sist nature in its process and tendency 
of balancing and healing. 

This again indicates that, notwith¬ 
standing the apparent great variety of 

r • ' , 

constitutional diseases , they are all 
practically one and the same disease. 
They are all disturbances of proper 
metabolism, by some irregularity of the 
quantitative or qualitative condition of 
the blood. 

v • r .v . - - 

This governing truth the great phys¬ 
iologist, Prof. Jacob Moleschott, has 
formulated in the memorable words: 
“It is one of the chief questions which 
humanity must always ask of the phy¬ 
sician : how to attain good, healthy and 
active blood. And, view the question 
as we may, all who give it serious 
thought, are forced by experience to 
acknowledge explicitly, or otherwise, 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


109 


that our mental and physical capacity , 
and likewise the power of reproduction , 
are directly dependent upon our blood , 
and our blood on our nutrition ” 

VARIETY OF ORGANS. 

Why then, you may ask, if such unity 
exists, why this dissimilarity in the 
tissues of the respective bodily organs? 
How is it that a bone in its stonelike 
hardness is essentially the same as the 
infinitely tender tissues of the eye? 
This difference is due to and account¬ 
ed for by the adaptation of certain por¬ 
tions of the immense accumulation of 
cells to diverse functions, which has 
necessitated the variable conformity of 
the supporting elements. But all of 
these elements are in the blood, which 
carries them in the necessary quanti¬ 
ties to the different organs to which 
they belong and where they are utilized 
to replace used-up matter. 

I do not overlook the difficulty of 
grasping this idea of unity. 

The fact, that it is so difficult to re¬ 
alize, has led to the greatest errors in 
present day medical science. 

It seemed at first sight, so obviously 
necessary to study the different organs 
as entirely different groups, to work 


110 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


out a careful system of bones, of in¬ 
testinal organs, of blood-vessels, of 
nerves, and so on; all of which is of 
course very valuable, in its place, but 
only from a descriptive standpoint. 

Anatomy shows us what life has pro¬ 
duced in the construction of a human 
form, but it does not indicate the 
source of life, nor, consequently, the 
source of health. 

It is well to know the different forms 
of cell accumulations, which are called 
organs, but if we desire to keep them 
in good order, we must watch closely 
what is common to them all; for it is 
only from this point of view, that we 
are able to determine the necessary, 
and possibly, the lacking elements for 
purposes of healing. 

Thus, as one of the greatest achieve¬ 
ments of modern science, we come to 
the one most vital thing, so sorely 
needed and yet so badly neglected 
throughout the centuries: The chemical 
analysis of the human body and its dif¬ 
ferent organs. 

A new light has now dawned upon 
the subject most essential to the in¬ 
auguration of a new and effective sys¬ 
tem of healing. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


111 


The physiological chemist has at 
length discovered that the human body, 
and every organ of that body consists 
of a certain number of chemical ele¬ 
ments, which appear in different parts 
in different aggregations. These ag¬ 
gregations, however, repeat themselves 
in the various parts or organs. 

It was thus finally discovered that 
there are twelve different main aggre¬ 
gations of such elements , which groups 
of equal elements we call tissues. 

Through this discovery we have ar¬ 
rived at the great truth that it is not 
to the purpose, in healing, to turn at¬ 
tention to the various organs, hut 
rather to the various tissues. 

The influence which can be exercised 
on these tissues is exercised through 
the blood which nourishes all of them 
alike, and which has the wonderful 
capacity of carrying to each of them 
their necessary building and rebuild¬ 
ing, or regenerating materials,— pro¬ 
vided, of course, that these are, as they 
should he, present in the hlood. 

THE CONSTITUENT ELEMENTS. 

Research in physiological chemistry, 
has so far determined that there are 
sixteen definite and discernible ele- 


112 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


ments—and a seventeenth is now in 
course of determination—which, in 
their various combinations and aggre¬ 
gations, form the different tissues of 
which the various organs of the hu¬ 
man body are constructed. 

The preponderance of one or more of 
these elements in a certain tissue forms 
the main or governing feature, or tis¬ 
sue of any organ. Thus the prevalence 
of potassium phosphate forms the 
muscle tissue, the prevalence of am¬ 
monium phosphate (lecithin) forms the 
nerve tissue. 

For the purpose of general explana¬ 
tion it is sufficient to know that each 
of the various tissues consist of some 
of these elements, and that each of the 
tissues, at whatever part of the body it 
exists, is affected by the lack of any 
one of these elements. 

The greatest chemist of the age, Jus¬ 
tus von Liebig, maintains that if one 
of the necessary elements in a chemical 
composition is missing, the rest cannot 
fulfil their duties, and the consequence 
of such deficiency is that the cell in 
question must become diseased and de¬ 
generate. 

This discovery, known as “the law 
of the minimum,” has thrown an addi- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


113 


tional reassuring light upon the prac¬ 
tice of the new school of medicine. 

To bring to the tissue the lacking 
constituent element or elements by ivay 
of the blood is the only means of re¬ 
generating that tissue , that is, of heal¬ 
ing its diseased cells. 

DYSAEMIA THE CAUSE OF ALL 
CONSTITUTIONAL 
DISEASES. 

Within the limits of this abstract 1 
do not propose to deal with the dis¬ 
turbances in the system caused by 
traumatic influences, such as wounds, 
etc. We are treating only of constitu¬ 
tional diseases which, whether of acute 
or of chronic character, are all caused 
by the lack of such chemical elements 
as described. 

It has been shown that the blood 
supplies all the chemical substances to 
the different tissues, and that, conse¬ 
quently, it is the lack of these elements 
in the blood, which causes the tissues 
to degenerate, or, in other words, the 
lack of certain chemical elements in the 
blood is disease. 

It is, therefore, merely a question as 
to which of the elements are missing 
or which do not exist in correct pro- 


114 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


portion, that determines the different 
forms of disease. 

When once this fact is established, 
the method of healing consists mainly 
in supplying in the regular way, that 
is, by certain additions to the regular 
food, the missing chemical elements in 
organic form; and medical science has 
but to determine which elements are 
wanting, and consequently, must be 
supplied. 

It goes ivithout saying that in this 
system the old, pernicious drug method 
of filling the body with various poisons 
to counteract the effects or symptoms 
of disease, has no place whatever. Cer¬ 
tain poisonous drugs may prove ef- 
. fective to suppress certain symptoms 
by benumbing the nerves and prevent¬ 
ing pain; they may, and do counteract 
the natural process by which nature 
exercises her power in various ways 
in the spontaneous effort to throw off 
disease, in the form of inflammations, 
fevers or pains; but they can never 
heal, or eradicate disease. 

With the discovery of dysaemia as 
the governing cause of disease, an¬ 
other idol of regular medicine has been 
cast down. 

Since the discovery of the bacillus or 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


115 


microbe, which in varied form accom¬ 
panies nearly every variety of disease, 
it has become a dogma of the at pres¬ 
ent dominant school of medicine that 
the various bacilli are the actual causes 
of the different varieties of disease, . 
and the tendency has been to find some 
poison that would kill the bacilli in 
order to heal the disease. 

The truth is that the bacillus is not 
the cause, but the effect of disease; in 
fact is nothing but another consequence 
or symptom of a specific form of dis¬ 
ease. Bacilli grow spontaneously in 
the ready soil which the diseased and 
decomposing tissues provide, through 
lack of the necessary chemical ele¬ 
ments; but to attempt to exterminate 
them, while the underlying conditions 
for their reproduction remain unchang¬ 
ed, can, of course, never bring about 
healing. 

And thus the high hopes and claims 
attached to the sero-therapy inoccula- 
tion process, the injection into the 
blood of antitoxins prepared with the 
serum of animals, have positively van¬ 
ished. 

Hundreds of thousands of human be¬ 
ings have perished in the course of this 
delusion; but countless numbers will 


116 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


have cause, yet in our day, to rejoice 
at the exposure of the stupid and un¬ 
natural theory, so long legally enforced, 
that the introduction into the human 
system of such poisonous substances 
could remove or overcome the natural 
consequences of constitutional disease. 

HEREDITY. 

The discovery that a diseased condi¬ 
tion of the blood leads to certain bodily 
disturbances which we call disease, was 
soon followed by the realization of the 
fact that one of the main conditions 
which bring about such disturbances is 
predisposition, which in many cases is 
hereditary. 

“Hereditary disease” simply means 
that the improper chemical composi¬ 
tion of the blood of one or both parents 
has become duplicated in the offspring, 
and that it has similar consequenes in 
causing the degeneration of certain tis¬ 
sues, and consequently of the organs 
composed thereof, as may have been 
the case in the parents. 

It is at least reassuring to know, 
however, that to the modern hygienic- 
dietetic system of healing , heredity , 
though perhaps more tenacious, is by 
no means an invincible enemy. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


117 


With a predisposition to disease the 
child acquires also the hereditary ten¬ 
dency to self-protection, and thus ra¬ 
tional hygienic-dietetic treatment may 
be able to eliminate, in a comparatively 
short time, the chain of diseases which 
in former years, generations have car¬ 
ried hopelessly to the grave. 

HEALING. 

It has been already stated that heal¬ 
ing, under the modern hygienic-dietetic 
system, means supplying to the blood 
such chemical elements as will replace 
what are missing in defective tissues 
of the body. 

I will now outline the methods of 
carrying it into effect. 

In a general way there are three 
means of doing this: 

No. 1. Diet: The first and most 
natural way is by proper diet. 

As the normal chemical elements are 
introduced into the body as constitu¬ 
ents of the regular daily food, the task 
which, in the first place, confronts the 
hygienic-dietetic physician is that of 
regulating the quantity, quality and de¬ 
scription of food. 

Too little importance has heretofore 
been given to this question and, beyond 


118 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


prohibiting certain dishes and obvious¬ 
ly detrimental viands, little attention 
was paid by the average physician 
to the matter of the every-day nourish¬ 
ment of the patient. 

The hygienic-dietetic physician on 
the other hand, employs the utmost 
care in giving to the patient everything 
that will help to regenerate his blood, 
laying particular stress on such foods 
as contain the largest proportion of the 
chemical elements that are missing in 
the affected tissues. 

No. 2. Nutritive compositions : The 
process of destruction, however, which 
has to be met, in more or less advanced 
stages, in nearly every case requires 
supply, in quantity of the pure ma¬ 
terial to compensate the deficiency of 
the missing elements, beyond that 
which could be derived in the ordinary 
way of digestion from every-day food. 

To meet this difficulty, certain con¬ 
densed preparations have been devised. 

These nutritive compositions contain 
only such chemical elements in like 
chemical proportions as exist in the 
human body. They are of the purest 
material and contain no injurious ele¬ 
ments whatsoever, while they foster 
that general regeneration of the blood 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


119 


which will finally bring about a com¬ 
plete cure. 

No. 3. Physical treatments : It is 
the object of these treatments to assist 
the proper circulation of the blood; to 
automatically open the pores of the 
skin for the external treatment of cer¬ 
tain diseases; to withdraw elements of 
disease from the body, and to introduce 
certain material influences, through 
the pores. 

Massage, gymnastics, ablutions, vari¬ 
ous kinds of baths and “packs,” con¬ 
stitute the chief features of the healing 
methods in this department. 

Following this general explanation 
of the system, I may now go a little 
deeper into the question of the constit¬ 
uent elements, the tissues formed there¬ 
from, the degeneration of these tissues, 
and the species of degeneration which 
constitutes the various forms of dis¬ 
ease commonly known to us. 

After this I will give a concise and 
simple general idea as to how my 
methods should be applied. 

THE UNITY OF NATURE. 

To fully understand the method of 
healing which I apply, it is necessary to 
understand one of the great natural 


120 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


laws, the discovery of which by the 
great chemists, Justus von Liebig and 
Julius Hensel, has shown us the path 
along which to proceed. 

This law demonstrates that, in the 
last analysis, nature is a unit, a compo¬ 
sition of a number of elements, each one 
possessing distinct qualities, the combi¬ 
nation of which produces the various 
manifestations of life. 

These are classified, for convenience, 
according to their main qualities, as 
minerals, plants or animals. 

All of them are closely interrelated 
and one transmits the basic elements to 
the other. It is the plant which draws 
the mineral elements from the soil, and 
after certain processes of composition 
conveys them as food to the animal, in¬ 
cluding the human being, while such 
animal substances as are used for hu¬ 
man food, contribute the balance of the 
elements for the upbuilding of the hu¬ 
man body. 

It is a matter of comparatively new 
discovery that minerals are thus just as 
important as a component part of the 
body and of its food as are other basic 
chemical elements. 

The discovery as to the mineral con¬ 
stituents of the body, their nature, pro- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


121 


portion and in which composition and 
in which quantity as necessary ingredL 
ents of the different body tissues, in or¬ 
der that they may become a part of the 
organism, has made it possible to ad¬ 
minister them to the diseased body in 
the purest condensed and most effective 
way in nutritive compositions, while 
their proportionate existence in food is 
also a criterion of diet, not only for the 
sick, but also as a preventative of dis¬ 
ease. 

THE CHEMICAL PROCESS OF 
DISEASE. 

In this, my scrutiny of nature’s deep 
designs, I did not rest content when 
only the composition of all the tissues 
of the body had been laid bare; but I 
delved deeper and discovered that cer¬ 
tain electric currents and reactions of 
these elements were the causes of ac¬ 
celerating or retarding the natural pro¬ 
cesses of metamorphosis and metabol¬ 
ism,—provoking disturbances of the 
normal, which express themselves as 
disease. 

Excessive growth, and lack of growth, 
are thus explained, together with other 
phenomena which in this short chap- 


122 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


ter it is impossible to give in scienti¬ 
fic detail. It is my object now merely 
to show that in their apparent simpli¬ 
city the manifestations of life require 
special technical knowledge such as 
cannot be expected of the layman in 
any adequate degree. 

Notwithstanding this free and open 
statement of cause and cure available 
to the patient and to the world at large, 
the hygienic-dietetic physician himself 
can by no means be dispensed with in 
case of the appearance of disease, for 
only by his knowledge, experience, and 
skilled advice can the aforesaid natural 
system of healing be applied with effect 
in each individual case. And here it 
must always be borne in mind that, of 
the countless individual organisms that 
this world contains, no two, even, are 
exactly alike; and that consequently only 
the skilled and accustomed practitioner 
will be able to regulate such hidden, in¬ 
ternal processes as cause the visible dis- 
turbance, and thus bring about healing 
and regeneration, which simply means a 
return to the normal. 

His methods will prevent the use of the 
surgeon’s knife, which only removes the 
symptom, leaving the cause untouched 
and inflicting useless and irreparable 


DARE TO RE HEALTHY 


123 


harm. The specialist, with his poisonous 
specific remedies for forms of disease, 
which after all are only degrees of chem¬ 
ical exhaustion, will also disappear, to¬ 
gether with all similar treatment which 
enervates the body making it an easy 
prey to new attacks of the same chemical 
anomalies which must and will most cer¬ 
tainly return so long as they are not recti¬ 
fied according to the principles of biol¬ 
ogy. 


THE TWELVE TISSUES. 

Bearing the above principle of unity 
in mind, we may now proceed one step 
further, and study the most important 
details upon which the method of heal¬ 
ing, as applied by the hygienic-dietetic 
physician, is based. 

As previously mentioned, the cells of 
the human body are organized into 
twelve distinct tissues, some of which 
are the component parts of the various 
organs as discernible by form and func_ 
tion. 

These twelve tissues are the follow¬ 
ing: 

1. The plasmo tissue (blood plas¬ 
ma) . 

2. The lymphoid tissue. 


124 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

3. The nerve tissue. 

4. The bone tissue. 

5. The muscular tissue. 

6. The mucous membrane tissue. 

7. The tooth and eye tissue. 

8. The hair tissue. 

9. The skin tissue. 

10. The gelatigenous tissue. 

11. The cartilage tissue. 

12. The body tissue in general. 

1. The plasmo tissue. This tissue is 
a liquid, the blood plasma, which is one 
of the important component parts of 
the life-giving substance, blood. It is 
the blood serum—blood-water and fib- 
rogen—which harbours the white and 
the red corpuscles. The red corpuscles 
are the carriers of oxygen to the vari¬ 
ous tissues, which the body draws from 
the atmosphere, and of the other nutri¬ 
ments. They exchange it for the car¬ 
bonic acid which is forming in the 
body, and while the blood in flowing 
through the system of arteries, brings 
the oxygen, it carries away, through 
the veins, the poisonous carbonic acid 
which is exhaled into the atmosphere. 

The red corpuscles, after having per¬ 
formed their duties, enter the liver and 
are used to build the gall. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


125 


The proper quality of the plasma 
alone regulates the speed of blood cir¬ 
culation and ensures its entrance into 
the finest capillaries—the ultimate 
branches of the blood-vessels—hence, 
its capacity to carry supplies of nutri¬ 
ment to the tissues. The disturbance 
of this proper quality is among the 
main factors of constitutional disease. 

2. The lymphoid tissue. The lymph 
is another of the life-giving liquids ot 
the body, which through a vascular sys¬ 
tem of its own, draws certain nutritive 
substances from the food and carries 
them to certain organs which it feeds, 
especially the nerves. 

After this slow task is completed, the 
rest of the lymph enters the blood and 
is carried by it to other parts of the 
body where only smaller quantities of 
lymph are needed for nourishing pur¬ 
poses. 

The proper quality and chemical com¬ 
position of the lymph, which is differ¬ 
ent from that of the blood, is of no less 
importance than that of the plasma for 
the preservation and regeneration of 
the organism. 

What the plasma is to the blood, the 
lymph is to the nerves. 

3. The nerve tissue. A particular ag- 


126 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


gregation of cells forms the nerves, 
which, emanating from their center in 
the brain and spine, run as another 
separate system all through the body. 

This system, however, is not one of 
vessels; but the nerves may best be 
compared to the wires of a telephone 
system, establishing connection between 
the remotest parts of the body and its 
central point, from which the directions 
for both voluntary and involuntary 
movement are given and transmitted 
through the nerves. 

They are of a peculiar chemical com¬ 
position in which the nerve fat (leci¬ 
thin) plays a very important part, since 
its frequent presence in insufficient 
quantity is among the most common 
causes of a great number of nervous 
and other diseases. 

4. The hone tissue. The bones con¬ 
sist of a special and very distinct tissue 
in which lime predominates. This gives 
them the strength and solidity which 
enables them to act as support to all 
the other organs. 

The bones too are fed by the blood, 
and it is through the blood that the ne¬ 
cessary constituent parts for the re¬ 
generation of their tissue is conveyed 
to them. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


127 


While naturally their power of re¬ 
sistance is greater than that of any 
other organ, they are nevertheless sub¬ 
ject to a number of structural disturb¬ 
ances, other than traumatic, the causes 
of which are sometimes hereditary, 
sometimes acquired through deficient 
properties of the nourishing blood. 

Certain tissues which form the con¬ 
nection between the bones and the rest 
of the organs, and the gradual transi¬ 
tion into other tissues, are subjects sep_ 
arate and distinct and will be treated 
separately. 

5. The muscular tissue : As to quan¬ 
tity, the muscular tissue represents the 
maximum of any in the human body. 

The muscles do not only consist solely 
of this one tissue, but of several others, 
as do most of the other organs; but 
here, as in all other cases, the principal 
component element is called after the 
organ in which it is chiefly found. 

The structure of the muscular tissue 
varies according to its function, so that 
we distinguish between the striated and 
the unstriated or smooth muscles. This, 
however, has no influence on their 
chemical composition, a distinctive ele¬ 
ment of which is muscular fibrin, which 


128 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


has the particular property of contract- 
ibility. 

6. The mucous membrane tissue : 
The mucous membrane forms the cov¬ 
ering of many of the organs, and its 
chemical and structural composition is 
identical in all parts of the body. 

It is characterized by a viscid watery 
secretion from the mucous glands, 
which are always found in the mu¬ 
cous membrane. 

Its extremely delicate nature renders 
it subject to all sorts of irregularities 
in chemical composition. 

This is the cause of numerous dis¬ 
eases, most of which are due either to 
overproduction or underproduction of 
the secretion which regulates numer¬ 
ous functions of the body. 

7. The tooth and eye tissue : While 
very different in external appearance, 
functions and physical qualities, the 
teeth and the eyes have nevertheless, 
the most important part of their 
chemical composition in common; 
namely, the fluoric acid , which dis¬ 
tinguishes them from all other tissues. 

In the process of natural healing the 
replacing of any element lacking 
through destructive causes in either tis¬ 
sue will practically be the same.. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


129 


8. The hair tissue : Certain chemical 
component elements are only found in 
the tissue which is called the hair, and 
which receives its nourishment like all 
other tissues, through the blood. 

While the hair may seem to be in ap¬ 
parently slight connection with the rest 
of the body, it is in reality, none the 
less an organic portion of the same, 
and dependent, like the rest upon the 
same central system of supply. 

9. The skin tissue; With reference 
to this tissue, much the same remarks 
apply as already mentioned in regard 
to the mucous membrane. It, however, 
has certain chemical elements, which 
are characteristic to its various layers. 

Since the skin forms the most import¬ 
ant intermediary between the external 
elements and the chemical and structur¬ 
al elements of the interior of the hu¬ 
man body, it is of the greatest im¬ 
portance that its chemical composition 
should always be correct, and that it 
should not be subject to decomposition 
such as improper nourishment en¬ 
genders. 

It should be borne in mind that the • 
skin, like all other organs of the body, 
grows from the inside outward, so that 
any ailment concerning the skin, which 


130 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


is not of a traumatic nature, must be 
based upon wrong or insufficient nour¬ 
ishment, and cannot be cured in any 
other way than by internal regenera¬ 
tive means. 

10. The gelatigenous tissue : This 
tissue, chemically and otherwise pe¬ 
culiar as it is, forms the chief com¬ 
ponent part of many of the human or¬ 
gans, and it may be truly said that the 
lack of attention which its peculiarities 
have received in the past is responsible 
for more disease and its fatal issue 
than almost anything else. 

The gelatigenous tissue contains a 
number of special component elements, 
which require special nourishment 
through proper diet; and in view of the 
fact that the gelatigenous tissue per¬ 
vades so many of the various organs, 
its effect upon the functional abilities 
of a great number of them is obvious. 

The elasticity of most organs which 
work by contraction and expansion, 
depends entirely upon the gelatigenous, 
rubber-like tissue of which they are 
so largely composed. 

11. The cartilage tissue. Practically 
the same applies to the cartilage tissue; 
but it is only recently that it has been 
found to what extent this is the case. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


131 


Although entirely different in nature 
and chemical composition, the cartilage 
tissue serves to maintain certain out¬ 
lines of form and feature in the human 
body, which are not based on the still 
stronger forms of supporting material, 
such as the bone tissue and the gela- 
tigenous tissue. 

12. The body tissue in general : This 
comprises the red blood corpuscles and 
all tissues which are in any way differ, 
ent from the distinct tissues just de¬ 
scribed, but which nevertheless cannot 
be classified as separately and distinct¬ 
ly independent. 

It may be justly presumed that all 
elements of the other tissues are to be 
found in these final tissues which share 
the unity of the organism. 

By devising a specially nourishing 
dietary system for the body tissue in 
general, all component elements profit, 
in like degree, and such disturbances as 
attack practically all the tissues and 
organs of the body severally and con¬ 
jointly; will be effectively prevented or 
cured in the regular course of nature, 
in strict accordance with biological 
principles. 


132 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


DEGENERATION OF TISSUES. 

Speaking biologically, if through 
some disturbance in the normal chemic¬ 
al composition of the tissues, degenera, 
tion sets in, we speak of it as disease. 

Such degeneration may attack one 
tissue or several at the same time. 

To reduce the elements to their 
proper proportions, to force them there¬ 
by to reassume their normal functions, 
means to restore health, or, to heal. 

As previously explained, it has been 
the great achievement of hygienic- 
dietetic science, based on the natural 
laws of biology, to discover that so 
many diseases which for centuries were 
considered as entirely different from 
each other in cause and treatment, were 
essentially the same. It was found that 
they were nothing but the natural con¬ 
sequence of impure or imperfect blood, 
the result of malnutrition of the vital 
fluid, the malign effect of which in¬ 
creases in degree and manifestation the 
longer the impurity passes, by process 
of heredity, from one generation to 
another. 

Instead of following the natural ten¬ 
dency to return to the normal, the 
blood becomes the fertile soil in which 
all manner of irregularities may ger- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


133 


minate in abundance, and combine in 
strong attacks on the normal healthy 
organs, which will fast relax their 
natural power of resistance. 

The system of natural healing, while 
adhering closely to the principle of the 
unity of the body as well as of the 
unity of disease, has by no means ig¬ 
nored that such differences are due to 
the differences in the twelve tissues 
and according to the said differences, 
the constitutional diseases are grouped 
under the accustomed titles, as follows : 

1. Degeneration of the plasmo tissue: 
Anaemia, Chlorosis, Pernicious 
Anaemia, etc. 

(A.) Scrofulosis. (B.) Tubercu¬ 
losis. (C.) Syphilis. (D.) Cancer, 

2. Degeneration of lymphoid tissue: 
(See 1—A. B. C. D.) 

3. Degeneration of the nerve tissue: 
Neuralgia, Neuritis, Neurasthenia, 
Asthma, Epilepsy, St. Vitus’s 
Dance, etc., etc. 

4. Degeneration of the bone tissue: 
Rickets, Osteomalacia and similar 
diseases. 

5. Degeneration of the muscular tis¬ 
sue: Muscular Rheumatism, Scia¬ 
tica or Nerve Rheumatism, Atro- 


134 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


phia, Amyloid heart, kidney and 
liver. 

6. Degeneration of the mucous mem¬ 
brane tissue. 

(A.) Catarrh in all its forms: 
Bronchitis, Pleurisy, Pneu¬ 
monia, Inflammation of nose, 
throat, bowels, stomach, blad¬ 
der, etc: 

(B.) Hemorrhoids, Polyps, Adenois. 

7. Degeneration of the tooth and eye 
tissue: All tooth and eye diseases. 

8. Degeneration of the hair tissue: 
All hair diseases. 

9. Degeneration of the skin tissue: 
All skin diseases. 

10. Degeneration of the gelatigenous 
tissue. 

(A.) Stomach and Intestinal dis¬ 
eases—acute forms. 

(B.) Stomach and Intestinal dis¬ 
eases—chronic form. 

11. Degeneration of the cartilage tis¬ 
sue : Ankylosis, Gout, Arthritis 
deformans. 

12. Degeneration of the body tissue in 
general. 

(A.) Locomotor ataxia. 

(B.) Basedow’s disease. (Graves 
disease.) 

(C.) Diabetes mellitus. 

(D.) Obesity. 

(E.) Bright’s disease. 

(F.) Arterio-sclerosis. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


135 


THE A. B. C. OF MY SYSTEM OF 

HEALING. 

Setting aside for the time being the 
special groups of more complicated dis¬ 
eases, such as are characterized by the 
degeneration of several of the tissues 
at the same time, I will now give a 
short and comprehensive description of 
the several distinct groups of disease. 

In each case, as already shown, there 
must be a joint co-operation of these 
three factors: 

(A.) Diet , or the natural means of 
providing both healthy and degenerat¬ 
ing tissues alike with such substances 
as will support and strengthen the 
healthy tissues, enabling them to resist 
the danger of disease and consequent 
decomposition, and will also arrest de¬ 
generation and prepare the way for the 
regeneration of the tissue which is al¬ 
ready affected. 

(B.) Nutritive compositions. Such 
as will in each case introduce into the 
system in a pure and proportionate 
combination, the necessary quantities 
of the sixteen nutritive elements, the 
lack of which is the characteristic fac¬ 
tor of all disease and which diet unaided 


136 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


could not adequately produce with the 
needful speed and proportion, unless 
supplemented in this simple and effec¬ 
tive manner. 

(C.) Physical treatment, for the 
purpose of assisting the proper dis¬ 
tribution and assimilation of these nu¬ 
tritive factors—(A. and B.)—and pro¬ 
moting the proper circulation of the 
blood. 


DIET. 

This is a subject of vast and vital 
importance. It comprises the science of 
alimentation, which forms one of the 
indispensable functions of life; it is 
thus, of necessity, a serious preoccupa¬ 
tion under all conditions. 

I have treated this important subject 
in my greater work with the minute 
detail, which it deserves; thus, in fol¬ 
lowing the advice given, therein, in 
chapter XVIII, the reader will be able 
to ascertain the foods that are best 
suited to various conditions, and how 
to prepare them in the most sensible 
way. 

At present, I can treat it only in a 
short and general way, giving the prin¬ 
cipal groups of diet prescribed, with 
more or less variation, in each case of 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


137 


disease as a part of the general treat¬ 
ment. 

A few words may show why diet 
plays so important a part in this sys¬ 
tem of healing. 

In the body there is a laboratory 
which produces spontaneously every¬ 
thing necessary to maintain life. 

This laboratory has various branches 
which are busy day and night without 
interruption. 

Here the life blood is created. 

Prominent amongst these branches 
are: 

The stomach with its prolonged in¬ 
testines ; 

The liver; 

The kidneys; 

The lungs, and 

The skin. 

Each one of these branches has a 
distinct part, or function to perform. 

The stomach serves as the sorting 
house. Here the food is mixed with 
the gastric juice which aids digestion 
and dissolves those ingredients neces¬ 
sary to produce blood, flesh, fat, bones, 
etc. 


138 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Each of the other branches receives 
that portion of the ingredients needed 
to perform its share of the work. 

A structure cannot be constructed 
without a frame upon which every part 
depends. In order to stand erect, the 
body must possess such a framework. 
The skeleton is the same to the body 
as the frame is to the building. This 
frame, then, or skeleton, together with 
the flesh, blood, etc. are all formed 
from the material furnished by the 
food. 

A residue of the digested food is re¬ 
moved from the body as useless; every¬ 
thing else is utilized. 

The portion of the food used, there¬ 
fore, must contain all those ingredients 
which go to make up and maintain the 
body in perfect working order. 

Experience has suggested certain 
groups of suitable diet which for the 
sake of convenience I shall enumerate 
under the title of Forms No. I to 
No. VI. 

These food forms contain everything 
of which patients may safely partake, 
and from these selection, in each case, 
must be made. 

They are as follows: 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


139 


Form I. Complete elimination of the 
stomach in the nourishing process. 

To allay thirst, moisten the mouth 
with pure or carbonized water, melting 
small pieces of ice on the tongue. Small 
sips of water either lukewarm or cold, 
according to the condition of the 
stomach. Otherwise, only introduce 
water by clyster—i. e.—injection, and 
if the stomach cannot be disturbed for 
more than one or two days, introduce 
nourishing substances by way of the 
rectum. 

Form II. Purely liquid nourishment , 
“soup diet.” 

Consomme of pigeon, chicken, veal, 
mutton, beef, beef tea, meat jelly 
(which becomes liquid under the in¬ 
fluence of the heat of the body,) strain¬ 
ed soups or such as are prepared of the 
finest flour with water or bouillon, of 
barley, oats, rice (thick soup), green 
corn, rye flour, malted milk. All of 
these soups, with or without any addi¬ 
tions, such as raw eggs, either whole 
or the yolk only, if well mixed and not 
coagulated, are easily digested. 

Form III. Nourishment which is not 
purely liquid, but partly glutinous. 

Milk and milk preparations (belong- 


140 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


ing to this group on account of their 
coagulation in the stomach) : 

(a) Cow’s milk, diluted and without 
cream, dilution with 1-2 to 2-3 barley 
water, rice water, lime water, vichy 
water, weak tea, or pure water. 

(b) Milk without cream, not dilut¬ 
ed. 

(c) Unskimmed milk. 

(d) Cream, either diluted or undi¬ 
luted. 

(e) All of these milk combinations 
with an addition of yolk of egg, well- 
mixed, whole egg, cocoa, also a com¬ 
bination of egg and cocoa. 

Milk mush made of flour for child¬ 
ren, arrowroot, mondanin, cereal flour 
of every kind, especially oats, groat 
soups with tapioca or sago and potato 
soup. 

Egg,-raw, stirred, or sucked from the 
shell; or slightly warmed in a cup; any 
of these, either with or without the 
addition of a little sugar or salt. 

Biscuit and crackers, softened or 
well masticated and salivated, taken 
with milk, mush, etc. 

Form IV. Diet of the lightest kind , 
containing meat , but still mainly glutin¬ 
ous. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


141 


Noodle soup, rice soup. 

Mashed boiled brains or sweetbread, 
or puree of white or red roasted 
meat, in soup. 

Brains and sweetbread boiled. 

Raw scraped meat (beef, ham, etc.) 

Lean veal sausages, boiled. 

Mashed potatoes prepared with milk. 

Rice with bouillon or with milk. 

Toasted rolls and toast. 

Form V. Light diet, containing meat 
in more solid form : 

Pigeon, Chicken boiled. 

Small fish with little fat, such as 
brook or lake trout, boiled. 

Scraped beefsteak, raw ham, boiled 
tongue. 

As delicacies: Small quantities ot 
caviar, frogs’ legs, oysters, sar¬ 
delles softened in milk. 

Salted potatoes crushed, spinach, 
young peas mashed, cauliflower, 
asparagus-tips, mashed chestnuts, 
mashed turnips, fruit sauces. 

Groat or sago puddings. 

Rolls, white bread. 

Form VI. Somewhat heavier meat 
diet. (Gradually returning to ordinary 

food). 

Pigeon, chicken, young deer, hare, 
everything roasted. 


142 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Beef tenderloin, tender roast beef, 
roast veal. 

Boiled pike or carp. 

Young turnips. 

All dishes to be prepared with very 
little fat, butter to be used exclusively- 
All strong spices to be avoided. 


NOTE :—For special dietary in all diseases, see 
under each separate tissue degeneration 
in the succeeding Chapter on Therapy. 


NUTRITIVE COMPOSITIONS 


In order to convey a better under¬ 
standing of these nutritive composi¬ 
tions, I deem it necessary to outline 
and explain more emphatically and in 
greater detail their wonderful scope 
and possibilities, in perhaps a more 
impressive manner, by giving the. 
reader the benefit of an article en¬ 
titled : 

“The functions of minerals in our food. 

How they may be greatly increased." 

Of these I have sent some 560 copies 
to all our Senators and Congressmen, 
as well as to our chief Government 
Physicians, for their information and 
disposition, with the intention of plac¬ 
ing my knowledge and equipment free¬ 
ly at the disposal of the United States 
Government. I have made this pure¬ 
ly disinterested proposal at this critical 
and trying juncture, in the interest, 
first, of our war-worn soldiers; next, 
of our women, enervated by unac¬ 
customed labour and restricted means; 
and lastly, of the children, born, and 
yet to be born of them—the future 


144 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Citizens of the Republic—all, in short, 
who, under stress of injury, strain and 
hardship abroad, or the sometimes 
equally strenous privations of war con¬ 
ditions at home, may, in their respec¬ 
tive degrees, be suffering from nervous 
breakdown or depleted vitality and the 
various disorders which my proffered 
remedial measures are so admirably 
fitted to successfully overcome, bear¬ 
ing, as they must untold relief, comfort 
and renewed health to thousands. 

I have not spared expense in putting 
this matter fairly and fully before the 
Authorities—and indeed the initial 
cost of so doing has alrady absorbed 
some $300 or more. That is merely a 
detail. But the main point is this: 
That I have offered this valuable 
knowledge—(practically the work of a 
lifetime)—to the Nation, together with 
the prescriptions of my compositions, 
free of cost, as an earnest of my sym¬ 
pathy and goodwill; and had the Gov¬ 
ernment, seen fit to accept my pro¬ 
posal, the immediate effect would have 
been that these compounds, which at 
present, through reduced manufacture 
and the consequent great scarcity of 
chemicals (necessarily of the finest de¬ 
scription and purity) are very costly, 
would have been brought by extensive 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


145 


and organized production within the 
reach of every citizen, removing at 
once that paramount difficulty of my 
system, so far as the general public 
is concerned; namely, the expense. 

I append hereto a copy of the ar¬ 
ticle referred to, together with copy 
of an accompanying letter. 

My dear Senator: 

The disarrangement of the habits of life of 
our civilian population, and the physical needs 
of our boys who will return from Europe 
wounded and crippled, prompts me to offer 
my services to the Government for the de¬ 
velopment of specially enriched food-stuffs to 
maintain the health of our people under the 
strain of the war, but particularly to aid 
in the speedy recovery of our boys who re¬ 
turn shattered from the trenches. I have 
spent more than thirty years in the study 
of physiological chemistry and biology, and 
this study has been devoted to the applica¬ 
tion of scientific principles in the treatment 
of various diseases. 

Hitherto our food experts and medical 
men have been satisfied with a ration proper¬ 
ly balanced as regards protein, carbohydrates 
and fat, but the mineral salts in our food have 
been given little if any serious consideration. 
Indeed, they have usually been dismissed as 
“ash.” As a matter of fact, however, as the 
statement I am sending you under separte 
cover will show clearly, even to a layman, 
mineral salts perform an important function 
in keeping the body strong and healthy. 

I am prepared to demonstrate that the 
quantity of essential minerals in vegetables, 
small fruit and eggs can be multiplied sev¬ 
eral times by scientific fertilization and nu¬ 
trition. If I can do this (and I am pre¬ 
pared to prove that I can) the Government 
should be willing to arrange for the produc- 


146 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


tion of such foods in connection with every 
military hospital and convalescent camp, both 
here at home and behind the lines in Europe. 
Moreover, given a central experimental sta¬ 
tion with proper equipment, it would be an 
easy matter to train men to teach this knowl¬ 
edge to soldiers at every reconstruction camp. 

The statement is made by Dr. Mae H. 
Cardwell, of Portland, Oregon, one of the 
investigators for the Federal Children’s 
Bureau that millions of children are suffering 
from lack of sufficient food and from im¬ 
proper feeding, and she adds that not only 
the parents but the doctors, in many cases, 
need education with respect to what consti¬ 
tutes proper feeding for children. I think 
that when you have read and digested my 
statement of the function of the mineral salts 
in the human economy, you will agree with 
me that the need for just what I am asking 
the government to give me an opportunity 
of doing is very great indeed. 

I trust that I may count upon your co¬ 
operation, not only in getting this matter be¬ 
fore the proper officials, but also in seeing 
that an opportunity for a fair demonstration 
is accorded me. 

The dissemination of this knowledge and 
the production of such foods would make 
America the ALMA MATER of the world 
in scientific nutrition, thanks to the applica¬ 
tion of physiological chemistry. As things 
are now done in agriculture and in avicul¬ 
ture, however, very little can be expected 
along this line. 

I will give you two concrete illustrations 
of what can be done in the way of augment¬ 
ing the. mineral content of food, and then I 
will point out the significance of that fact. 
We will consider eggs: ordinarily 100 grams 
of egg yolk contains from 10 to 20 milli¬ 
grams of iron, but eggs laid by hens fed by 
my method yield from 30 to 80 milligrams of 
iron per 100 grams of dried yolk. This is an 
increase, as you see, ot between 300 and 400 
per cent. Such eggs might be justly classed 
as haemoglobin eggs, and they would be a 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


147 


godsend to our boys suffering from anaemia 
due to wounds or operations. At the same 
time, my method of handling chickens greatly 
enriches the lecithin, or nerve substance, in 
the eggs, and they are, therefore, of special 
value in dealing with cases of shell shock and 
nerve exhaustion. 

What is true in the case of iron and 
lecithin content of eggs produced by my 
method, is equally true with respect to their 
content of all the other essential mineral ele¬ 
ments; they are all multiplied several times. 

This is rnade possible of accomplishment 
by the application of the principles of physio¬ 
logical chemistry to the breeding and feeding 
of the poultry. 

Needless to say, I am prepared to submit 
to the test of scientific examination of my 
claims. No, not merely a theoretical ex¬ 
amination of myself, but, rather, to submit 
the claim I make for eggs produced under 
my direction to the test of chemical analysis. 
It is a very easy matter to determine thereby 
whether my claims are well founded. 

I cannot state my desire to serve the gov¬ 
ernment in this way too strongly; as I have 
spent more than thirty years of my life in the 
study of biology and physiological chemistry, 
I feel that it is my duty to offer to the Gov¬ 
ernment the benefits of my knowledge and 
experience. All that I can ask in this connec¬ 
tion is to be given an opportunity to prove 
that my claims are sound and practical. 

I believe that you will realize the full value 
of such a course of action as outlined, if it 
can be proven practicable. The opportunity 
of offering proof under direction of the proper 
branch of government is, I repeat, all that I 
ask at the moment, as the results will tell 
their own story far more eloquently than 
mere words. 

Thanking you for giving this matter your 
attention, and trusting that my hope of serv¬ 
ing in the ranks of those seeking to rebuild 
our boys will not prove vain, I am, Sir, 

Yours truly, 

L. DECHMANN. 


148 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


THE FUNCTION OF MINERALS IN OUR 

• FOOD: 

HOW THEY MAY BE GREATLY IN¬ 
CREASED. 


By LOUIS DECHMANN. 


Copyrighted 1918. 


When physiological chemistry has isolated 
and classified the component elements of the 
various organs, tissues and fluids of the body, 
it must analyze and classify the vegetables, 
fruits and meats on which man feeds in order 
that we may not only know how to arrange 
a perfectly balanced ration for the healthy, 
but shall be able to add lacking elements to 
the diet of the diseased. This classification 
of foods naturally leads, if there be a defi¬ 
ciency of any essential element, to the an¬ 
alysis of the soil on which this food was raised. 

In the course of my studies in physio¬ 
logical chemistry and biology, which have ex¬ 
tended over a period of more than thirty 
years, I have been led to grappel with prob¬ 
lems in agriculture, in horticulture, and in 
aviculture, for the purpose of finding solu¬ 
tions to problems in human nutrition. Very 
early in my studies I learned the value of the 
mineral elements in our foodstuffs. I was 
led to attempt to augment the quantity of 
mineral salts in various foods, and my ef¬ 
forts were crowned with success. But this 
is not the point, however, to enter into a 
detailed discussion of that aspect of the sub¬ 
ject. 

It may be wise for the sake of clearness 
to divide this statement into two parts, as 
follows: 

. 1- A brief summary of the function of 
minerals in the human economy 

2. A short argument showing how we 
can and why it is imperative that we should 
augment the mineral content of our vege¬ 
tables, small fruits and eggs. 





DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


149 


In the case of eggs, for example, I am able 
to increase their iron content 300 or 400 per 
cent. More than that, I can multiply every 
item in their mineral content several times, 
thus producing specific eggs for those suf¬ 
fering for lack of any mineral. In other 
words I am able to produce special eggs for 
a given tissue degeneration as, for instance, 
haemogloben eggs for degenerate blood; 
lecithin eggs for the nerves; calcareous eggs 
for the bones, and kaliated eggs for the 
muscle. 

So much bv way of preface. 

I. 

The following explanations are made for 
the purpose of showing you that I have made 
extensive studies along these lines, and are 
not, naturally, intended to be taken as a les¬ 
son to you personally. 

There are sixteen chemical elements abso¬ 
lutely essential to healthy human life, which 
are classified by physiological chemistry as 
the elements of organic life. In the com¬ 
position of vital tissues we constantly find 
these basal elements: Carbon, oxygen, hydro¬ 
gen, nitrogen, sulphur, phosphorus, chlorine, 
potassium, sodium, magnesium, calcium, iron, 
manganese, flourine. silicon, and iodine. The 
function of these elements will be discussed 
in a moment. 

I would here lay stress upon the fact that 
the absence of the tiniest ingredient necessary 
to the growth and functioning of an organ 
will, according to the Law of the Minimum 
as laid down by Justus von Liebig, result in 
dis-ease, improper functioning and degenera¬ 
tion of that organ or tissue. 

Although the chemical salts constitute but 
a small part in the composition of our bodies, 
and are a very small item in our daily diet, 
their importance cannot be too strongly em¬ 
phasized. They are the main sources for the 
development of electro-magnetic energy in 
the blood and nerves, and perform other 
services. I am of the opinion that “vitamines” 
are neither more or less than these chemicals 
in proper proportion and relation, but whether 


150 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


you agree or disagree with this conclusion, 
you will instantly agree that the elements 
named above are indispensible to perfect met¬ 
abolism. 

It goes without saying, of course, that no 
action in the world occurs of itself; that is 
without impulse, hence the body must be 
given impulse to growth. A series of chemic¬ 
al and physical facts indicate that phosphorus 
plays this vital part. The property of phos¬ 
phoric acid of uniting with carburetted hydro¬ 
gen to form carbonic acid and phosphuret- 
ed hydrogen certainly is of fundamental im¬ 
portance, as phosphuretted hydrogen readily 
ignites on coming into contact with oxygen. 
Since cerebrin consists of a combination of 
phosphoric acid with gelatine which contains 
ammonium and with oleine, it is easy to in¬ 
fer that the light of the soul may be due to 
the phosphoric acid in the nerves, and still 
further the potassium phosphate forming the 
mineral basis of the muscles. Thus we come 
to the conclusion that the phosphates, com¬ 
binations of phosphoric acid with basic sub¬ 
stances, possess in general the property of 
imparting the true impulse to growth, that is 
to accumulation of organic matter. 

Like every other structure, however, the 
body requires supports and props and, above 
all, a firm foundation on which to rest. Iron 
and lime, whose union is secured by their op¬ 
position to one another, bring into conjunc¬ 
tion materials of contrary disposition for the 
ci eating of organic forms of the nature of 
plant and animal bodies. 

The sulphuric compounds are related and 
yet opposed to the growth determinating 
phosphoric compounds. All organic building 
material (protein) contains phosphorus and 
sulphur, in varying proportions, and all indica¬ 
tions are that sulphur plays the part of a regulat¬ 
or in organic growth. Just as an engine requires 
a governor to regulate its pace, so the human 
body requires a controlling factor to ensure 
definite stability. It is interesting to observe 
that normal blood contains about twice as 
many sulphates as phosphates. When there 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


151 


is great scarcity of sodium sulphate in the 
blood, abnormal growths develop from the 
phosphatic nerve tissues, and they continue 
to develop so. long as the blood and lymph 
are deficient in sulphur, particularly the sul¬ 
phates. This is, I believe, the genesis of 
polyps, tumors and cancers. 

In the same manner that sulphuric acid 
controls and regulates the phosphoric acid 
of ammonium phosphate, so lime and mag¬ 
nesia act on the ammonia of this same am¬ 
monium phosphate. 

Phosphatic ammonium carbonate lodges 
in the gelatinous cartilage and stretches it, 
when there is a deficiency of lime and mag¬ 
nesia in the food, resulting in rickets. Such 
a growth of cartilaginous tissues is controlled 
by lime and magnesia, as they change the 
pliant cartilage into bony barriers in which 
small particles of magnesia combine to pro¬ 
duce phosphate of ammonium and magnesium 
which checks the further deposit of cartilage 

Lime and magnesia are indubitably quite 
as effective agents in the control of ammonia 
as sulphur is in the control of phosphorus 
If we consider the minerals as the foundation 
and mortar which give stability to the vital 
machine, leaving out chlorine and fluorine, 
we find that iron, manganese, potash, soda, 
and silicic acid play this role. Sulphur, be¬ 
cause it possesses the property of becoming 
gaseous, is able to take part directly in the 
formation of albumen, that variable basis of 
body material, whereas all of the other min¬ 
eral substances except silicic acid can only be 
assimiliated in so-called binary compounds in 
the form of salts. 

I will give a brief review of them, begin¬ 
ning with iron, as thus the significance of 
augmentation of the mineral content of vege¬ 
tables and small fruits and eggs will be made 
much clearer. 

Normal blood albumen is essentially, a 
compound of calcium and sodium into which 
iron and sulphur both enter. A deficiency of 
calcium commonly makes itself known by 
dental defects, just as lack of sulphur reveals 


152 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


itself by the falling out and poor growth of 
hair. Insufficiency of iron in the blood is 
evidenced, apart from lack of spirit, by pale¬ 
ness of face and blue lips; insufficient sodium 
by glandular turners and abnormal cartilagin¬ 
ous growths. 

The entire amount of iron in the blood of 
an adult person is, on the average under 
normal conditions, four grams, as much as a 
nickel weighs. We may well judge that this 
amount is not sufficient to set the motive 
power of our bodies in action, if we overlook 
that complex factor the circulation of blood. 
The left side of the heart has the capacity 
of containing about six ounces of blood, and 
every heart beat drives this amount through 
the aorta. With seventy beats to the minute, 
twenty-five pounds of blood is pumped from 
the heart every minute. What is the result? 
That the four grame of iron keep up such an 
incessant movement that they pass from the 
heart into the aorta sixty times an hour or 
1440 times in 24 hours. It may be asserted, 
therefore, that in 24 hours 13 pounds of iron 
(that is 1440x4 grams) pass from the heart 
into the aorta. Can it be doubted, in view of 
this, that the iron serves to produce an elec¬ 
tro-dynamic force? 

In respect to the generation of electricity, 
it matters not whether there be an entirely 
new supply of iron passing a given point, or 
whether the same iron pass that point anew 
each minute. Two factors work together in 
the circulation of the blood, namely, the ac¬ 
tive attraction of nerve tissue and the passive 
susceptibility of the blood contents to that 
attraction. Faraday has conclusively shown 
that blood is magnetic in character because 
of the iron it contains. If four grams of 
iron is the normal quantity in the blood, it is 
clear that the reduction of this amount, say 
by two grams, will lessen its susceptibility 
and slacken its circulation. The electrical 
nerve ends will then strain in vain for the 
electricity which the blood current should 
yield, and the result will be neuralgia. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


153 


It is the magnetic iron in haemoglobin 
which makes every sort of nervous function 
possible, in the cerebral (brain) and in the 
sympathetic (intestinal) tracts, and since it 
is thus made clear that intellectual activity 
on the one hand and breathing and digestion 
and excretion on the other are dependent on 
the iron content of _ the blood, we must also 
recognize that, as iron attends every nerve 
action, the secretion of urine too takes place 
under the influence of haemoglobin. Insofar 
as haemoglobin hastens the departure of the 
excrementitious matter in urine out of the 
system, there is a daily loss of iron in the 
urine. This loss in the form of urohaematin 
may total four centigrams, or a hundredth 
part of our supply. 

This loss of iron if not replaced by eating 
suitable food will soon make itself felt. In 
the course of a day the reduction by four 
centigrams will diminish the energy of nerv¬ 
ous activity about 1440 times the apparent 
loss, so that even a four weeks- tropical fever, 
during which no meat is eaten, may complete¬ 
ly exhaust the strength of an individual. More¬ 
over, iron conditions bodily warmth as it 
combines with oxygen in a higher and a low¬ 
er degree. In the lungs it is highly oxidized 
by the respired oxygen, but in contact with 
the nerve ends it gives itself only to a part 
of the oxygen present, and burns a certain 
portion of the lecithin to water, carbonic acid 
and phosphates, thus creating body warmth 
to a considerable extent. 

In response to the chemical consumption 
of lecithin a new oil flows down the axis 
cylinders of the nerve fibrils, which are ar¬ 
ranged like lamp wicks. The duration of 
the flow of this oil is, on the average, about 
eighteen hours. When the cerebro-spinal 
nerves refuse longer to perform their func¬ 
tion, fatigue and sleep ensue, and the current 
of blood leaves the brain and seeks the in¬ 
testines . While the cerebro-spinal system 
rests, the sympathetic system takes up its 
task of directing the renewal of tissue and 
supplying the nerve sheaths through the 


154 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


lymph vessels, which draw their material 
from the digestive canal, with a new supply 
of phosphatic oil. Thus the brain and spinal 
nervous system are prepared for another day’s 
work. For the fulfillment of these processes, 
the magnetic blood current forms the inter¬ 
mediary. 

The presence of formic and acetic acid 
supplies the blood with fresh electricity to 
stimulate the nerves. “Under normal condi¬ 
tions,” says Julius Hensel, “this function is 
assigned to the spleen. This organ takes the 
part of a rejuvenating influence in the body in 
the manner of a relay station, and does so by 
virtue of an invisible but significant device. 
In every other region of the body the hairlike 
terminals of the arteries which branch out 
from the heart merge directly in the tiny 
tubes (capillaries) of the veins, which lead 
back to the heart again: in the spleen this is 
not the case. Here rather the arteries end 
suddenly when they have diminished to a 
diameter of one one-hundred-and-fortieth of 
an inch and end in a bulb (the Malpighian 
bodies). Under such circumstances the sud¬ 
den stoppage, particularly the impact of the 
magnetic blood stream against the membrane 
of a Malpighian body, exemplifies the physic¬ 
al law of the induction of electricity, in ac¬ 
cordance with which the blood that enters 
the spleen is changed into plasma and exudes 
through the membrane of the Malpighian 
bodies. The event indicates some fluidity of 
the red blood cells, which is a change effected 
in the body by the impact of electric sparks, 
and one which electrical therapy also brings 
about locally to prevent increase in the solid 
constituents of the blood.” 

The numerous Malpighian bodies in the 
spleen act as so many electrical conductors, 
and the product of their electrical activity is 
found in the formic and acetic acid of the 
fluid plasma which filters through the Mal¬ 
pighian corpuscles and supplies the acid tis¬ 
sue of the spleen (pulpa splenica). These 
acids are the electrolytic division products of 
lecithin. In the splenic pulp arise the capil- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


155 


laries of the splenic veins whose acid blood 
is carried directly to the liver, where cer¬ 
tain cells formed like galvanic elements pos¬ 
sess the property, through the electrical ac¬ 
tion of formic and acetic acid, of extracting 
from blood albumen the opposite of acids, 
namely, alkaline bile. The normal functioning 
of the liver, therefore, is dependent upon that 
of the spleen, and since the bile produced 
by the liver goes to aid the digestive activity 
of the duodenum, disturbance of digestion 
must result when the quality of the bile is in¬ 
ferior. 

One of the substances contained in bile, 
lecithin, is of wide importance. When it was 
referred to a moment ago, I spoke only of its 
individual chemical nature as a fat in combi¬ 
nation with ammonium phosphate, as by so 
doing I avoided error in connection with its 
apparently complicated formula, which in¬ 
cludes glvcerophosphoric acid, trimethylamin, 
palmitic and stearic acids. As it is a fatty 
substance, the only question that arises, is, 
what does it contain besides fat? This may 
be answered by a process of substraction: 

2 (C21 H42 O4 ) C42 H 84 Os which repre¬ 

sents tallow or stearate of glycerine. Leci¬ 
thin, C42 H84 O9 NP, differs from this only 
by a larger amount of NP. The significance 
of this difference becomes clear when two 
atoms of water are added. Then ammonium 
phosphate, PO3 H4, N is formed. The two 
atoms of water needed for the condensation 
of the ammonium phosphate from the stearate 
are obtained by separating them away from 
two of glycerine. 

The bile contains lecithin in a partially 
oxidized form. The chemical “remainders” 
are biliverdin and cholesterin. The latter 
when normal has, as you know, the power to 
neutralize snake venoms and other poisons, 
and thus acts as a natural anti-toxin. In ad¬ 
dition, the bile contains combinations of 
stearine with gelatine and with carbonate and 
sulphate of sodium, which theoretical chemists 
believe are twin compounds of glycocholate 
and taurocbolate. These fatty compounds de- 


156 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


pend upon stearine partly oxidized, that is 
deprived of a certain number of atoms of hyd¬ 
rogen. 

As the compounds of fatty acids with am- 
moniacal blood gelatine and sodium carbon¬ 
ate, the ingredients of the bile also, develop 
into a peculiar soap. In the economy of the 
body the bile acts as a soap. When it is dis¬ 
charged into the duodenum, it changes the 
fats into so fine an emulsion (chyle) that the 
microscopically fine drops of fat may be 
drawn into the orifices of the lymph canals 
and conveyed to the circulatory system, and 
the cleavage products of albumen produced by 
gastric digestion, the peptones (leucin and 
tyrosin) are carried along with them for the 
renewal of tissue cells consumed in respira¬ 
tion. 

If a soda soap is requisite for the purpose 
just stated, it follows that soda in the food is 
essential, as otherwise the supply of soda in 
the blood albumen cannot be renewed, and 
the bile cannot get its necessary supply of 
soda from blood albumen devoid of soda. 
Consequently, the entire nutritive process is 
dependent upon bile, and the bile cannot prop¬ 
erly perform its function if denied soda. 

In addition to carbonates of sodium, espe¬ 
cially the hydrocarbonate known as glycolate, 
the bile apparently contains ammonium sul¬ 
phate combined with hydrocarbon (taurin); 
but this results from the transposition of so¬ 
dium sulphate and gelatine. Gelatine contains 
six atoms of hydrocarbon joined with two am¬ 
monium carbonate, a group which is separable 
by chemical action into five of carburetted 
hydrogen with ammonium carbonate (leucin 
or gelatine milk), C5 H10, CO2, NH3, and 
into one of carburetted hydrogen with am¬ 
monium carbonate (glycin or gelatine sugar), 
CH 2l CO2, NH3. This latter substance, gela¬ 
tine sugar, is not produced in the liver, as it 
exists already in the blood gelatine. In an 
isolated condition it has the property, in virtue 
of its ammonical acids and its carbonic acid 
liases and, therefore, of both combined, its 
salts, of producing chemical fixation. This 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


157 


property is conveyed to the undivided blood 
gelatine in which the gelatine sugar is con¬ 
tained intraniolecularly. 

Since normal blood albumen is inconceiv¬ 
able without sulphur it is absolutely essential, 
in. accordance with our knowledge of the con¬ 
stituents of the bile and their origin, that our 
nutriment should contain a sufficiency of so¬ 
dium sulphate, if normal blood serum is to be 
produced. The use of pepsin for this purpose 
cannot serve nature’s purpose, as it contains 
neither sodium carbonate nor sodium sulphate. 
Our blood must be given a fresh and suffi¬ 
cient supply of sodium carbonate and sodium 
sulphate via our food, if it is to produce nor¬ 
mal bile and supply the requisites of normal 
nutrition. 

It is erroneously held that sodium sulphate 
is simply a laxative, even Borner’s “Royal 
Medical Calendar” so classifies it. Often it 
discharges this function, it is true, in con¬ 
centrated solution (one to five). But it 
is an important ingredient of healthy blood 
albumen (one to one thousand), and in this 
proportion assists in the formation of normal 
bile. 

The blood of the Caucasian race is found to 
contain about ten parts of salt to the thou¬ 
sand, and this proportion of salt denotes firm 
tissue material. If the quantity of salt in the 
blood is diminished, the bi-concave red blood 
cells swell to a spherical form from access of 
water and lose their ability to unite for the 
production of connective tissue. Moreover, 
to the extent salt in the blood cells is de¬ 
creased the connective tissue and muscle and 
tendon substance absorb water and the tissues 
become spongy, especially in the kidneys, so 
that the thinned blood albumen seeps through 
(urea albumen). 

Phosphate of potassium is the mineral 
basis of muscle tissue, phosphate of lime with 
a small amount of magnesium phosphate the 
basis of bones, and phosphates of ammonium 
the bases of nervous tissue. There is a suffi¬ 
cient quantity of phosphate in all healthy 
foods. When the milk fed to nurslings, how- 


158 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


ever, is greatly thinned with water instead of 
firm muscle fibers and solid lymph glands we 
find loose and spongy tissues. This is a 
scrofulous condition. 

In the formation of healthy bones and 
teeth, calcium fluoride is essential. It is in¬ 
soluble in plain water, but is made soluble by 
the aid of the glycocoll in blood gelatine and 
changed into ammonium fluoride. It appears 
in this form in the cartilaginous matter of the 
eye lenses, and lack of calcium fluoride in the 
food results in the clouding of these lenses. 

Silicic acid is not only indispensible to the 
growth of hair, but it forms a direct connec¬ 
tion between blood and nerve tissues. It is 
found in birds eggs, both in the white and the 
yolk. It is a conservator of heat and electri¬ 
city as it is a good insulator. It also pos¬ 
sesses eminent antiseptic qualities. Its mere 
presence in the intestinal canal, even its sim¬ 
ple passage through the canal, conserves the 
electrical activity of the intestinal nerves and 
thus influences the whole sympathetic nerv¬ 
ous system. 

This brief review, cursory as it is, of the 
function of the minerals in the renewal of 
substances undergoing tissue change, makes 
it clear that our daily food must contain a suf¬ 
ficient quantity of them if healthy metabolism 
is to be maintained. 

Chemically considered the human body is 
one individual whole, its characteristic chem¬ 
ical basis being gelatine. Lieut. C. E. Mc¬ 
Donald, U. S. A. Medical Corps, recognized 
this when he recently wrote: “The similarity 
of chemical compositions explains why, when 
any particular region falls a prey to chemical 
decomposition, others quickly become af¬ 
fected.” 

Oxygen gas is the medium through which chem¬ 
ical combustion is carried on in the body for the 
purpose of preparing materials to enter into 
its composition. The mineral salts already 
named not only form the solid basis of the 
various tissue but also serve as conductors or 
insulators of electricity in the body. The ab¬ 
sence of one of them for a protracted period 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


159 


is sufficient to explain widespread degenera¬ 
tion in the system. 

In view of the fact that these various min¬ 
erals play an indispensible part in healthy 
metabolism it is imperative that a sufficiency 
of them should be supplied in proper propor¬ 
tion in our daily food. It is imperative, if we 
desire to retain or to restore health to the 
body. 

These mineral elements are to be found in 
the first instance in the earth, but they are of 
no use to the body in that foim. We cannot 
digest and assimilate inorganic matter no 
matter how finely it may be pulverized. But 
plants can assimilate them from the earth and 
organize them in such form as to make them 
easily assimilable by animals and man. 

If the soil on which our food is produced 
is itself deficient in some of these elements, 
our food must also lack them. If, moreover, 
we cannot for any reason add the missing ele¬ 
ments to the soil, we must supply them to the 
human system in the shape of prepared nutri¬ 
tive salts. It is preferable, of course, that our 
food should contain all of the elements neces¬ 
sary for the proper nourishment of the body. 

Thus we are forced to return to considera¬ 
tion of the soil. It is an established fact that 
our fields were originally formed from de¬ 
cayed rock, and analysis shows that this prim¬ 
itive rock contains the same minerals as 
healthy blood. But if our agriculturists are 
taught that stable manure and three or four 
other things are all that is necessary for the 
fertilization of their fields, where shall the 
other minerals essential to human metabolism 
come from? 

What a man is, largely depends upon what 
he eats. Hence man is very largely a product 
of the fields. When the soil is denuded of 
any of the elements essential to plant and ani¬ 
mal life, it must be properly fertilized. In¬ 
complete or improper fertilization can have 
but one result, to-wit, it will produce sickly 
vegetation, and this in turn must, produce un¬ 
healthy cattle, and since man is dependent 
upon plant and animal life for his food a 


160 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


sickly race of human beings is the ultimate 
result. 

Is not barrenness of the soil responsible 
for disease in potatoes, tor San Jose scale, 
Phylloxera, and other similar phenomena. 
The fields are manured profusely, it is true, 
but the very chemical elements which are not 
only essential to the development of whole- 
som plant tissue but which would also enable the 
plant to protect itself against parasites, are not 
used. Every farmer has observed, for instance, 
that grass grown upon cow dung in pastures is 
not eaten by cows, oxen or sheep. The instinct 
of the animals is correct. 

In using the term incomplete fertilization, 
I mean supplying only potash, phosphoric acid 
and nitrogen, and possibly lime and sulphur, 
when the soil is denuded of several other ele¬ 
ments. No matter how rich a field may be 
made in these things if it lacks other elements 
healthy vegetation cannot be grown in it. 

Improper fertilization is another matter. It 
may consist in dressing a field with nothing 
but stable manure, or of applying crude sul¬ 
phur or brimestone instead of using calcium 
sulphate—plus the other lacking elements. The 
advocate of crude sulphur certainly does not 
know how truly criminal his advice is. It is 
not to be denied that at the outset sulphur 
will increase the crop yield. But in the end 
—what? The sulphur will dissolve all of the 
essential minerals in the soil, and in the 
course of four or five years they will all be 
leached out and it will be so barren that not 
even wild grass can be grown upon it. fm- 
proper fertilization may also consist of a 
dressing of carbonate of lime applied at the 
wrong time or in excessive quantity. The ef¬ 
fect of this course will be equally as harmful, 
namely, the transformation of the nitrogenous 
material into free nitrogen which will ascend 
to heaven. Without nitrogen albumen can¬ 
not be formed, and without albumen the 
formation of vegetable and animal tissue is 
impossible. 

Wholesome soil may, then, be defined thus: 
It is such ground as contains a sufficient sup¬ 
ply of humus and nitrogen and all of the es- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


161 


sential mineral components of organic tissue. 
The problem of fertilization, therefore, con¬ 
sists of supplying any or all of these elements 
in which the soil is deficient. The aim of fer¬ 
tilization, as a rule, is merely to increase crop 
production. But this may prove to be not 
merely shortsighted, it may turn out to be a 
social crime. It is criminal, indeed, as a great 
many diseases are directly traceable to in¬ 
complete and improper fertilization. 

Let us face the effect of attempting to fer¬ 
tilize our fields with nothing more than stable 
manure, which, it is true, supplies phosphoric 
acid, potash and nitrogen. We know that 
phosphorus forms the foundation of nerves, 
and too much of it provokes nerve irritation 
in exact ratio to the deficency of sulphur. 
There should be twice as many sulphuric salts 
as phosphoric salts in the blood, if it is to be 
normal and the nerves are to be steady. Food¬ 
stuffs from fields that have been fertilized in 
this manner must, of course, contain a super¬ 
abundance of phosphoric salts and be deficient 
in sulphuric salts. Is it strange, then, that the 
present age presents a picture of restless, ir¬ 
ritated nervous activity and thoughtless ac¬ 
tion ? 

We must return to the primitive rock and 
humbly learn the lesson it has for us, and 
upon this rock we must rear our science of 
fertilization and nutrition. This rock consist¬ 
ed of granite, porphyry, gneiss and basalt, and 
these are still found upon the earth in im¬ 
mense quantities in practically the same con¬ 
dition they were thousands of years ago. Both 
Justus von Liebig and Julius Hensel, as a mat¬ 
ter of fact, advocated that this rock should be 
finely pulverized and used as. a compost to.as¬ 
sist in restoring and maintaining the original 
fertility of the soil and thus aid the develop¬ 
ment of healthy plant and animal life. 

Indeed the instincts of both animals and 
human beings lead them under certain condi¬ 
tions right back to the rock and its lesson. 
Note the cvidity with which hens confined in 
arid runs devoid of vegetation, worms, insects 
and small stones devour a compound of lime 
and ground bones and oyster shells. Observe 


162 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


a child whose ration is deficient in mineral 
elements eating egg shells, wall plaster, chalk 
and other earthy substances. What do these 
things mean? Nothing more than this: both 
chicken and child express a natural craving 
for the essential elements to build bone and 
form the basis for the tissue. 

I have discussed the important part the 
minerals play in both the vegetable and ani¬ 
mal kingdoms for the purpose of laying stress 
upon our great need of more of them in our 
daily diet, and I may add that this is equally 
as true in the case of those we call healthy 
as of those who are diseased. No matter how 
carefully the diet may be regulated as regards 
the quantity of protein and carbohydrates and 
fats and the ratio between them, healthy me¬ 
tabolism is impossible without a sufficiency 
of the essential minerals. 

How can we perform this imperative duty 
to mankind? 

The solution of the problem of supplying 
these essential minerals demands that our 
soil shall be properly fertilized for the grow¬ 
ing of wholesome vegetables and fruits and 
our cattle properly fed with a ration rich in 
mineral content. Thus the food which we eat 
will contain all of the elements necessary to 
the growth and maintenance of our bodies in 
a state of health. . 

In the course of my effort to show why it 
is imperative that we pay greater heed to the 
mineral content of our foodstuffs, and why it 
is imperative that w r e enrich that content, I 
have shown basically how that end is to be 
attained. 

In conclusion I will cite the result of a 
series of experiments in applying the princi¬ 
ples of physiological chemistry to poultry, and 
I may say that it took me twelve years to find 
the breed which would most readily lend it¬ 
self to my purpose. I experimented with 250 
varieties of hens before I found the one most 
amenable to my method of feeding and breed- 
in g- 

While living at Neednam, Massachusetts, 
] made a thorough test of my principles with 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


163 


the selected variety of hens. They were not 
only fed a ration properly balanced for pro¬ 
tein, carbohydrates and fat, but I gave them 
a liberal supply of properly prepared mineral 
salts. I used three different mixtures of feed, 
made up in 100 pound lots, in which the pro¬ 
portion of albumen ranged from 13.50 to 18.00 
pounds; of fat from 4.00 to 5.00 pounds; of 
carbohydrates from 41 to 44 pounds; and 
actual nutritive salts from 4.50 to 5.00 pounds. 
The respective ratios being: 1:4, 1:3.5 and 1:3. 

It is not necessary to enter into discussion 
of the details of the feeding method and the 
variation in the daily handling of the hens. 
The result of this experiment, however, was 
completely satisfactory, as the eggs produced 
by those hens not only contained a startling 
increase in the quantity of mineral salts, but 
their fertility was far greater than that of 
hens handled in the usual manner. The in¬ 
crease of fertility in itself is, it seems to me, 
the best proof of the soundness of my theo¬ 
retical premises. 

Some of the results of this experiment 
were published in the Reliable Poultry Jour¬ 
nal in 1905, and Dr. Woods offered confirma¬ 
tory evidence of the soundness of my con¬ 
clusions two years later, after lie had himself 
experimented along the same line. 

I will cite just one fact revealed by that 
experiment, namely, that whereas 100 grams 
of dried egg yolk ordinarily contains only 
from 10 to 20 milligram of iron the eggs of 
those hens yielded from 30 to 80 milligrams. 
And all of the minerals were increased from 
10 to 25 per cent or more. 

The method of applying the principles of 
physiological chemistry to the enriching of 
the mineral content of our foodstuffs evolved 
by me is, with due recognition of the differ¬ 
ence between the vegetable and animal king¬ 
doms, equally applicable in the raising of all 
our foodstuffs with an augmented mineral 
content. I will adduce just one result of my 
work in the handling of small fruit: on the 
average, 100 grams of dried strawberries will 
yield 8.6 to 9.3 milligrams of iron, but strawber- 


164 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


lies raised by me yield from 30 to 40 milligrams 
per 100 grams. 

In view of the facts with regard to the 
function of these minerals, it is indisputably 
true that a ration is physiologically inefficient 
if it does not contain a sufficiency of them in 
proper proportion. Moreover, this is trebly 
true in the case of those whose constitution 
has been weakened by loss of blood from 
wounds, by shell shock and trench fever, and 
of those here at home whose nerve tissue has 
been degenerated and whose blood has been 
weakened by anxiety and the strain of un¬ 
wonted manual labor. The last consideration 
applies with especial force to the multitudes 
of women who have entered industry as 
manual laborers. What kind of offspring can 
we expect from these people whose plasma is 
thus degenerated? The children are the citi¬ 
zens of the future, and even before they are 
born we must plan for their health. 

What could be more effective in treating 
the anaemic condition of wounded and crip¬ 
pled boys, and in treating the same condition 
in women industrial workers, than haemog¬ 
lobin eggs? 

What could be more efficacious in treating 
conditions arising from shell shock, from bad 
wounds and operations thereon, and neuras¬ 
thenia in general, than an abundance of leci¬ 
thin (which, as you know, dear doctor, is made 
from the yolk of the egg)? 

What could be more successfully used in 
treating conditions arising from shattered 
bones and from operations for the removal of 
bone tissue than calcareous eggs in connec¬ 
tion with a ration perfectly balanced as re¬ 
gards all of the other essential elements. 

For the regeneration of the blood and bone 
and nerve tissue of these victims of war, 
something more than a sufficiency of nutritive 
food, as that term is commonly used, is 
needed, and something more than medicine is 
needed! ' 

I am the last person in the world to deny 
rhat wonderful progress is made in surgery 
every day, and the last to fail to applaud its 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


165 


successful efforts, but you know quite as well 
as I do that in 90 out of 100 cases recovery 
involves exhaustion of the patient’s reserve 
energy. Moreover, when the reserve energy 
has already been drawn upon almost to the 
point of exhaustion, no matter how success¬ 
ful the operation may be the recovery of the 
patient is a very doubtful quantity. The first 
requisite in all surgical cases, as also in all 
anaemic and neurasthenic cases, is to restore 
metabolism to its normal condition and thus help 
the patient to regain his reserve energy in order 
to prevent the collapse of the whole fabric. 

It is indubitably true that healthy metabol¬ 
ism and the restoration of reserve energy de¬ 
pends upon the organism being given the re¬ 
quisite quantity of the sixteen essential ele¬ 
ments of organic life in easily digestible and 
assimilable form, and I am asking for the op¬ 
portunity to demonstrate how foods extremely 
rich in these elements may be produced and 
used to aid nature. I have not entered into a 
full discussion of the various aspects of my 
method of accomplishing that, but have con¬ 
fined myself to consideration of the basic 
principles underlying it. Neither have I at¬ 
tempted to show how these different minerals 
will serve as regenerative agents in different 
dysaemic conditions. I am prepared to dis¬ 
cuss the matter from both of these view¬ 
points, however, and, more than that, I am 
ready to practically demonstrate the sound¬ 
ness of my theories, when given an oppor¬ 
tunity under proper conditions to do so. 

— Sapienti sat — 

FINIS. 


166 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


NUTRITIVE COMPOSITIONS. 

The sixteen substances,—nutritive 
cell foods,—of which all of the tis¬ 
sues of the body are composed are: 
carbon, oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, 
potassium, soda, lime, magnesia, iron, 
manganese, phosphor, suiphur, silica, 
chlorine, flourine and iodine. 

My nutritive compositions consist of 
these same sixteen nutritive salts, each 
composition mixed in the same propor¬ 
tion as they are found in the healthy 
tissue for the regeneration of which 
they are prescribed. 

Since in various diseases not only 
one but several tissues are affected, it 
must be decided individually in each 
case whether only one, or several, of 
the nutritive compositions will require 
to be taken, and in what proportion. 

In accordance with the system of the 
twelve tissues of the body, the twelve 
nutritive compositions, commonly 
known as “DECH-MANNA” Composi¬ 
tions, are the following: 



DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


167 


No. 1. Plasmogen 
No. 2. Lymphogen 
No. 3. Neurogen 
No. 4. Osseogen 
No. 5. Muscogen 
No. 6. Mucogen 

No. 7. Dento-Ophthogen 
No. 8. Capillogen 
No. 9. Dermogen 
No. 10. Gelatinogen 
No. 11. Cartilogen 
No. 12. Eubiogen 


Bloodplasma-Pro- 

ducer. 

Lymph-cell-Pro- 

ducer. 

Nerve-cell-Pro- 

ducer. 

Bone-cell-Pro- 

ducer. 

Muscle-cel 1-Pro¬ 
ducer. 

Mucous mem¬ 
brane-cell-Pro¬ 
ducer. 

Tooth and Eye- 
cell-Producer. 

Hair-cell-Pro- 

ducer. 

Skin-cell-Pro- 

ducer. 

Gelatigenous-cell- 

Producer. 

Cartilage-cell- 

Producer. 

Healthy body- 
cell-Producer. 


In addition to these I use only a few 
specialities in certain cases of disease, 
viz.: 


A. Oxygenator 

B. Eubiogen Liquid 

C. Tonogen 


A radium emanation for 
the bath. 

Same as No. 12. but liq¬ 
uid form. 

A stimulating tonic. 


D. Tea. Diabetic, Dechmann 

E. Tea. Laxagen, after Kneipp 

F. Salve. Lenicet, after Dr. Reiss 

G. Massage Emulsion, Dechmann 

H. Propionic acid for steam atomizer 

I. Oxygen Powder, after Hensel 

J. Anti-Phosphate, Dechmann 


(These specialities are used only in 
certain individual cases, according to 
prescription). 


168 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


NUTRITIVE COMPOSITIONS. 

In discussing the various prepara¬ 
tions of Dech-Manna-Diet, I refrain 
from detailed prescription and analysis. 
My intention is to explain them in such 
a way that it may become apparent to 
everyone that they are rational reme¬ 
dies for every properly diagnosed con¬ 
stitutional disease. If I should do more 
than this, it would be simply placing a 
premium upon unscrupulous imitations. 
For the present therefore, I prefer to 
have the remedies prepared exclusively 
by accredited and absolutely reliable 
chemists of first class local standing, in 
order that I may myself assume the en¬ 
tire responsibility. In cases of illness, 
however, it is always necessary to con¬ 
sult a biological-hygienic physician. The 
Dech-Manna-Diet remedies, for the 
time being, will always be obtainable on 
application to myself, to be administered 
in accordance with such medical direc¬ 
tions. I trust that very shortly when 
official and general recognition will 
permit, I shall be enabled to entrust the 
detailed prescriptions to a wider circle 
of practising physicians and chemists. 

In order to illustrate how necessary 
it is to abstain from more detailed de- 


DARE TO RE HEALTHY 


169 


scription of my remedies, I will cite but 
one of several incidents which happened 
to me in course of practice. 

tn the year 1905, I wrote a number 
of articles for the “Reliable Poultry 
Journal” on the scientific feeding ot 
chickens, and gave, amongst other ta¬ 
bles, two food-formulas of the mineral 
contents of chicken food rations. (Both 
formulas were copyrighted). I gave the 
same gratis, for private personal use. 
A certain “Chicken Specialist” from tiie 
Orange River Colony, South Africa, 
first wrote a glowing article upon the 
wonderful success he had secured with 
my prescriptions. Not satisfied with 
this, however, he conceived a brilliant 
idea of great possibilities of future in¬ 
come to be derived therefrom. He left 
South Africa and came to America, the 
country of unlimited possibilities, and 
settled in Los Angeles, California, 
where he floated a company, which sells 
my copyrighted prescriptions for poul¬ 
try feeding, to all and sundry as speci¬ 
fics for all possible and impossible ail¬ 
ments. This ambitious gentleman even 
went so far as.to offer my labouriously 
earned discoveries to the United States 
Government.—But further comment is 
unnecessary! v 


170 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

This is but one of numerous instan¬ 
ces of the kind some of which are em¬ 
bodied in a little treatise I have pub¬ 
lished, free to my friends, entitled “A 
Message to the Thinker.” 

Patients sometimes ask me what my 
methods have in common with “Schuess- 
ler’s Tissue Remedies.” 

I answer: Nothing—absolutely noth¬ 
ing. as the explanation will show. 

Schuessler’s therapy claims that the 
minerals are needful to build up the 
system; but he only uses one trillionth 
part of a gram and imagines that the 
remainder is to be found in the food. 
Now anybody with a fair understand¬ 
ing can easily figure that if a patient 
of middle age eventually loses through 
disease about 200 grams of lime, it is 
simply a farce to claim that the above 
dose of 1/100,000,000,000 of a gram 
(which is the homeopathic dose of 
Schuessler), will cure or replace the 
lime which was lost. 

There are other equally erroneous 
pretentions in SchuesslePs therapy 
which are really too silly to go into in 
detail. Time and space are too valuable 
to squander on any such puerile hypoth¬ 
esis. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


171 


DECH-MANNA-DIET. 

Mentor to Prescriptions. 

It may be well to preface this sum¬ 
mary of prescriptions with the follow¬ 
ing explanatory remarks; namely, 

(1) That while my compositions are 
usually taken in the form of powd¬ 
ers, they may be taken in the form 
of capsules or tablets, in which 
case the dose given is always exact. 

They may also be mixed with 
Eubiogen or various kinds of food, 
except where this is strictly for¬ 
bidden by the physician. 

Such mixtures cannot be harm¬ 
ful, since they consist of compo¬ 
nents from which our body-cells 
are constructed. They may be 
taken either singly, or as com¬ 
pounds. 

(2) As regards the matter of quanti¬ 
ties :— 

Whenever one-fourth teaspoonful 
is mentioned, the meaning is that 
one-fourth of a heaping teaspoon¬ 
ful be taken. 

Whenever a level one-fourth tea¬ 
spoonful is meant, as in the case 
of plasmogen, it is because the 
basic remedy is heavier and, there¬ 
fore, the smaller quantity renders 
an equal amount in weight. 


172 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Every dose mentioned herein 
contains the exact amount of the 
necessary constituents, and the 
harmonious system of dosage which 
I have worked out, consists of re¬ 
ducing every compound dosage to 
one gram, which weight is equal to 
about one quarter teaspoonful of 
the regular preparation, made 
lighter and fluffier through trit¬ 
uration with milk-sugar. 

This trituration is a manual pro¬ 
cess and requires some three hours 
steady and continuous rubbing of 
the ingredients with pestle and 
mortar, for each separate composi¬ 
tion. 

All my compositions should be 
kept in a dry and cool place. It is 
best to put them into wide-mouthed 
bottles with glass stoppers, as they 
are all hygroscopic, that is, sensi¬ 
tive to moisture. 

DECH-MANNA COMPOSITION No. 1. 
Plasmogen (Plasma Producer.) 

Plasmogen—Blood-plasma producer. 
(The red and white blood-corpuscles are 
produced by using Eubiogen, XII). 

(a). Blood-plasma, is the habitat of 
the red and white blood-corpuscles. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


173 


It can be readily understood that the 
more sanitary a place, the better will 
be the condition of those who live in it. 
Therefore, the plasma, (blood-plasma), 
must first be made as perfect as possi¬ 
ble in accordance with the teachings of 
science and especially of biology,—a 
theory which my own experience has 
proved to be correct. 

No matter how perfect the red or 
white corpuscles may be, if they live in 
diseased blood-plasma, they cannot per¬ 
form their functions properly and, as a 
consequence, the resistant power of the 
system is crippled. 

(b). Plasmogen contains all the con¬ 
stituents in the proportions in which 
they should be contained in perfect 
plasma. 

The Law of the Minimum teaches that 
if one of the ingredients is lacking in 
the food, the cells must become diseased. 
This the great Justus v. Liebig empha¬ 
sized when he said: “If the most minute 
component is lacking, the rest cannot 
perform their functions.” Taken as 
directed, the plasmogen is also in its 
natural dosage. 

It was only after years of ardent 
study that I was enabled to produce 


174 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


this composition in the perfect form in 
which it is furnished today. 

Since the plasmogen contains all the 
salts necessary to keep the blood in per¬ 
fect harmony, the circulation as well as 
the resistant power will be maintained, 
the heart relieved, the fighting capacity 
of the white corpuscles strengthened, 
and therefore the power of disease very 
greatly reduced. 

(c). In all cases of constitutional dis¬ 
ease, plasmogen is used to bring about 
a proper regeneration and preservation 
of the blood-cells. In all cases of acute,, 
febrile diseases its purpose is to bring 
about a proper circulation and fluid 
condition of the blood-cells. 

The most wonderful results will ac¬ 
crue through the use of plasmogen in 
all acute febrile cases, particularly in 
the case of children; also by using the 
same as directed in individual cases of 
constitutional diseases. It is indispens¬ 
able in producing bactericide blood, 
which is necessary to regenerate the 
body-cells. Therefore, I recommend it 
in all Regenerative Treatments. 

How many thousands of children may 
be saved by this single remedy alone 
only the biologist who has studied life 
according to the teachings of nature’s 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


175 


laws, is able to appreciate today. It will 
take some time before the general med¬ 
ical practitioner will realize the truth 
of this statement, because the old-school 
medicine does not teach these facts. 


Therefore it is the duty of every 
thoughtful mother to prevent harm to 
her children resulting from the drugs 
they favour. All anti-febrile chemicals 
are rank poisons and contrary to na¬ 
ture’s way. Only by producing a higher 
temperature is nature able to throw off 
impurities; but in many cases this be¬ 
comes dangerous, because so very few 
know how to avoid an over-taxation of 
nature’s strength. Instead of assisting 
nature by keeping the head cool, the 
feet warm and the bowels and pores 
open, the anxious mothers will wrap 
their babies up nicely, give them some 
patent or other obnoxious medicine, and 
really kill nature’s efforts by means ot 
narcotics and other poisons. Results 
are always fatal. The mother must learn 
to use correct, harmless remedies and 
to follow the instructions given nearly 
3000 years ago by the wise Hippocrates, 
the ‘‘Father of Medicine,” who warned 
every medical practitioner with these 
words: “Nil nocere.” (Never do harm). 


176 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


(d). Dose: In acute cases, that is to 
say, in emergency cases where the pa¬ 
tient, for instance a child, has devel¬ 
oped a high temperature, and the doctor 
has not as yet diagnosed any special 
form of disease, or has been unable to 
do so because the time of incubation of 
the germ has not passed, give the pa-, 
tient a dose of plasmogen, that is, one 
gram, or as much as will lie on a ten- 
cent piece, or one-fourth of a level tea- . 
spoonful. Dissolve it in one-half tum¬ 
bler of water, (or milk if prescribed), 
and let the patient drink it slowly at in¬ 
tervals, as seems necessary. 

In ordinary cases individual direc¬ 
tions should be followed. 

DECH-MANNA COMPOSITON No. II. 
Lymphogen (Lymph Cell Producer.) 

(a). In nearly every tissue and 
organ of the body there is a marvelous 
network of vessels, called the lymphat¬ 
ics. These are busily at work taking up 
and making over waste fluids or sur¬ 
plus materials derived from the blood 
and tissues generally. The lymphatics 
seem to spring from the parts in which 
they are found, like the rootlets of a 
plant in the soil. They carry a turbid, 
slightly yellowish fluid, called lymph, 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 177 

very much like blood without the red 
corpuscles. The lymph is carried to 
the lymphatic glands where it under¬ 
goes certain changes to fit it for enter¬ 
ing the blood. 

It is a fact that very few doctors 
know, that the whole nervous system 
can only be fed by the lymph, whose 
central station is the so-called ductus 
thoracicus (thoracic duct), in the upper 
region of the chest. As there is no 
pulsation or magnetism connected with 
the same, the body must lie down and 
rest at night. Then and only then is 
the system enabled to feed all the nerve 
centers, especially through the influence 
of the sympathetic nerve system, which 
may be said to work in the form of a 
relay station, through its inherent 
power from the very beginning. There, 
fore, it becomes quite a task to regener¬ 
ate a broken-down nervous system, for 
those practitioners who are not familiar 
with physiological chemistry—that is, 
life chemistry, which teaches the com¬ 
position of the tissues. The law of 
chemotaxis will explain it. The lym¬ 
phatic system also plays a great part in 
constitutional diseases of the blood. 
Every degeneration of the blood cells, 
or dysaemia, is influenced more or less 


178 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


by the perfect condition of the lymph¬ 
atic fluid. All cachectic or morbid nut¬ 
rition conditions are due to imperfect 
lymph. 

(b) . Lymphogen contains all the or¬ 
ganic minerals in the same proportion 
in which they are contained in perfect 
lymph, and if taken as directed, will al¬ 
ways restore the lymphatic system and 
allow it to perform its important func¬ 
tion. 

(c) . The great importance of perfect 
lymph will be understood from the 
previous remarks, especially those per¬ 
taining to the feeding of the whole 
nervous system. If the lymphatic sys¬ 
tem is impeded by underfeeding or in¬ 
anition of the nerve-cells, how can any 
one with common sense expect such a 
system to be in perfect working order 
and harmony? This applies particu¬ 
larly to those constitutional diseases 
where the lymphatic system and the 
lymph itself are degenerating through 
causes due to heredity, predisposition 
or acquisition of such conditions. 

(d) . Dose: Twice daily 1 gram or 
one-fourth heaping teaspoonful or, if in 
tablet form, 1 tablet, dry or with a lit¬ 
tle water or in foodstuffs; to be taken 
at 10 a. m. and 4 p. m. or as specially 
directed. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


179 


DECH-MANNA COMPOSTION 
No. III. 

Neurogen (Nerve Cell Producer). 

(a) . The nerves are the cord-like 
structures which convey impulses from 
one part of the body to another. 

The tremendous importance of their 
absolute health is obvious, since the co¬ 
operation of all parts of the human 
body depends upon it, while, on the 
other hand, their very delicate struc¬ 
ture exposes them to numerous and 
easily acquired forms of disease. 

(b) . This composition contains all 
the constituents required to generate 
nerve tissue. The most important and 
expensive is lecithin. Pure lecithin, the 
kind I use, is made from the yolks ot 
fresh eggs. In this composition I sup¬ 
ply nutritive cell-food for generating 
lecithin in exactly the same form in 
which it is found in a healthy, perfect 
nerve-cell. It is absolutely digestible 
and assimilable, and is triturated with 
the finest milk sugar. 

(c) . All morbid conditions caused by 
imperfect nerve-cells can be regenerat¬ 
ed through this composition as long 
as there is some foundation left on 
which to work. 


180 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Under an endless variety of names— 
as a matter of fact, a big book would 
not be sufficient to describe all so-called 
“nervous diseases”—it can be readily 
seen in what a brainless way some 
“nerve specialists” classify patients of 
this kind. Not knowing the constitu¬ 
ents of the nerve-cells, they still at¬ 
tempt to prescribe for neurasthenic 
patients. The results are in accord¬ 
ance with such travesty of treatment. 
The increase in the number of Insane 
Asylums gives, or should give, a true 
picture of existing conditions. What 
is needed is a little more knowledge 
of physiological chemistry, but as it is 
too much to expect of the ordinary so- 
called “nerve specialist” to be familiar 
with this science, we must per force 
be content with the prevailing condi¬ 
tion, that is, a condition characterized 
by ignorance of the most vital laws of 
being. 

But what reasonable ground of com¬ 
plaint, let me ask, have the people, 
themselves, in this matter? 

Of the appalling results of the pre¬ 
vailing medical system, recognized as 
it is by the law of the land and 
supported and virtually endorsed by 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


181 


the people’s own will and pre¬ 
judices, they themselves, though well 
aware, are yet complacent. But, mark 
it well, not until independent medicine 
shall be accorded reasonable recogni¬ 
tion, a fair field and general fair play, 
and the chance afforded to science out¬ 
side the “orthodox” medical clique to 
inaugurate some drastic measures of 
urgently needed reform, not until then 
will it be possible to alter this dis¬ 
astrous state of affairs—not until then 
will matters become less unbearable to 
the individual and less discreditable 
to every one concerned. We can cure 
disease only by removing its cause; 
this is my maxim and it is true for all 
time. 

Much of neurasthenia is due to the 
degenerate times in which we are now 
living. Causes must be removed in 
every line of life, political, social, and 
economical, before normal physical and 
mental conditions can be restored. 
Then neurasthenia, in all its forms, 
will be a disease of the past, but not 
before—not withstanding the frequent 
alleged discoveries of serums and an¬ 
tidotes of wonder-working properties 
so triumphantly heralded from the 
“Halls of Science.” 


182 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


d). Dose : Twice daily, 1 gram or 
one-fourth heaping teaspoonful or, if 
in tablet form, 1 tablet, dry or with a 
little water or in foodstuffs; to be 
taken at 10 a. m. and 4 p. m. or as 
specially directed. 

DECH-MANNA COMPOSITION 
No. IV. 

Osseogen (Bone Cell Producer). 

(a) . If I tell you that it takes seven 
different compositions of organic limes 
to make perfect bones, some people, 
even very learned ones, may doubt my 
word. But biology and physiological 
chemistry teach that this is so—and 
prove it. If this composition were lack¬ 
ing in a certain quantity of organic 
magnesia, the bones would grow hard 
and brittle. It is the magnesia that 
turns the tissue into perfect, elastic 
form. 

(b) . Osseogen is the composition 
the constituents of which are necessary 
to generate perfect bone tissue. How 
many troubles could easily be prevent¬ 
ed by using this cell-food in time! 

(c) . This composition becomes an 
absolute essential in all cases of im¬ 
perfect bone structure, such as rachitis, 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


133 


or rickets, constitutional disease of 
children, osteomalacia, tuberculosis of 
the bones, deformity of bone structure, 
such as curvature of the spine, etc. 

Softening* of the bones, known as 
osteomalacia, curvature of the spine, 
rachitis and many other terrible con¬ 
ditions of disease would not be known 
to humanity if proper precaution were 
taken in time. 

Hundreds of patients are today cured 
by my method of supplying this lack¬ 
ing constituent in a form assimilable 
to even the smallest infant. 

Lime-water and such imaginary sub¬ 
stitutes are pure nonsense, as must 
surely be apparent to even the simplest 
layman when they consider for a mo¬ 
ment that it takes seven different lime 
compositions in order to supply the 
necessary lime for generating bone tis¬ 
sue. Is it necessary to say more to 
convince even a dogmatist? How in¬ 
dispensable osseogen becomes may be 
realized when people begin to know 
enough about themselves to realize that 
our bone structure must be “fireproof^ 
in order to last for the normal span of 
human life! 

(d). Dose : Once or twice daily, ac¬ 
cording to the individual case. I gram 


184 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


will be sufficient for a proper dose. 
As stated before, one-fourth of a heap¬ 
ing teaspoonful is equal to a gram. 

It may be that in a short while 1 
shall be able to supply all these com¬ 
positions in tablet form in their re¬ 
spective doses. Then medication will 
become still more simple. This com¬ 
position may also be taken in food or 
a little water. 


DECH-MANNA COMPOSITION 
No. V. 

Muscogen (Muscle Cell Producer). 

(a) . The term muscle signifies 
every organ of the human body which, 
by contraction, produces the move¬ 
ments of the organism. Muscles are of 
the greatest variety and strength, but 
all consist of the same chemical ele¬ 
ments, and can be regenerated in case 
of disease, like every other organ, by 
feeding the patient with the chemical 
substances which the muscle cells re¬ 
quire. 

(b) . Into this composition I have 
introduced the components necessary 
for muscle tissue. 

The basis of this form of cell-food 
is potassium phosphate. It will re- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


185 


generate all muscular tissue when used 
as directed. All minerals contained 
therein are organized and in a per¬ 
fectly digestible and assimilable form. 
Even an infant can easily digest it. 
It will prevent all decompositions of 
the muscular system and regenerate the 
cells as long as any basis for life is 
left. 

(c) . As it is impossible for even 
the healthiest system to build up new 
tissue without the necessary propor¬ 
tion of albumen, it becomes very im¬ 
portant to use the right proportion and 
form of this component. Therefore, 
all patients who are in need of this 
special tissue builder, must at the same 
time take the main composition, Eubio- 
gen (life producer). Under No. XII, 
I will endeavor to give the reader some 
little idea of its properties, and de¬ 
scribe its marvelous regenerating 
powers. 

(d) . Dose : I gram, or one-fourth 
of a heaping teaspoonful once or twice 
daily will be sufficient. It may have 
to be taken for 3, 6, 9 or 12 months, 
and even longer. Everything depends 
upon the cause of the degeneration of 
the muscle tissue. 


186 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


DECH-MANNA COMPOSITION 
No. VI. 

Mucogen (Mucous Membrane Cell 
Producer). 

(a) . The entire intestines, the 
stomach, all cavities, organs, openings 
of the body, the genital and urinary 
tracts, etc., are lined with mucous 
membrane, which must always be kept 
in a normal and healthy condition, 
otherwise the functions of metabolism 
and procreation of the organism can¬ 
not be carried on in safety and health. 

(b) . Mucogen consists of all the 
constituents necessary for the building 
up of the peculiarly tender tissue call¬ 
ed mucous membrane. These constitu¬ 
ents are absolutely indespensable, and 
nature must be supplied with them if 
disease of the mucous membrane is to 
be healed by removing its cause. 

(c) . The tenderness of this tissue 
is obvious, and experience has shown 
how much it is exposed to changes in 
its normal condition, how easily an in¬ 
crease or decrease in its main func¬ 
tions is brought about. While this in¬ 
crease or decrease in many instances 
is a natural fight of nature against the 
intrusion of opposing elements into 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


187 


the body, it frequently assumes demen- 
sions that are most unpleasant and 
seriously impair the health, such as 
catarrhal conditions, all of which are 
due to poor or degenerated cells of 
this tissue. 

The frequent occurence of this form 
of disease shows the importance of al¬ 
ways supplying the cells of this tissue 
with the substances that keep them in 
health, or if need be, will regenerate 
them. 

(d). Dose : 1 gram or one-fourth 

of a heaping teaspoonful once or twice 
daily will be found sufficient to sup¬ 
ply the requirements. 

In some instances this composition, 
as well as others, may be mixed with 
the main composition Eubiogen, in or¬ 
der that the patient may digest it more 
readily, especially in the case of a 
child. 

Special directions must always be 
followed closely. 

DECH-MANNA COMPOSITION 
No. VII. 

Dento and Ophthogen (Tooth and 
Eye Cell Producer). 

This refers to the enamel of the teeth 
and the crystalline lens of the eye. 


188 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


(a) . Two special tissues of the hu¬ 
man body, the close connection between 
which has been observed and recogniz¬ 
ed but very little, contain a predomi¬ 
nant quantity of fluoride of lime, and 
consequently may be placed under one 
heading in this system, although the 
basis for the fluorate of the teeth is 
calcium, while the basis of the crystal¬ 
line lens of the eye is gelatine. 

(b) . I have composed this cell- 
food, containg the necessary fluoride 
of lime, in this particular way in or¬ 
der to avoid too much specialization. 
From long years of practical experience 
I have found that the special cells of 
each tissue will take up only those con¬ 
stituents which they need for the con¬ 
struction of their respective tissue, as 
taught by the law of chemotaxis. 

(c) . Composition No. VII will be 
prescribed in case of tooth and eye 
troubles. Any observant student of 
human nature will have noticed that 
in severe cases of degeneration (as 
for instance, diabetes) not only one of 
these two tissues mentioned above is 
affected, (as the decaying and falling 
out of the teeth), but in most cases al¬ 
so the other (as cataract of the eye). 
Some doctors of course may ask what 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


189 


in the world the tooth has to do with 
the eye. But, alas! they have yet much 
to learn. The two are not so distinct 
from each other when one understands. 
1 fear that later on, when this method, 
which is the only true and natural one, 
comes into practice, everything will be 
specialized to such an extent that the 
real science of it will become so com¬ 
plicated that the proverb—“Veritatis 
simplex oratio est—(The language of 
truth is simple)—will become entirely 
obsolete. 

It is my endeavor to state the pure 
unvarnished truth, and in terms as 
simple as possible; that is my mission. 

(d). Dose : One gram or one- 
fourth of a heaping teaspoonful, or one 
tablet in a little water or milk, once a 
day will be sufficient except in very 
severe cases of degenerated tissue. 


DECH-MANNA COMPOSITION 
No. VIII. 

Capillogen (Hair Cell Producer). 

(a). The hair is built of a number 
of elements not contained in other tis¬ 
sues of the body, and which must be 
supplied in order to keep the hair in 




190 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

good health and prevent it from falling 
out. 

(b) . Capillogen contains all the 
necessary constituents in proper pro¬ 
portion required by perfect hair tis¬ 
sue. 

(c) . The main disease of the hair, 
responsible for this falling out, may be 
due, to two different causes. It may 
be due to the quality of the hair, or to 
the condition of the nutritive soil ot 
that part of the skin where hair is 
wont to grow. If the loss of hair is 
due to the first cause, its regeneration, 
through Dech-Manna Composition No. 
VIII, naturally gives rise to the hope 
that the lost hair may be replaced, if 
the process of regeneration is not be¬ 
gun too late, as is usually the case. 

My composition, however, is not a 
“hair restorer.” 

As a great many of my readers may 
know, and some of them to their sor¬ 
row, all so-called hair restorers on the 
market are failures—although perhaps 
not so to the manufacturer or clever 
salesman. 

My composition will prevent the hair 
tissues from degeneration. Thus bald¬ 
ness, which might otherwise have oc¬ 
curred in a larger or smaller degree, 
may be prevented. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


191 


In the case of the disability of the 
skin to retain the hair, which may oc¬ 
cur after forms of febrile disease, such 
as typhoid fever, or if children show 
little promise of growing nice hair, the 
composition will prove very useful in 
combination with Bech-Manna Compo¬ 
sition No. XII, Eubiogen, which re¬ 
stores the original strength of the 
whole body, while hair regenerated by 
the blood through capillogen has a bet¬ 
ter chance of growing and remaining 
in the regenerated soil. 

(d). Dose : One gram or one- 
fourth of a heaping teaspoonful, or one 
tablet in a little water or milk, once a 
day. It is imperative to follow direc¬ 
tions implicitly. 


DECH-MANNA COMPOSITION 

No. IX. 

Dermogen (Skin Cell Producer) . 

(a). The skin, like all other tissues 
of the body, is made up of different 
constituent elements. While its disease 
appears on the outside, it is built up, 
like all other parts of the human or¬ 
ganism, from within and through the 
blood only. The elements necessary for 
regenerating the skin and keeping it 


192 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


in a healthy condition must, therefore, 
also be supplied to the body from with¬ 
in, in the form of nutriment, as other¬ 
wise, though we might suppress and 
eliminate the symptoms, the disease 
would still remain. 

(b) . Dermogen, skin producer, con¬ 
tains all the constituent elements 
which a healthy skin tissue requires. 

(c) . The skin, being exposed to all 
external influences, discloses the symp¬ 
toms of all forms of skin disease, the 
names of which are legion. 

The skin specialist termed “dermat¬ 
ologist” is another production which 
flourishes—more or less—upon the ig¬ 
norance of the public. The patients, 
alas, is less fortunate. He tries one 
after another until disgusted he some¬ 
times resorts to special diet. Some¬ 
times this may help, if he choose a cer¬ 
tain kind of vegetable diet, and es¬ 
pecially if the vegetables are such as 
contain a great deal of silica; for silica 
is the mineral basis of skin tissue. Full 
details of this are to be found in my 
analysis of foodstuffs given in the 
chart at the end of volume No. 1 of 
my work, “Regeneration.” 

(d) . Dose : One gram or one-* 
fourth of a heaping teaspoonful of 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


193 


dermogen in a little water or milk once 
a day until regeneration of the skin is 
fairly started. Reduce the dose gradu¬ 
ally until complete recovery has been 
accomplished. 

DECH-MANNA COMPOSITION 

No. X. 

Gelatinogen (Gelatigenous Tissue 
Producer). 

(a) . All blood and lymphatic ves¬ 
sels, the alveoli of the lungs, all ten¬ 
dons and cords in the entire system, 
the bowel tract, including the stomach, 
the bladder, and in fact every organ or 
tissue which has the function of ex¬ 
panding and contracting, must be of 
healthy gelatigenous (rubber-like) tis¬ 
sue; otherwise it cannot perform its 
functions in the system and must de¬ 
generate. 

(b) . Gelatinogen contains the con¬ 
stituent elements of gelatine, which it 
carries, through the blood, to the parts 
of the body where it is needed to re¬ 
build degenerated gelatigenous tissue. 

(c) . While there are not many 
special forms of disease of the gelati¬ 
genous tissues, many diseased condi¬ 
tions are more or less connected with 


194 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


its degeneration. In fact, every lay¬ 
man should be able to judge the im¬ 
portance of perfect gelatigenous tissue. 
But how many human beings ever 
think of such things. Yet they know 
very well that a poor rubber tire on 
. an automobile will not last very long 
or stand much strain; for the fact ap¬ 
peals to the pocket book—and that de¬ 
generates. 

It is well to learn the truth before too 
late and give, to the rising generation 
at least, the chance to which they are 
surely entitled:—A good healthy body. 

(d). Dose : Twice daily, 1 gram 
or one-fourth of a heaping teaspoonful, 
or one tablet, at 10 a. m. and 4 p. m., 
or as individually prescribed, in a lit¬ 
tle water, milk or other foodstuffs, to 
be taken for a certain length of time. 


DECH-MANNA COMPOSITION 
No. XI. 

Cartilogen (Cartilage Producer). 

(a). Every bone in the human sys¬ 
tem must be covered with cartilage at 
its ends so as to prevent self-destruc¬ 
tion through friction, especially in the 
joints. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


195 


(b). Cartilogen consists of all the 
necessary constituents of this im¬ 
portant material, and under certain 
circumstances it must be introduced in 
this concentrated form, as for instance 
when the general diet is unable to 
counteract the influences of disease 
which tends to degenerate the cartilage 
and subjects the body to the great suf¬ 
fering which the absence of cartilage 
invariably produces. 

(c). Cartilage keeps all the joints 
in working order and must be regener¬ 
ated constantly. 

As soon as the blood and lymph no 
longer contain the proper, necessary 
constituents for the rebuilding of car¬ 
tilage tissue, the consequence is de¬ 
generation of this tissue. 

It is obvious then that the presence 
of proper cartilage constituents in the 
blood is of the greatest importance to 
the regenerating forces in the human 
body. Our foodstuffs, therefore, must 
contain the material in a digestible, as¬ 
similable form, thus to prevent inani¬ 
tion of the cells, otherwise degenera¬ 
tion of the cartilage tissue must follow. 

(d). Dose : One gram or one- 
fourth of a heaping teaspoonful twice 
a day for a certain period, depending 


196 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


on the condition of the patient. This 
may be taken in the same manner as 
previously described. 


DECH-MANNA COMPOSITION 
No. XII. 

Eubiogen (Healthy Life Producer). 
(Also Termed “Positive Composi¬ 
tion”). 

(a). While all other compositions 
contain special elements for the re¬ 
building of special tissues through re¬ 
generation of special cells, Eubiogen 
contains a combination of all the im¬ 
portant elements in the most concen¬ 
trated form. I was fortunate enough, 
after years of experimenting with 
plants and animal life, to concentrate 
the solid constituents of the human 
body ten fold. The full import of this 
achievement few can realize, but those 
who know what it means in time and 
study. The effect of this composition 
is felt simultaneously in all the vital 
tissues of the body, and since the co¬ 
operation of all these tissues is what 
we call “life,” I feel there is no name 
more fitting for this product than the 
one I have selected, namely, “Eubio¬ 
gen,” or “Healthy Life Producer.” I 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


197 


maintain that it is the most scientific 
composition discovered since the time 
of Hippocrates and the following is its 
analysis: 

It has at all times been an ideal aim 
of mankind to produce a species of 
food that would combine a minimum of 
quantity with a maximum of quality, 
and philosophers and scientists have 
dreamed of a time when the day’s por¬ 
tion of foodstuffs would be concen¬ 
trated in one small pill. The biologist 
cannot accept this theory. 

While Greek mythology seemed to 
symbolize a similar idea; namely, of 
one concentrated food-substance com¬ 
bining all nutritive elements, as-rep re¬ 
sented in their “Ambrosia,” the food 
of the Gods. 

Yet the gods and goddesses were 
permitted to partake of it only at 
solemn assemblies when all sat at the 
table of Zeus and enjoyed their food 
and drank its liquid counterpart, term¬ 
ed “nectar.” 

This symbolism represented Am¬ 
brosia and Nectar as the highest cli¬ 
max of food; just as the Greek gods 
stood for the climax of various human 
qualities, in each case attributed to one 
single personality. 


198 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The Greeks knew well that the hu¬ 
man body requires a variety of food in 
order to remain healthy. It is an echo 
of the same thought expressed in the 
Bible when the Jews are given the 
“Manna” only in the utmost emergency. 
The Bible also advocates a consider¬ 
able variety of food, regarding which 
the Old Testament lays down the most 
careful and explicit regulations. 

In praising “Ambrosia” as the cli¬ 
max of food-substances, Greek mythol¬ 
ogy attributed to it the power not only 
of regeneration, but of procreation. 
For the reproduction of healthy human 
life in its offspring, was to them just 
as sacred and important a preoccupa¬ 
tion as it was natural, to ensure the 
survival of the race; and to secure to 
all the food that would assist in this, 
their highest and most worthy aim, 
seemed to them a manifest duty which, 
at the present day, prudish “morality” 
either practically ignores or modestly 
pretends to neglect. Healthy food, 
generally speaking, will do much 
towards ensuring healthy offspring. 

But the times of extreme leisure, as 
enjoyed by the ancient Greeks, are long 
past and a more exacting age makes its 
more strenous demands upon the hu- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


199 


man tissues, and in innumerable cases 
causes them to deteriorate more rapid¬ 
ly than they can be regenerated and 
restored to their original vigor by 
even the healthiest food. 

Hence I have felt justified, in con¬ 
sidering the best interests of the race 
—present and future—in devoting the 
crowning effort of my long scientific 
career to the production of modern bio¬ 
logical remedies such as would be felt 
in the reproductive powers of the peo¬ 
ple—a consideration concerning which 
the old-time, prudish reticence is a 
foolish figment rapidly passing away. 

Now, as regards myself and my 
great work. Surely to boast a little is 
but human. The man who puts his 
very best efforts into an ideal, and 
having achieved it, has not striven to 
reap the fruits thereof for selfish gain, 
but year by year, has perfected that 
work until the tests have finally per¬ 
mitted him to cry: “Eureka” — it is 
accomplished beyond dispute, — that 
man has the right to overstep the con¬ 
ventional rule which forbids self- 
praise. While in other work accom¬ 
plished I see but the links of an un¬ 
completed chain, the synthesis of Eubi- 
ogen, I feel to be one of those so rare 


200 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


occasions in human life, when a tested 
accomplishment allows and even de¬ 
mands a somewhat different treatment. 
And so I have the courage to speak as 
follows in eulogy of my own produc¬ 
tion : 

This product is my masterpiece. . 1 
am proud of it. Nothing like it in ef¬ 
ficiency has ever before been given to 
the world. In the fullest sense of the 
word, it is in food value the most per¬ 
fect concentration that science and re¬ 
search have ever evolved. It is the re¬ 
sult of the quest of 30 years and should 
make its finder famous. Hundreds of 
men of mark have each one given to 
mankind some noble token of their 
genius; but of such gifts not one pos¬ 
sessed the concentrated virtues, the 
materialized knowledge of “Eubiogen.” 
This, to unsympathetic ears, may 
sound like vane, exaggerated vapour¬ 
ing;—but it is not so. It is the truth. 
It is impossible to describe the real 
value of its properties within a limited 
space. Sufferers in their thousands 
will yet live to be grateful for the 
benefits derived from it, and the full 
and positive knowledge of its excellence 
makes it the more difficult to describe 
in a few weak words. An abler pen 
than mine would fail to do it justice. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 201 

In sentimental somnolence I some¬ 
times dream how, perhaps, in the days 
to come, another hand may write in 
glowing* terms the faithful history of 
“Eubiogen” and say kind feeling words 
and fair of the hard worked lone scien¬ 
tist who gave its healing virtues to 
mankind, terming it—he too perhaps— 
the sterotyped “Ambrosia,” the diet ot 
the Olympian gods; but for myself, it 
is all I ask to know that it has serv¬ 
ed the appointed end to which my 
energy has aimed,—that it has proved 
a food instinct with healing and com¬ 
fort to my kind—a staunch support and 
refuge for the overwrought sinues of 

e 

humanity. May such be my guerdon 
of reward for the long years of thought 
and toil and—I shall rest content. 

(b).Eubiogen contains the best and 
purest ingredients science and experi¬ 
ence can produce today. It is the most 
delicate and at the same time the most 
digestible and assimilable cell-food ob¬ 
tainable. 

Many great names since the time of 
Hippocrates have figured in the list 
of those who shared with me the am¬ 
bitious hope to give mankind some won¬ 
der-working remedy — Metschnikoff, 
Voit, Koenig, Biedert, Rubner, Gruber, 


20 2 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Kussmaul, Bischoff, Teschemacher, 
Hirschfeld, Boemer, Wintgen, Virchow, 
Hammarsten, Gilbert, Fournier, Heim, 
Lahmann, von Noorden, Epstein, Wair 
Mitchel, Salkowski, Kornauth and the 
rest, but not one of them ever dreamed 
of a perfect regenerator of the cells of 
the human body such as this composi¬ 
tion, Eubiogen, affords. 

The analysis of my product, shows 
that it is practically impossible to im¬ 
prove upon in life-giving, cell-generat¬ 
ing qualities. This fact should satisfy 
the student. Still I will describe the 
ingredients a little more minutely, so 
that all who use it may be convinced 
that they are doing the best that can 
be done, as known to the science of 
today, to improve conditions of health 
for themselves and for their offspring. 

As a basis, then, I use for the neces¬ 
sary trituration, the finest radio-active 
milk sugar produced, flavored with 
pure vanilla extract. The high per¬ 
centage of albumen contained in it is 
due to the use of the most highly per¬ 
fected hygienic product of albumen 
known to chemistry. It is chemically 
pure and manufactured from eggs, 
milk and vegetables and, therefore, ab- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


203 


solutely free from microscopical germs, 
harmful to the human system. 

The organic iron contained in it is 
obtained from the red-coloring matter 
of healthy ox blood, called haemin, ex¬ 
amined and tested. For the nerve 
material, pure lecithin or nerve fat is 
used, obtained from the yolks of fresh 
eggs. 

These two products are enormously 
expensive. All the organic minerals 
are in the form of glycerophosphates, 
and the milk sugar necessary for mak¬ 
ing a perfect trituration is radio-active, 
as explained before. 

To make the whole product as di¬ 
gestible and assimilable as possible, L 
use the best material known, that is, 
Taka and Malt diastase. It is made 
palatable through the use of genuine 
van Houten’s cocoa in chocolate form. 
It will remain in good condition an un¬ 
limited length of time when kept in a 
dry, cool place. No drugs of any kind 
are used. This I guarantee in the full¬ 
est sense of the word. The manu¬ 
facturer is a renowned chemist of the 
highest type, and all the products are 
of the highest quality obtainable. This 
is capable of verification by any really 


204 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


capable authority on the chemistry of 
food. 

In order to bring this product within 
the reach of all classes, the same has 
been compounded in three different 
forms: 

Form aaa. contains radio-activity, 
haemin, lecithin, glycero-phosphateS 
and all other constituents of the high¬ 
est purity. 

Form aa. contains haemin, lecithin, 
glycerophosphates and all other con¬ 
stituents of the highest purity. 

Form a. contains haemoglobin, gly¬ 
cerophosphates and all other constitu¬ 
ents (chemically pure.) 

For the use of babies and very feeble 
invalids, special composition B (see ap¬ 
pendix) may take the place of Eubio- 
gen, since it contains nearly all of its 
constituent elements in a form that 
can be assimilated by either. It will 
regenerate the invalid as fast as his 
condition will allow, and is the salva¬ 
tion of weak children. 

(c). As to when Eubiogen should 
be administered, the rule is simple. 

Whenever any of the Dech-Manna 
Compositions are given, Eubiogen 
should be given in smaller or larger 
doses, as the case may require, remem- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


205 


bering that its most important task is 
to rebuild and regenerate the body so 
that it may readily perform its fullest 
functions and transmit the power un- 
impared to posterity. 

(d). Dose : The dose may vary 
considerably, from 1 to 3 times a day. 
Generally a dose consists of 1 gram or 
one-fourth of a heaping teaspoonful. 

The composition may be combined 
with any kind of food, or may be given 
in separate form with chocolate in 
equal parts. 

There are endless ways in which my 
remedies may be administered, since 
they are merely concentrated cell-food. 

It must be definitely understood at 
the outset that these remedies must be 
absolutely and entirely dissociated with 
the idea of so-called “medicine,” pre¬ 
scribed by the old-school doctor, which 
has nothing whatsoever in common 
with my “remedies,” since these con¬ 
tain the real constituents of our body- 
cells and not poisonous chemical con¬ 
coctions, known as medicines, which 
may in some cases suppress symptoms, 
but never ivill and never can remove 
the constitutional cause or condition of 
disease . 


206 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS. 


The Human Body consists of: 


83.0% Water 
0.9% Minerals 
3.8% Albumen 
2.5% Fat 

9.8% Carbohydrates 


Solid constituents 


only 17% 


100 . 0 % 


Eubiogen consists of: 

9.0% Minerals. (Chiefly Gly¬ 
cerophosphates, Haemin 
or Blood-Iron and or¬ 
ganized minerals). . .10 times concentrated. 

33.5% Albumen. (Egg, Milk and 

Vegetable-Albumen.... 9 “ 

15.0% Fats. (Chiefly Cacao, 

Glycerin fats, Lecithin) 6 “ 

(Note. — Lecithin is 
made from fresh yolks 
of egg.) 

42.5% Carbohydrates. (Chiefly 
Malt Extract, Milk, 

Sugar etc.).5 “ 

- Of the original amount 

100.0% Solid Constituents. in the human body. 

Note. 

1 Pound of Powdered Egg-Albumen represents the 


total egg-albumen contents 
of 116 Eggs. 


1 Pound of Powdered Milk-Albumen represents the 


total milk-albumen of 25 
pints of Milk. 


1 Pound of Blood-Iron represents 250 pounds of 

Haemoglobin. 


(The cost of Haemoglobin 
is $4.50 per pound, the value, 
therefore, of 1 pound of Hae¬ 
min or Blood-Iron is 
$1,125.—) 





APPENDIX 


LIFE PRESERVERS AND ELIXIRS. 

In addition to the twelve Dech-M an¬ 
na Compositions mentioned before, 1 
have composed three others that are 
most important and are to be used 
practically and in various doses; the 
first and the third should be used in 
nearly every treatment of patients 
suffering from constitutional diseases, 
while the second is the remedy which 
takes the place of Eubiogen when the 
patients are babies or very weak. 


SPECIAL DECH-MANNA COMPOSI. 

TION. (A) 

Oxygenator. 

This consists of radium emanation 
tablets or powders and the necessary 
bath salts for the decarbonization of 
the system in all cases of what is called 
auto-intoxication. They have a won- 



208 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


derful effect on the metabolism of the 
human organism, and increase the oxi¬ 
dation of all diseased cells that poison 
the system. The radium tablets are of¬ 
ficially guaranteed and the bath salts 
are the result of many years study in 
balneotherapy and hydrotherapy, and 
have demonstrated their effectiveness 
by the wonderful results that have been 
obtained during the last thirty years. 
Rheumatism, gout, arterio-sclerosis, 
etc., cannot exist in the system when 
these baths have been taken for a cer¬ 
tain length of time. I rarely undertake 
a treatment for disease of this kind 
without them. 

HOW TO APPLY OXYGENATOR. 

For a half or partial bath fill the 
bath two-thirds full of water at 90° to 
98°. Use one pound of bath salts. Mix 
and dissolve them completely in the 
water. As soon as dissolved, put two 
of the oxygenator radium tablets into 
the water, one at the head and one at 
the food of the bath, allowing one-half 
to one minute for dissolving. Mix very 
slowly and quietly in order not to re¬ 
lease too much of the radium emana¬ 
tion. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


209 


Lie in the bath very quietly for 20 
to 25 minutes, with cold compresses on 
the head. Then open the cold water 
faucet, begin to move about in the 
bath, sit up and wash face and chest 
with cold water. Let the cold water 
run into the bath until you notice some 
signs of “goose-flesh/” then get out 
and rub down well with a good Turkish 
towel. 

Never remain alone while taking 
this kind of a bath. Stop the bath im¬ 
mediately if any feeling of faintness 
is experienced. Drink a glass of Ton- 
ogen, or other refreshment. 

SPECIAL DECH-MANNA COMPOSI¬ 
TION. (B) 

Eubiogen Liquid. 

This composition is in liquid form 
and intended for babies and very feeble 
invalids. It contains nearly all the 
constituents of No. XII, Eubiogen, but 
in such a form that even the infant can 
safely partake of it, with rapid re¬ 
generative results. Thus the degenera¬ 
tion of inherited or predisposed condi¬ 
tions or weak tissues will be prevented. 

Dose: From one-half to three tea¬ 
spoonfuls a day, pure or diluted in 


210 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


milk, according to the individual direc¬ 
tions given. As a fermentative agent 
I know of nothing better, and through 
the formation of gases, acidity of the 
stomach will be prevented, perfect di¬ 
gestion assured and consequently health 
and normal conditions restored. 


SPECIAL DECH-MANNA COMPOSI¬ 
TION. (C) 

Tonogen. 

As a beverage Tonogen scientifically 
speaking, stands at the head of all 
chemical achievements in drinks. The¬ 
rapeutically, there is nothing that could 
be more beneficial to the human system. 
It contains the fundamental constitu¬ 
ents of normal blood and nerve cells in 
such form that even the weakest and 
most sensitive digestion will readily re¬ 
spond to its influence. This compound 
is absolutely free from all deleterious 
chemicals; as a tonic it is stimulating 
and strengthening and as a beverage it 
is so palatable that few will hesitate to 
pronounce its taste delicious. 

In all cases of acute febrile diseases, 
also in chronic forms of these diseases, 
as well as in climatic fevers, it is won- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


211 


derfully effective in supporting the 
healing process of nature. 

From a physiologico-chemical stand¬ 
point, it has been thus described: 

Tonogen is the acme of chemical per¬ 
fection, both as a tonic and as a bever¬ 
age. It is the captured and crystalized 
outcome of years of scientific observa¬ 
tion focussed upon the true ingredients 
of healthy blood cells as viewed from 
both the theoretical and practical bio¬ 
logical standpoint. It represents, in 
fact, a life study of the science of life, 
in a concrete form of body-cell invigor- 
ator suitable to all mankind, from earli¬ 
est infancy to advancing age, and this 
of a nature equally digestible and as¬ 
similable to both. After but a brief ex¬ 
perience of this seductive beverage, it 
may speedily be felt how, once digested 
and assimilated, it courses through the 
lymph channels and lacteal vessels and, 
by the familiar route of the Chyle pas¬ 
ses into the heart, where joined with 
the blood of that organ, it produces a 
sensation of liquifaction. In its course, 
by way of the arteries, it gradually 
reaches the external glands, warms the 
limbs and, in a manner electrifies them. 
In the body, it suffuses the pancreas 
and other glands and the intestines, 


212 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


mingles with the fluids existing in the 
glands and with the oily salts of the 
bile; and whatever impurities (auto¬ 
toxins), may be there it drives in the 
form of excrement and urine completely 
out of the body. Thus in its free and 
ample scope is all the ground of all the 
intricate vital processes of physiology 
covered in its course and the active 
principles of the excretions of skin, kid¬ 
neys and intestines are made visible at 
a glance. 

In combination with Plasmogen, taken 
alternately, it is really indespensable in 
all the diseases mentioned above. Many 
a life has been saved through the use of 
this combination. It is one of my stand¬ 
ard home remedies, and my own family 
would not think of allowing themselves 
to be without it for a single day, for, as 
they say, one never knows when it may 
be required. 

Dose: One teaspoonful tonogen with 
three teaspoonfuls of granulated sugar 
in a tumbler of water, to be taken 
slowly, once or twice daily. In cases of 
diabetes and arterio-sclerosis the dose 
should be 20 to 25 drops tonogen in a 
teaspoonful of milk sugar 1 to 3 times 
daily. Pregnancy is a contra-indication 
to the use of tonogen. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


213 


APPENDIX II. 

The following compositions are also 
used especially in specific cases. 

(D) . Tea. Diabetic. Dechmann. 

Description: Compound of many herbs (pow¬ 
dered;) found beneficial to the diabetic system. 

(E) . Tea. Laxagen. Kneipp. 

Description: Compound of several herbs (pow¬ 
dered) approved by the celebrated Kneipp in ca¬ 
ses of chronic constipation. 

(F) . Salve. Lenicet. Reiss. 

Description: The most beneficial salve in case 
of inflamed wounds, boils or exanthematous erup¬ 
tions. 

(G) . Massage Emulsion. Dechmann. 

Description: Consists of the finest ethereal 

oils and other ingredients useful and valuable, 
yet absolutely harmless, in case of nerve or 
muscular pains; applied as a liniment. 

(H) . Propionic acid. 

Description:: The product of various herbs 

known for their high percentage of propionic 
acid; applied in case of catarrh in the form of 
atomized steam. 

(I) . Oxygen Powder. Hensel. 

Description: A composition of sugar, gum tra- 
gacanth (traganth) and citric acid, used in the 
form of lemonade in case of high carbonic acid 
poisoning. 

(J) . Anti-Phosphate. Dechmann. 

(Otherwise termed “Negative Compound.”) 

Description: Contains all basic salts as sul¬ 

phates, thus acting as the governor of a ma¬ 
chine; that is it prevents the accumulation of 
too much phosphate in the blood, which would 
promote the formation of all fungus growths. 
(See paragraph in the article, “Importance of the 
Mineral Constituents in our food”). 


214 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


A copy of my wholesale price list as 
given in 1915—before we entered the 
war—may give you a fair idea of the 
price of my compositions. Since that 
time, most of the ingredients of these 
remedies have increased from four to 
ten times in value. The reader can 
easily judge therefrom of the fairness 
of the present values. I may say that 
most of the compositions are listed at 
only one-fourth to one-third advance, 
notwithstanding the high cost of chem¬ 
icals. This fact will absolve me, I think, 
of any tendency to profiteering. 


PRICE-LIST DECH-MANNA 
COMPOSITIONS. 


No. Per oz. Per lb. 

1. Plasmogen .$0.75 $ 8.00 

II. Lymphogen. 1.00 10.67 

III. Neurogen. 1.50 16.00 

IV. Osseogen . 1.00 10.67 

V. Muscogen . 1.00 10.67 

VI. Mucogen . 1.00 10.67 

VII. Dento & Ophthogen. 1.50 16.00 

VIII. Capillogen . 1.50 16.00 

IX. Dermogen . 1.50 16.00 

X. Gelatinogen . 1.50 16.00 

XI. Cartilogen. 1.50 16.00 

XII. Eubiogen . 2.00 21.35 

Same with sacch. lact. radio. 2.50 26.67 


A reduction of 33i^% on the prices per pound 
will be allowed on all the above products as 
quoted in the second column. 















DARE TO BE HEALTHY 215 

A. Radio emanation tablet (5,000 volts); 

Per tablet .$ 1.50 

Bath salts, original composition, lb. ... 1.00 

B. Eubioger. Liquid (a) oz. 0.75 (b) oz.. . . 1.00 

pt. 8.00 pt_ 10.67 

C. Tonogen .(a) oz. 0.50 (b) oz.... 0.75 

pt. 5.33 pt.... 8.00 

J. Anti-Phosphate. . (a) oz. 0.50 (b) oz.... 0.75 

lb. 5.33 lb_ 8.00 


Copies of the Handbook “Dare To Be Healthy” 
Second Edition, may be procured at 75c for the 

paper-bound edition and $1.50 for the leather- 
bound edition. 


PHYSICAL TREATMENT. 

As I have already stated, it is neces¬ 
sary in disease to assist the process of 
regulating the circulation and opening 
the body to the full benefit of the diet¬ 
etic and nutritive salts treatment by ap¬ 
plying a number of phyiscal treatments, 
in each case, which, for convenience 
sake, I have divided into ten different 
groups, some of which may need to be 
applied simultaneously in certain cases. 

They are as follows: 

23. Ablutions with vinegar and wa¬ 
ter. 1 part vinegar, 2 parts wa¬ 
ter. 

24. Abdominal packs, vinegar and 

water, .dito 

25. Partial packs: 

(a) Vinegar and water, dito 

(b) Radium and salts. 






216 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


26. Partial packs: 

(a) Arms. 

(b) Legs. 

(c) Neck. 

(d) Shoulder. 

27. Three-quarter packs, vinegar and 

water, .dito 

28. Gymnastics. 

29. Massage. 

30. Breathing Exercises. 

31. Oxygenator Baths. 

32. Radium and Salt Baths. 

(a) Half. 

(b) Whole. 


NOTE— The Vinegfar indicated to be used for 
these treatments, and in all similar treat¬ 
ments, packs, or ablutions, prescribed, is the 
natural, or what is known as “Apple Cider 
Vinegar.” The manufactured or ordinary- 
table vinegar, as made from chemicals, is 
not suitable for the purpose. 


From these groups a treatment is 
usually prescribed in each and every 
case of disease. 

The importance of ablutions especi¬ 
ally packs is so great that it is neces¬ 
sary to give further explanations con¬ 
cerning them: 

In a general way, it is necessary to 
apply a bath or an ablution (See Form 
23) when the test with the thermome¬ 
ter, usually applied under the tongue, in 
arm-pit or in the rectum, shows that 



DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


217 


the temperature of the patient exceeds 
100 degrees. The patient grows rest¬ 
less, his skin feels dry and the pulse, 
which regularly is 70 to 80 with adults, 
90 to 100 with children, and about 180 
with infants, shows an increased speed. 
As soon as these symptoms appear, they 
indicate that the immediate cooling off 
of the body by means of a bath, an ab¬ 
lution or a pack is necessary. Adults 
will always show the desire for such 
instinctively. 

In extreme cases baths or ablutions 
should be administered several times 
every day. 

Healthy people perspire as soon as 
they become too hot. This means that 
they cool off through the evaporation 
of the perspiration. This is supple¬ 
mented by the bath and its cooling ef¬ 
fect; balancing the higher temperature 
of the body with the lower temperature 
of the water, brings this about. The 
blood which flows towards the skin 
during the bath is cooled off, and re¬ 
turns in this condition to the interior 
of the body, and is immediately fol¬ 
lowed by other quantities of blood. 

Since the blood circulates through the 
body about twice every minute, the cool¬ 
ing takes place from 20 to 24 times 


218 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


during a bath, lasting from 10 to 12 
minutes. This explains the soothing 
and cooling effect of the bath on the 
waves of blood and the nerves, which 
are irritated by the increased tempera¬ 
ture. 

At the same time the bath opens the 
pores which assist in the excretion of 
degenerated matter produced by the dis¬ 
ease, and fosters the reception of 
oxygen. 

It is a natural function of the body 
that an increased flow of the warming 
blood flies always to any region of the 
body which is assailed by external cold, 
so that such parts may not become too 
cold or, in common parlance, may not 
“catch” cold. 

This explains why the hands get red 
and hot after throwing snow-balls, the 
feet burn after a cold foot bath. 

As soon as the body, which is hot 
with fever, is put into the cool bath, the 
first effect is that the blood-vessels of 
the skin contract under the cooling in¬ 
fluence. The blood recedes. Soon, how¬ 
ever, it streams with renewed energy to 
the skin to defeat the cold. The first 
action,—the recession of the blood,—is 
followed by reaction or increased activ¬ 
ity of circulation towards the skin. This 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


219 


removes the pressure of the blood upon 
the over-burdened internal organs, such 
as the brain, the lungs and the heart. 
The blood is diverted. 

For ablutions the water should be 
cool or lukewarm, the exact tempera¬ 
ture to be determined by the strength 
of the patient. Some vinegar should be 
added to the water, taking two parts 
water and one part vinegar. 

To accustom children to the use of 
water and ablutions is one of the im¬ 
portant duties of motherhood. 

A healthy child should be washed 
once every day with water at 59 de¬ 
grees to 64 degrees. The best way to 
wash the child is to put two chairs in 
front of its bed. On one of them place 
the vessel with the necessary water, on 
the other place the child, after it has 
been disrobed in bed, in a standing po¬ 
sition, so that it can be supported with 
the back of the chair. The ablution is 
performed by means of strong applica¬ 
tion with the hands, dipped into the wa¬ 
ter, and is repeated several times. Then 
the shirt is put on again, and the child 
is allowed to stay well covered in bed 
for another 15 minutes. 

Children must become accustomed to 
gargling as early as possible, and to 


220 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


draw water up through the nose, or to 
remove it from the mouth through the 
nose. This is very valuable and facili¬ 
tates the treatment of children in case 
of disease. 


VINEGAR PACKS. 

It appears opportune at this junc¬ 
ture, and before entering upon the de- 
detailed description of the modern heal¬ 
ing system of Vinegar Packs, included 
in the prescribed course of Physical 
Treatments which follow, to make a 
few rational remarks illustrative of the 
physical significance and scientific 
basis of a branch of therapy which 
largely amongst the laity, through ig¬ 
norance, and more so amongst the reg¬ 
ular medical fraternity, for reasons of 
their own, is too frequently lightly re¬ 
garded by the one and diplomatically 
depreciated by the other. 

In this manner one of the most potent 
and logical modern factors in the heal¬ 
ing of disease would be conveniently 
consigned to the back ground in com¬ 
pany with other simple but unremuner- 
ative truths, but for the timely inter¬ 
vention of the new and enlightened 
school of independent medicine of which 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


221 


the Biological or Hygienic Dietetic 
Method of Healing is the outcome. 

The wonderful efficacy of natural 
Vinegar upon the organism and its em¬ 
ployment in the form of Vinegar Packs 
and compresses dates back probably to 
the early traditions of the healing art, 
but scientific analysis of its subtle 
operation upon the system through the 
vital fluid has been left for the scienti¬ 
fic research of today to determine. 

To those of the public—or the pro¬ 
fession—therefore, who are not con¬ 
versant with the subject the following 
notes may be valuable as descriptive of 
the why and wherefore of the use of 
Vinegar. 

It will be admitted, I think, that one 
of the most prolific sources of disease, 
in innumerable forms, is that of congest¬ 
ion of blood. The greatest danger of 
such congestion is inflammation. Should 
inflammation occur in or near a vital 
organ and fail to be promptly reduced 
and its cause (coagulation) removed, 
the result is decomposition—and de¬ 
composition, if not arrested means 
death. 

The most valuable—I might almost 
say infallible—remedy known, even to 
the greatest accepted authorities of 


222 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


physiology, for the prevention of in¬ 
flammation is acetic acid in diluted 
form, or, in a word, Vinegar, as a re¬ 
storer of the fluidity of the blood. 

Inflammation is the result of coagula¬ 
tion of the blood-albumen; congestion 
is its sequal, inflammation and decom¬ 
position of the tissues its climax. The 
last is nearly always fatal. 

The manifest object therefore to be 
achieved in all such cases is to restore 
the normal fluidity and circulation of 
the blood without unduly taxing any 
vital organ. Thus, for instance, hot 
packs on the feet draw the blood tow¬ 
ards the feet, where no vital organs ex¬ 
ist. Hot packs act as an absorbent, by 
suction; cold packs, on the affected 
place, act in inverse ratio as an expell¬ 
ing force. The two operating con¬ 
jointly promote full circulation and ex¬ 
tend the absorbing tendency to the 
whole system. 

Ice, on the other hand, though not 
infrequently prescribed, is too strong a 
force. It contracts the blood vessels, 
arrests normal circulation, and in many 
cases is the direct cause of death. This 
is attested by the teaching of physiolo¬ 
gical law which maintains that any part 
of the human system which is not fed 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


223 


by fresh oxigenous blood must decom¬ 
pose. 

Packs, of course, must be regulated 
in accordance with the vital strength of 
the patient, as indicated by the physi¬ 
cian; for in the course of the excretion 
of morbid matter through the pores, 
under the influence of the packs, a cer¬ 
tain proportion of accompanying healthy 
substance is necessarily exuded simul¬ 
taneously, with a slightly weakening 
tendency. This however can be prompt¬ 
ly and effectively replaced by proper 
alimentation, or food selection in ac¬ 
cordance with the Dech-Manna Diet 
System already particularized. 

One other matter it is advisable to 
deal with in advance and that is the 
Nature of the Vinegar to he employed 
for Packs. 

It must be borne in mind that for 
this purpose an absolutely pure natural 
product should be obtained. 

I recommend, in the first place a 
genuine Apple Cider Vinegar; for ap¬ 
ples not alone contain the pure acetic 
acid but also some five or six other 
fruit acids which are so beneficial for 
the purpose of keeping the blood at nor¬ 
mal temperature and normal fluidity, 
and contain also a considerable amount 


224 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

of the essentials known under the head 
of vitamines. 

As a secondary alternative I would 
recommend Wine Vinegar for the same 
purpose. 

The manufacturers vinegar product 
—Acetic acid, should never the used as 
it contains, very frequently, harmful 
ingredients. 

It should never be forgotten that the 
substances used for the purpose of 
packs, and thus absorbed into the sys¬ 
tem, become a part of the blood and 
therefore cannot be too pure. 

The reader will doubtless observe 
from the foregoing demonstration that 
the Dechmann System of Therapy dif¬ 
fers materially from the science of the 
Old-School of Medicine in that it is not 
based upon evanescent theories of hair¬ 
splitting philosophy but upon the solid 
basis of cold-blooded fact. 

Why then, the reader will inquire, 
should so wonderful and at the same 
time simple, inexpensive and easily ap¬ 
plied remedy be treated by “the fac¬ 
ulty” with an affectation of indulgent 
toleration, ridicule or “damning with 
faint praise.” 

To this riddle there are two solutions 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


225 


—neither of them very creditable to 
those concerned. 

On the one hand, only crass ignor¬ 
ance of some of the most important 
facts of physiology and physiological 
chemistry could account for it. And, it 
must be borne in mind that in the 
course of the prolific verbosity of pon_ 
tificated dogma which has graced the 
scroll of medical science, whole libraries 
have been written—and ably written, 
too—by skillful pens for the sole pur¬ 
pose of covering the simple nudity of 
the agnostic position of science—the 
dreaded, confidence-shattering admis¬ 
sion: “I don’t know.” 

Failing this solution there is, unfor¬ 
tunately, but one alternative and that a 
singularly distasteful one to entertain; 
namely, to attribute the unpopularity of 
this splendid gift of Nature to unpro¬ 
fessional considerations on the part of 
an apothecary-loving profession. 

The employment of vinegar is, as I 
have said, a royal remedy, ready to the 
hand of any man and at little or no ex¬ 
pense, and it needs no ‘‘learned” inter- 

* (T t 9 P • 

pretation. 

It is consequently beyond the omni¬ 
vorous talons of “the trade.” 

Would it be unkind to say: “Hinc 
illae lachrymae”? 


226 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


THE PACKS. 

The packs mentioned as physical 
treatment, under Nos. 24, 25, 26 and 
27, are of the greatest importance, and 
in fact I never undertake the treatment 
of any disease whatsoever without ap¬ 
plying them as the most effective 
means of restoring proper circulation 
of the blood and removing diseased 
matter from the body, which is the on¬ 
ly way to bring about a real and defin¬ 
ite cure. 

The effect of the pack is the cooling 
of the blood. 

The temperature of the pack is 50 
degrees and more below the tempera¬ 
ture of the blood. 

In the first place this brings about 
quiet after unrest. 

Through the action of the body, 
which sends a large quantity of blood 
to the places which are touched by the 
cool compresses, a certain surplus of 
heat is created which is transferred to 
the compresses and retained by them as 
moist warmth. 

Under this influence the blood-vessels 
of the skin extend and absorb blood 
more freely, which is thus diverted 
from the important internal organs to 
the skin. In all cases of fever the dis- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 227 

eased matter is dissolved in the hot 
feverish blood and circulates in and 
with it. The evaporation of the skin is 
increased, and with it the diseased mat¬ 
ter is absorbed by the compresses, 
which consequently diffuse an unpleas¬ 
ant odor when removed, and when 
cleansed, give to the water a muddy ap¬ 
pearance. Thus it may be observed to 
what extent the pack removes diseased 
matter from the body. 

Packs must be changed as soon as 
they cease to give comfort to the pa¬ 
tient, and make him too warm. Highly 
flushed cheeks, increasing temperature 
and unrest are sure signs that the pack 
requires to be changed, and in case of 
high fever this may happen after 20 to 
30 minutes. 

For short packs, such as are pre¬ 
scribed in all inflammatory and fever¬ 
ish diseases, water at from 59 degrees 
to 64 degrees is used. 

A piece of linen cloth is folded from 
4 to 8 times, wrung out, but not too 
much, and then covered with moder¬ 
ately thick folds of woollen cloth. The 
stronger the patient and the higher the 
fever, the thicker should be the pack. 

For infants a double linen strip is 
sufficient. 


228 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The faster the fever and inflamma¬ 
tion recede, the longer may the pack 
last, up to three hours. The convales¬ 
cent will enjoy the moist warmth, un¬ 
der the influence of which still existing 
diseased material is thoroughly dis¬ 
solved and completely excreted. The 
dissolving effect of packs of long dura¬ 
tion is most noticeable in chronic dis¬ 
eases. 

Through the penetrating effect of 
the moist warmth on the body or parts 
thereof, deposited diseased matter is 
dissolved, and dislodged, existing ex¬ 
coriations are disintegrated, and with¬ 
drawn into the circulating blood, and 
thus excreted. 

The dissolving packs of long duration 
must be applied somewhat thinner than 
the cooling ones (from 1 to 3 folds) ; 
they must be wrung out more vigor¬ 
ously, and covered more closely. 

If a pack should be applied for the 
sake of prevention of disease, it may 
be put on in the evening and remain all 
night. In the beginning of fever, while 
it remains moderate, the patient can 
endure the pack for from 2 to 2 J /2 
hours. 

Biological hygienic therapy rejects 
the external application of ice, for it 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


229 


causes severe congestion of the blood. 
Extensive application of the ice pouch 
causes more or less paralysis of the 
nerves, which in many cases prevents 
recovery and even causes chronic dis¬ 
ease or fatal results. The biological 
hygienic treatment desires to moderate 
inflammation only, to the degree that 
it should lose its dangerous character, 
but it leaves to the body its power to 
remove, through the process of inflam¬ 
mation, alien and diseased matter, and 
to absorb and gradually carry away the 
products of inflammation through the 
blood current. 

Paralysis of the vocal cords, of the 
muscles of the eye, of the nerves of 
hearing, the exudations from the nose 
and eyes after diphteria, meningitis and 
scarlet fever, adhesions, suppurations 
after pneumonia and other forms of in¬ 
flammatory disease, are often the con¬ 
sequences of the use of ice, because the 
products of inflammation are not ab¬ 
sorbed, and the ice paralyzes the neigh¬ 
bouring nerves. 

Inflammations, which are suppressed 
by medicine or ice, must renew them¬ 
selves; since the causes, the alien mat¬ 
ter (auto toxins), as well as the prod¬ 
ucts of inflammation remain in the 


230 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


body and are not thoroughly excreted. 

To apply water, on the contrary, 
quickly removes not only the inflamma¬ 
tion, but its causes and eventual conse¬ 
quences. The organs which have been 
inflamed do not show any further in¬ 
clination to renewed inflammation. 

In no case will a chronic ailment be 
the consequence of an acute disease, 
provided the same is dealt with in a 
natural way, according to the princi¬ 
ples of biological hygienic treatment. 

In order to bring about the complete 
excretion of all autotoxins and, in case 
of inflammation, the complete absorp¬ 
tion of all products thereof, it is neces¬ 
sary to continue the lengthy packs even 
during the period of convalescence, and 
not to stop immediately the fever and 
inflammation have somewhat disap¬ 
peared. This is a mistake which is 
frequently committed, and the fault is 
then laid at the door of the biological 
hygienic system. Any relapse, or suc¬ 
ceeding illness, will be avoided by con¬ 
tinuing the packs for four to six weeks 
after the disease has been cured, apply¬ 
ing them during the night and at first 
also during the day-time, from two to 
three hours. 

While most people understand the 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


231 


cooling effect of a pack, the important 
diverting, dissolving and excreting ef¬ 
fect is rarely understood. Few people 
understand why ablutions, abdominal 
and leg packs are prescribed in case of 
inflammation of the eyes; why, in case 
of ulcers, besides compresses on the 
part affected, nightly abdominal packs 
and ablutions in the morning, are con¬ 
sidered indispensable; and why, in case 
of inflammation of one leg, the healthy 
leg is also subjected to a pack. 

And yet the explanation is very sim¬ 
ple, rational and logical. 

In limiting packs, in case of inflam¬ 
mation, to the inflamed part only, the 
blood current would be directed mainly 
to the one place, and the excretion of 
autotoxins from the body would only 
occur in the inflamed place. The blood 
would carry all diseased matter prin¬ 
cipally to the diseased spot and deposit 
it there. The inflamed organ would 
thus be burdened with work which it 
simply would not be able to perform. 
The effect is far otherwise when the 
pressure of blood into the dis¬ 
eased part is moderated, if the disso¬ 
lution and excretion of the matter that 
causes the disease, takes place, not in 
one spot only, but is distributed over 


232 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


the entire body. If the entire skm comes 
into action, the entire body participates 
in the healing process. In biological 
hygienic-dietetic practice it is, conse¬ 
quently, not sufficient to treat the one 
diseased organ only. In all diseases the 
co-operation of the entire body in a 
general treatment , remains the main 
issue of the biological , hygienic therapy . 
It regards the human body, as so often 
stated, purely as a unit, and knows 
neither specialist nor special cures. 
This is the key to its success. 

IMPORTANT GENERAL ADVICE. 

For use in packs take coarse, previ¬ 
ously used and loosely woven linen, 
which readily absorbs water and clings 
closely to the body. 

After each pack the linen must be 
rinsed well and boiled and the woollen 
material or blanket must be thoroughly 
aired. From time to time the woollen 
covering must be washed, or chemically 
cleaned, if possible. 

Raw silk is an excellent substitute 
for linen. It clings well to the body, 
does not cause any discomfort, and has 
an excellent absorbing quality for wa¬ 
ter and other substances. 

The proper application of the pack is 
of course of great importance. Adults 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


233 


can easily apply many of the packs with¬ 
out assistance, but generally speaking a 
third person is necessary, whether in the 
case of children or patients. It is conse¬ 
quently advisable for every mother to 
become thoroughly familiar with the 
methods of applying packs, and she 
should always have the necessary ma¬ 
terial on hand. It should be cut to the 
proper size, and there should be dupli¬ 
cates of each piece for the necessary 
changes. The approximate measure¬ 
ments for adults are: 


Width Length 


Neck pack . 

. . 5" 

40" 

to 

60" 

Shoulder pack . 

. .10" 



40" 

Abdominal pack . 

. .28" 

40" 

to 

60" 

Breast or stomach pack.. 

. .16" 

52" 

to 

60" 

“T” pack . 

. .16" 

52" 

to 

60" 

Cross piece alone . 

. . 5" 



24" 

The shawl . 

. .32" to 40" 

32" 

to 

40" 

Scotch pack (undivided). 

. .16" 

80" 

to 100" 

Same for children . 

. .10" to 16" 

60" 

to 

80" 

Calf pack . 

. .24" 



26" 

Leg pack . 

. .24" 



30" 

Three-quarter pack . 

. .56" 

52" 

to 

60" 

Whole pack . 

. .68" 



80" 


The measurements for children are accordingly 
shorter and narrower. 


As to the application of packs, a 
mother can learn a great deal by ex¬ 
perimenting on her own body. Packs 
at night are by no means detrimental 
to adults, and the application of a reg¬ 
ular abdominal pack, a three-quarter 
pack, and a whole pack once a week or 
once every two weeks is decidedly ad- 













234 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


vantageous. Three-quarter and whole 
packs should be occasionally tried on 
the body of children with dry linen so 
that in case of disease the mother will 
be a well trained nurse, at least in this 
respect. 

To go about the application of the 
pack quietly and without much talking 
is very comforting to the patient, who 
usually grows excited during the pro¬ 
cedure. 

In case of acute feverish disease the 
packs and the changes must be applied 
very quickly, so that the patient wilt 
not catch cold. While, as a rule, the 
patient should not be disturbed in a 
quiet sleep, unconsciousness or delirium 
must not prevent change of the pack. 

Packs should be applied so as not to 
cause any creases which may hurt the 
patient. 

The temperature of the water used 
for packs should be as follows: 

For the cooling packs, 59 degrees to 
64 degrees. 

For dissolving packs, 64 degrees to 
71 degrees. 

The higher temperature is used in 
the treatment of infants, nervous and 
anaemic persons. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


235 


In chronic diseases a gradual return 
to a lower temperature by about 2/i 
degrees per week is advisable. 

No packs or compresses should be 
put on when parts of the body are cold. 
In such cases the parts in question must 
first be warmed. 

The linen should be wrung out less 
for short cooling compresses than for 
dissolving packs of longer duration. 

Cooling compresses must be changed 
as soon as the patient indicates that he 
feels oppressed or irritated by the heat. 

As a general rule, packs on the legs 
may be left on feverish patients twice 
as long as packs on the upper parts of 
the body. 

No fever being apparent, the abdo¬ 
minal pack may be changed after about 
2J4 hours, the leg pack after 5 hours, 
and even not at all during the night. 
Packs should be renewed according to 
requirements of the individual patient, 
not in accordance with fixed rules. 

Great care must be exercised to 
fasten the packs well and tightly. This 
is usually done with good strong safety 
pins; these should be fastened perpen¬ 
dicularly, or at right angles to the 
length of the material. 


236 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


When changing the pack on feverish 
patients who are to receive an ablution 
or a bath two or three times a day, all 
pins must be loosened under the bed¬ 
covers so that the pack may be removed 
quickly. 

If ablutions only are to be given, the 
pack is removed gradually as the re¬ 
spective parts of the body are to be 
washed. 

When the fever is moderate, there 
should be ablutions morning and even¬ 
ing, or a bath in the morning and an 
ablution in the evening. 

When packs are applied only at night, 
patients require only an ablution in the 
morning. 

If the packs are not renewed, an ab¬ 
lution must follow the removal. This 
refreshes and strengthens the skin, 
closes the wide open pores and prevents 
taking cold. 

Dissolving packs, if annoying at 
night, may be removed under the bed¬ 
covers without an ablution. 

If the pack is changed without inter¬ 
vening ablution, the new pack must be 
ready to be applied before the old, hot 
one, is taken off. 

While in a pack, the patient should 
not leave his bed, not even for the pur¬ 
pose of urinating or for stool. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


23 7 


GENERAL RULES. 

The following general rules must be 
applied in connection with the direc¬ 
tions given anon for packs during dif¬ 
ferent diseases. 

In case of inflammation, the inflamed 
spot is cooled off by local compresses, 
and diverting packs of longer duration 
are applied on other parts of the body. 

For instance, in case of inflamma¬ 
tion of the brain or tonsils. 

The first step is to cool off the blood 
which flows to the neck and head by 
short-time compresses on the neck and 
on the cervix. At the same time an at¬ 
tempt must be made to divert it through 
lengthier packs on the abdomen, the 
legs and the wrists, thereby to prevent 
a further delivery of diseased matter to 
the centre of inflammation. The solu¬ 
tion and excretion of diseased matter 
from other points than the inflamed 
spots will thereby be effected, and these 
will be unburdened and calmed accord¬ 
ingly. 

In case of inflammation of the organs 
of the breast (lungs, heart), the blood 
is diverted to the abdomen, legs and 
lower arms through long-time packs, 
and the upper parts of the breast are 
cooled with short compresses. 


238 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


If the inflammation has its seat in 
the abdomen, this must be cooled off, 
while the diversion with longer-time 
packs is made to the legs and arms. 

Ulcers are treated by applying ex¬ 
tremely hot compresses, which are fre¬ 
quently changed, and the surrounding 
parts are cooled off and diversion is 
effected through nightly packs on the 
abdomen and on the legs. The hot 
compresses dissolve the diseased mat¬ 
ter, so that the ulcer opens. Thereupon 
cool compresses of 71 degrees to 64 
degrees are applied and allowed to re¬ 
main for 21/2 to 3 hours, which will ef¬ 
fect quick healing without the necessity 
of an operation. 

The main rule is never to divert tow¬ 
ards a vital organ of the body, such as 
the lungs or heart; thus, in case of in¬ 
flammation of the head, diversion must 
be attempted, not to the breast, but to 
the arms and legs. 

Abdominal Pack (24) 

The abdominal pack should be ap¬ 
plied on infants and children whenever 
they show signs of illness in any way, 
and naturally, in cases of summer com¬ 
plaints, measles, scarlet fever, diphthe¬ 
ria, whooping cough, pneumonia, ty- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


239 


phoid fever, in which cases a pack 
should be applied during the entire 
course of the illness with slight inter¬ 
missions only. 

As in acute diseases, it is also applied 
in chronic ones. (See descriptions to 
follow). Its early application will often 
serve to prevent serious sickness. 

The abdominal pack reaches from the 
level of the base of the breast bone to 
the hips. It is made from a piece of linen 
crash about 12 inches in width which 
must cover the space from 6 inches be¬ 
low the arm-pits to the hips, while its 
length must be such that it can encircle 
the body, overlap upon the abdomen and 
be secured with tapes at the left side. 
A further piece of soft linen is needed 
to pass between the legs, to be fas¬ 
tened to the former, back and front, 
with safety-pins. The next requirement 
is a piece of woollen cloth, or blanket, 
folded double or treble as required, in 
breadth, about 6 inches wider than the 
linen crash and of equal length, with a 
shorter woollen strip for between the 
thighs, attached like the linen, back and 
front. For children a linen towel etc. 
with the accompanying woollen cover¬ 
ings, will be found, as a rule, suffici¬ 
ent ; for infants, a properly folded piece 


240 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


of old linen. The linen as well as the 
woollen material must be properly fold¬ 
ed before the pack is made, and meas¬ 
ured, so that the patient need not be 
kept waiting while the pack is being 
placed on the body. 



The above cut shows how to apply 
the abdominal pack on an adult patient. 

The linen is saturated in two parts 
of water with one part of vinegar, at 
64 to 75 degrees Fahrenheit, well 
wrung out, and is placed on the woollen 
material in such a way that the latter 
extend about 2 to 3 inches on the upper 
and lower edge. The pack is now 
placed around the back of the patient, 
who sits in bed or is held in position by 
another. The patient’s shirt is lifted 
and he is laid down on the moist linen, 
which is then quickly raised on both 
sides and folded over the abdomen. The 






















DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


241 


same is clone with the woollen material, 
which is then fastened tightly in the 
middle, the upper and lower corners 
with three safety pins. Then the shirt 
is pulled down and the patient is warm¬ 
ly covered. 

In individual cases it is advisable 
sometimes to divide the pack into a 
back and front compress of greater pro¬ 
portions. 

In such cases the woollen cloth, which 
is used for the abdominal pack is placed 
underneath the patient as before. A 
towel is folded 6 to 8 times, so that it 
will grow warm slowly and thus may 
remain on the body for a longer time. 
This is placed under the back of the 
patient. Then two properly folded 
towels, which are not wrung out very 
thoroughly, are put on the abdomen, 
and tucked down a little on both sides. 
The woollen cloth is thereupon fas¬ 
tened so as to keep the compresses in 
place, the arrangement being otherwise 
exactly as before. In such cases the 
back compress only needs to be changed 
every 2 to 3 hours, even in case of 
severe fever. The front towels may be 
changed several times in the meantime. 

Since this system permits the appli¬ 
cation of the pack without disturbing 


242 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


the patient and making him sit up too 
often, it is very desirable in cases of 
severe illness. 

The undivided pack is often very un¬ 
comfortable for patients suffering from 
respiratory complaints. 

It is better to treat very excitable 
patients with front compresses only. 

When the stomach pack only is pre¬ 
scribed, as in catarrhal and nervous, 
stomach or liver complaints, which pack 
may be worn during the night as well 
as the day, a long, wide mesh shawl, 
with a bandage, 7 to 8 inches in width 
at each end, is most servicable, as it 
will reach around the body 4 or 5 times. 
In order to exclude the air as much as 
possible, the moist compress is first 
applied, and then the shawl is placed 
around the body in such a way that 
each succeeding turn covers the previ¬ 
ous one to about one-half, in bandage 
form. 


The Cross Pack (25) 

This is applied in case of men’s dis¬ 
eases and women’s diseases of the sex¬ 
ual organs. To the woollen material 
and the linen crash of the abdominal 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


243 


pack, another piece, about half as long 
and about 7 inches wide, is sewed or 
pinned before application, in the form 
of a T. 



Before the two ends of the abdom¬ 
inal pack are folded over on the front 
of the abdomen, the narrower piece is 
drawn up between the legs from be¬ 
hind, so that the end of it can be 
fastened to the two sides of the ab¬ 
dominal part of the pack that are fold¬ 
ed over in front. 

As shown above, the abdominal pack 
must reach down as far as possible, 
and if a patient is unable to stand both 
packs, the moist part of the abdominal 
pack may be omitted, and only the reg. 
ular pack over the sexual organs and 













244 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

the woollen part over the abdomen ap¬ 
plied. 

In case the cross piece is for the pur¬ 
pose of cooling and contracting, it 
must be frequently renewed. 

Women should accompany the ablu¬ 
tions mornings and evenings with in¬ 
jections of lukewarm water at 71 de¬ 
grees to 82 degrees, and men should 
make ablutions of the sexual parts 5 to 
6 times a day with water at 64 degrees 
to 71 degrees. 

The cross pack has the advantage of 
gradually putting back into normal po¬ 
sition, the female organs, if they are in 
any way displaced. 

These packs will help to cure cases of 
leukorrhoea and gonorrhoea, locally 
too, without operations or the applica¬ 
tion of poisons, especially if applied at 
an early stage. 

e 

Legg Packs (26) 

These are applied in a similar way to 
the abdominal pack. 

A towel or linen is doubled, moisten¬ 
ed, and placed upon the woollen cloth, 
so that the woollen material extends 
about two inches beyond the upper and 
lower edges of the towel. These are 
laid together uuder one of the patient's 


DARE TO BE EIEALTHY 


245 


legs, covering it from the middle of the 
thigh to the ankle, turned up from both 
sides and fastened with three safety 
pins. The other leg is packed in the 
same way, each one separately. 



In like manner partial packs of the 
calves or the feet are applied. In all 
of these cases it is more expedient and 
comfortable to use “knit” packs. Cot¬ 
ton stockings of suitable length from 
which the foot has been removed, 
should take the place of the linen or 
towel in the packs previously described. 
They are moistened and covered with 
woollen stockings of corresponding 
length. The foot parts are to be used 
only for foot packs in a similar way. 
The woollen stocking should be as loose 
and comfortable as possible. In case 
of bent legs (through gout or other- 





























































246 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


wise) the moistened linen is wrapped 
around the leg like a bandage, and then 
a woollen bandage is wound over it. 

In cases of severe fever the wrists 
are also packed, no woollen cover, how¬ 
ever, being necessary in this case. 

The leg pack has, in the first place, 
a diverting and consequently a calming 
effect. It is, therefore, of the highest 
value, next to the abdominal, cross, 
neck and shoulder packs, in all fever¬ 
ish and especially all chronic cases of 
disease where congestion in the head 
and breast, with consequent dizziness, 
headache, insomnia, pains in the lungs 
and heart, must be removed; moreover, 
in chronic cases, they assist in the ef¬ 
fects of the abdominal pack. 

Foot packs, that is, wet stockings, 
have a very favorable action upon 
headache, toothache and earache, and 
are best applied during the night. If 
they excite the patient too much, they 
may easily be taken off during the 
night; otherwise they should be fol¬ 
lowed by a cold ablution of the feet in 
the morning. Nervous patients are 
usually unable to stand the wet stock¬ 
ings, which only work well if the feet 
become warm quickly, which, as a rule, 
is not the case in feverish illnesses. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


247 


Patients who suffer from cold feet 
should take a steam foot bath before 
applying cold foot packs. 

Since the legs and the feet develop 
less heat than the abdomen, leg and 
foot packs do not require as thick ma¬ 
terial as abdominal packs, and are 
changed less frequently. They are 
best applied when the fever is at its 
height, in the late afternoon and at 
night. In case leg packs are continued 
for a long while, the legs show decreas¬ 
ing inclination to grow sufficiently 
warm. Whenever this occurs, leg packs 
must be discontinued, or the packed 
legs must be warmed in an artificial 

manner. 

The diverting wrist packs are of 
special value, especially in all acute dis¬ 
eases of the lungs (inflammations, 
bleedings, hemorrhages) and the heart. 

Neck Pack (26) 

This is made by folding a piece of 
linen fourfold, long enough to reach 
twice around the neck. It is dipped in 
the vinegar-water at from 59 degrees 
to 64 degrees, placed around the neck 
and some woollen material wound over 
it, covering well the moist linen. 


248 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The neck pack has its effect on the 
inside of the neck in case of tonsilitis, 
croup, etc. 

If stiffness of the neck, headache or 
similar pains are felt after its use, the 
moist linen should not be extended to 
the back part of the neck but only the 
front and sides. 

Where the effect is to be extended to 
the trachea and its branches, the bron¬ 
chia and the tips of the lungs, especial¬ 
ly in the case of cough, it is still bet¬ 
ter to apply the following: 

Shoulder Pack (26) 

For this purpose a short towel is 
folded into a strip of about a hand’s 
width, extending from one of the nip¬ 
ples across the opposite shoulder, 
around the neck, to the other nipple. 



A woollen shawl or fabric, fastened 
together with a safety pin, must cover 





DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


249 


the moist towel completely. The 
shoulder pack is always applied to¬ 
gether with the abdominal pack. It is 



put on first, and the two ends are pull¬ 
ed under the abdominal pack, and then 
fastened. 

The Scotch Pack (26) 

The Scotch pack is of the greatest 
advantage in all diseases of the trachea 
and the lungs, also in case of whooping 
cough. 

Two towels are sewn together length¬ 
wise and, as a moist pack, are placed 
over the breast of the patient so that 
the seam will be in the center. The 
ends are crossed over the back, one end 
is brought forward over the left and 
one over the right shoulder; then the 

































250 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


ends are crossed once more and tucked 
under. A woollen shawl or covering is 
placed over the moist towels as usual, 
so that it completely covers the moist 
pack. The ends are tucked under the 
pack in front. The pack is fastened 
with safety pins where the ends cross. 

The Divided Scotch Pack (26) 

This pack is, in some respects better 
than the last, since it is less liable to 
form creases, and the upper portion 
may be changed more frequently for 
the purposes of cooling, than the un¬ 
divided pack. It is used together with 
the abdominal pack. 



Instead of using one strip 4 to 6 
inches wide, folded 4 to 6 times, as for 
the shoulder pack, two strips are taken. 















DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


251 


One strip is passed across each shoul¬ 
der, and crossed on the breast as well 
as on the back. The woollen strips used 
for covering are of course wider and of 
double thickness. The ends of the two 
strips are drawn underneath the ab¬ 
dominal pack, and held by it, and the 
two shoulder packs may be changed as 
often as necessary for cooling purposes 
without necessitating a simultaneous 
change of the abdominal pack. 

The Shawl ( 26) 

(This is an application similar to 
“Kneipp’s Shawl”), 

% 

A large square piece of linen crash 
from 35 to 40 inches in width is folded 
into a triangle, dipped in the vinegar- 
water at 59 to 64 degrees, and after be¬ 
ing wrung out, is applied diagonally 
round the neck. The upper part of the 
back, the cervix, the neck, the shoulders 
and the upper parts of the breast are 
thus covered. A woollen wrap, the ends 
of which are pinned together on the 
back, will cover the whole pack tightly. 

This pack must be changed if the 
patient becomes too hot (after / 2 to 2 
hours), otherwise it may stay on ail 
night. In case of feverish catarrh it is 


252 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

used together with the three-quarter 
pack. 

Among other things the “shawl 

pack” causes the cooling of the blood 
which streams to the head. Thus its 
effect in case of congestion and brain 
trouble is explained. 

Neck and shoulder packs, Scotch 
packs and shaivl packs must always he 
used in connection with a diverting leg, 
calf or foot pack . 

The Three-Quarter Pack (27) 

Next to the abdominal pack the 
three-quarter pack is one of the best 
applications, especially for children. 

A piece of woollen cloth, or a single 
blanket, as long as the patient and suf¬ 
ficiently wide to reach all around him, 
is placed on the bed in such a way as 
to be level with the arm-pits of the 
patient. A bedspread of about the same 
size as the blanket is then dipped into 
cool vinegar-water, wrung out well, and 
placed on the blanket so that the up¬ 
per edge of the latter protrudes. The 
patient is now laid on the bedspread so 
that it reaches to the armpits. The 
moist spread is then turned up on both 
sides, part of it is tucked between the 
legs, and the protruding lower end is 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


253 


laid on or between the feet. Thus the 
body, from the arms down, is complete¬ 
ly wrapped in the wet spread, and the 
woollen blanket is covered over it as 
usual and fastened with safety pins. 
The patient’s shirt is then adjusted. 
The head, the neck, the uppermost part 
of the breast and back are not packed. 
Another blanket is placed over the 
patient and well fastened on all sides. 
A pillow must be placed between the 
feet and the lower edge of the bed. To 
avoid cold feet the wet spread should 
reach only to the ankles, and the feet 
be covered with the wollen blanket, or 
a hot bottle placed near them. 

.//- s 



The three-quarter pack is very valu¬ 
able in feverish diseases, since it takes 
effect on so large an area of the skin. 
It is also very helpful in case of men¬ 
ingitis and other inflammations. It 
should, however, not be applied by a 





















254 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

layman, except with the greatest cau¬ 
tion. 

The inflamed parts must be covered 
with compresses, as in case of pneu¬ 
monia and inflammation of the heart. 

If three-quarter packs excite children 
too much, they must be replaced by ab¬ 
dominal and leg packs. 

The patient should remain in the 
pack as long as he does not become too 
hot or restless. This may occur after 
20 to 30 minutes, in case of severe 
fever; otherwise, the pack may last an 
hour or longer. The pack is very use¬ 
ful with children when indications of 
disease appear. In many cases it will 
develop and cure disease, such as 
measles, if it is properly applied for 2 
to 2 V 2 hours, and followed by a bath at 
77 degrees or an ablution at 64 degrees. 

When fever and inflamation begin to 
slacken, and also during convalescence, 
three-quarter or whole packs applied 
daily or every second day, followed by 
an ablution, are very useful for the 
purpose of solution and excretion. 

In such cases the moist heat should 
be conserved by applying additional 
blankets or comforters to the limit of 
endurance. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


255 


The Half Pack (25) 

The half pack is applied like the 
three-quarter pack, with the exception 
that it reaches only from the arm-pits 
to the knees. 

It is especially necessary to close it 
carefully around the legs. The half 
pack allowing the body more freedom, 
it may be kept on all night. 

It is most effective on the thighs in 
cases of sciatica. It is, however, also 
applied in case of febrile disease. 


The Whole Pack 


This is applied in nearly the same 
way as the three-quarter pack, but in¬ 
cludes also the arms, breast and neck. 

























256 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


In this case the blanket must reach 
to above the ears. On top of the moist 
spread a towel is laid, which is first 
drawn around the abdomen. The 
patient’s arms must be somewhat bent, 
so that they will not oppress the breast 
when packed with it. Otherwise the 
arms may be treated just like the legs, 
so that the moist spread touches them 
everywhere. When it is impossible to 
fasten the blanket at the neck with 
safety pins, it can be tucked firmly un¬ 
der both shoulders. The blanket must 
be drawn tightly over the shoulders 
and the ends tucked under the opposite 



shoulder. It must exceed the length of 
the patient by 18 inches. In case one 
blanket is not large enough, two must 
be used, one of which may be drawn 
down 6 inches below the other. 


















DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


25 7 


Additional blankets, pillows and com¬ 
forters may be used in case of high 
fever. 

The advice already given in regard 
to the differences in packs, depending 
on their various purposes of cooling, 
diverting, calming or dissolving, must 
also determine in this case as to the ex¬ 
tra amount of covering. The access of 
cold air at the neck and legs, however, 
must always be carefully guarded 
against. 

An ablution or bath must follow each 
whole pack. 

If properly applied, the “whole pack” 
will be of the greatest benefit in all 
febrile and chronic cases. 

Inflammations require partial packs, 
while at the same time dissolving or di¬ 
verting packs of longer duration are 
applied to the parts of the body which 
are not affected. 


SMALL COMPRESSES 

Small compresses may be applied to 
any part of the body. 

They reduce ulcers and slight inflam¬ 
mations; they dissolve coagulation in 
cases of rheumatism or gout, even of 
long standing. 


258 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


A medium sized piece of linen folded 
six to eight times, is useful in case of 
toothache or earache. The compress 
must be covered with a woollen cloth 
and fastened as securely as possible. 
Dissolving compresses must be covered 
more thickly than cooling ones. 

Special compresses are sometimes 
needed on the head, on the heart and 
around the neck to prevent congestions. 
They are covered only slightly, and like 
all cooling compresses, are changed as 
soon as they become hot. 


GYMNASTICS, MASSAGE AND 
BREATHING EXERCISES 
(28, 29, 30) 

The three items under “Physical 
Treatment: 28. Gymnastics, 2d...Mas¬ 
sage and 30. Breathing, require only a 
few explanatory remarks. 

Their common object is, by means of 
external mechanical aid, to stimulate 
the circulation of the blood which is 
undergoing the process of regeneration. 
They remove obstacles to circulation 
and produce movements and reactions. 
While, in the case of massage, this ex¬ 
ternal aid must, as a rule, be given by 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


259 


a third person in order to be effective, 
gymnastics and breathing exercises de¬ 
pend upon the patient himself. All of 
them, however, have the common attri¬ 
bute that, in order to be useful, they 
must be strictly individual. The old 
proverb: ‘“No one thing is good for 
everybody/’ is fittingly applied in this 
case. 

There are few things that are so 
much abused as this rule in regard to 
gymnastics. I cannot urge too strong¬ 
ly the importance of caution in advis¬ 
ing such exercises. While much of what 
is claimed for them may be good and 
true, the governing question as to ivhat 
is suitable in an individual case , can 
obviously not be determined by any 
such impersonal advice. It is the ex¬ 
clusive right and the duty of the at¬ 
tending physician to prescribe whether, 
and to what extent, these exercises 
should be applied in each case. 

This is true of gymnastics even when 
practised by reputedly healthy people. 
By executing certain movements, they 
may develop disease and weaken cer¬ 
tain organs, through ignorance of their 
abnormal condition. 

In case gymnastics or breathing ex¬ 
ercises are prescribed as part of a 


260 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


treatment they should be executed in 
strict accordance with the order of the 
attending hygienic-dietetic physician. 

One of the great principles never to 
be overlooked in gymnastics is, that in 
order to have the desired effect they 
must be carried out with the greatest 
regularity. 

As to massage, this requires knowl¬ 
edge of anatomy in general, and of the 
anatomy of the individual to be treated, 
in particular. Only in this way can the 
desired effect be produced on certain 
muscles and nerves, with the further 
consequence that their movements pro¬ 
mote the correct and health-giving cir¬ 
culation of the blood. Here again the 
governing factor must be the prescrip¬ 
tion of the hygienic-dietetic physician 
who has studied the individual case and 
knows the effect he wishes to produce 
by means of massage, and how to pro¬ 
cure the same. 

Books on massage and its general 
practice without knowledge of the par¬ 
ticular case, will really accomplish 
nothing. 

ELECTRIC VIBRATORS 

In certain cases, and where it is not 
a question of general massage, the 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


261 


patient will be able to apply massage 
for himself according to the physician’s 
prescription. 

In this connection he will find an 
electric vibrator of valuable assistance. 
It will show him to extend the area of 
the self-applied massage, but again, it 
will be useful only to the extent that it 
is carried out in strict accordance with 
instructions. 

OXYGENATOR, RADIUM AND 
SALT BATHS (31, 32) 

Since the discovery of radio-activity 
and the many effects which the pres¬ 
ence of radium in certain waters and 
minerals produces on the human body, 
it has been the special task of research 
to find means of giving humanity in 
general the benefit of this important 
discovery. 

The radium preparation, called “Oxy_ 
genator,” possesses the quality of oxi¬ 
dizing about five times as quickly as 
any other known substance, and thus 
removing the degenerated and diseased 
cells of the human body accordingly. 

This material itself, as well as other 
combinations of radio products and 
salts I use and prescribe for half or 
whole baths, as the case may require. 


262 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


They are of the greatest assistance 
in carrying out the course of treatment 
in each individual case. What in former 
times could be effected only through 
expensive trips to the few famous heal¬ 
ing springs of the world, can now be 
accomplished in the comfort of the 
home or the sanatorium. But these 
measures, too, should be followed only 
in strict accordance with the physi¬ 
cian’s orders, bearing in mind that 
there is such a thing as “too much” 
even of so valuable an energizer as this. 


THE DISEASES TO BE TREATED AND 
THE APPLICATION OF THE 
METHOD. 

Having given, in the foregoing paragraphs, a 
brief description of the course of healing which 
I advocate, I am now about to give a short ex¬ 
planation of the different methods to be applied 
in treating various forms of disease, all of which 
have been already explained as degenerations of 
the twelve tissues of the body. This will enable 
patients to apply the prescriptions given to their 
individual cases. 

.... Once more, however, I warn every one not to 
commit the mistake of believing that a layman 
can cure his own disease by even the most care¬ 
ful study of a book such as this is. 

To the patient, who has been led into the path 
of health, it will, as is its purpose, give such in¬ 
structions as will enable him to see his condition 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


263 


plainly. He will then be able the more effect¬ 
ively to follow the instructions of the physician, 
and—what is of equal importance—to inform him 
correctly in regard to his own observations of 
his condition and the changes brought about by 
the treatment. 

There is another point that I wish to men¬ 
tion here at the outset. 

Disease, although reduced to its last analysis 
under this system, is never so simple that it can 
be determined as the degeneration of one tissue 
exclusively. The unity of the body, the close 
connection of the various tissues, and the gradual 
transition from one into another, make it impos¬ 
sible to draw the lines as sharply and distinctly 
as between chemical elements. For the sake of 
classification we make the degeneration of a cer¬ 
tain tissue the distinguishing element between 
various forms of disease. Let us not forget, 
however, that this does not mean more than the 
degeneration of the main tissue which is affected 
by this particular complaint, while the same is 
also characterized by simultaneous degeneration 
of one or more of the other tissues, only to a 
lesser degree. It is, therefore, not inconsistent 
if, in giving the more detailed description 
thereof, several tissues are mentioned as being 
degenerated, and not only the one particular 
tissue from which the class derives its name. 

I. DEGENERATION OF THE PLASMO 

TISSUE. 

Anaemia, Chlorosis , Pernicious Anaemia. 

A. Scrofulosis. B. Tuberculosis. 

C. Syphilis. D. Cancer. 

To many who are unfamiliar with the results 
of modern research, and even to many physicians 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


264 

of the old school of medicine, the family of dis¬ 
ease forms, as enumerated above, will look some¬ 
what formidable. It comprises the most dis¬ 
astrous plagues of mankind,—plagues for which 
cures have been so frantically sought with such 
an ominous lack of results. It thus constitutes 
one of the most practical revelations of the biol- 
' ogical method of research to positively proclaim 
that the common cause of these manifestly so 
different constitutional diseases is one and the 
same. 

That this fact was not recognized long ago is 
the reason they have been pronounced incurable 
by so many physicians who, by poisoning symp¬ 
toms, established only a semblance of cure, until 
biological study led to the recognition of the 
truth. It discovered that all of these constitu¬ 
tional diseases are essentially blood defects and 
degenerations, resulting in the destruction of the 
body tissue in general,—the necessary and logical 
consequence of an imperfect condition of the 
blood. 

So there is a ray of hope for humanity break¬ 
ing through the night of despair; that is, that 
its worst foes can be made to disappear in due 
time by attack directed at their common root. 

Not the knife of the surgeon, not the poison 
of the physician of the old school, but simply 
harmonizing the individual life with the laws of 
nature, will eradicate the cause. 

The tremendous importance of the subject, 
the wide field to be covered, makes it wellnigh 
impossible to treat the matter within the present 
limits as extensively as it should be treated. A 
large part of my book, “Dare To Be Healthy,” of 
which this is but an abstract, deals exhaustively 
with this topic. There the reader will find the 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


265 


most interesting details in regard to the con¬ 
nection between these widely divergent forms of 
disease. Their nature as blood-diseases carries 
with it the fact that they are preeminently per¬ 
sistent through many generations, so that today 
there is but a minority of human beings in 
whom all tendency towards them is missing. So 
predisposition advances with the continuity of 
environment, the one point at which, at least in 
the case of the so-called white plague, or tuber¬ 
culosis, an effort against it has been made. 

The development towards the eradication of 
these evils has been neutralized by the over¬ 
whelming importance science has given to the 
theory of the bacillus as the incentive element of 
disease, while it is only a product of the same. 

The serum and anti-toxin therapy, which in 
its fight against the bacillus, lost sight of the 
first task of medicine, that of fighting the dis¬ 
ease, zoas the logical consequence thereof. 

The blood liquid which consists of the plasma 
and red and white blood corpuscles, and is the 
carrier of the lymph to such parts of the body 
as are not fed directly by the lymphatic vessels, 
such as the nerves, must have a well defined 
chemical composition in order to fulfil its task. 
What we call deficiency of blood is, with the ex¬ 
ception of traumatically inflicted losses, normal 
in quantity, to a great extent, but deficient in 
quality. This consists in the chemical composi¬ 
tion and the proportion of nutritive salts in the 
serum, or in the relation and quality of the oxy¬ 
gen carriers, that is, the red and white corpus¬ 
cles, whose task it is to remove foreign and dis¬ 
turbing elements from the blood. 

It is obvious that deficiency in these elements 
may be of infinite variety and of the most far 


266 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


reaching consequence for the various tissues of 
the body, which receive their nourishment there¬ 
from. 

According to the nature of the effects which 
this variety in blood deficiency (dysaemia) pro¬ 
duces, we distinguish certain groups of degener¬ 
ations in the body, for which names were estab¬ 
lished at a time when the unity of these forms 
of disease had not yet been recognized. Thus, 
where dysaemia produces only general debility, 
we call it anaemia, which may gradually become 
destructive and develop into “pernicious” anae¬ 
mia. When it affects girls with all kinds of dis¬ 
turbances in menstruation, perverting their appe¬ 
tite and causing a greenish color of the skin, it 
is called “chlorosis.” If the symptoms are the 
destruction of the lymphatic glands, so often 
noticed in children said to be hereditarily af¬ 
fected, we speak of “Scrofulosis.” When errone¬ 
ous composition of the blood, produced by poor 
living and unsanitary environment, causes de¬ 
struction of the lungs or of certain bones or 
tissues, the name '“tuberculosis” indicates that 
the decaying condition of the affected tissues re¬ 
sults in producing numerous tubercle bacilli. In 
the many cases in which the destruction is even 
more widespread, attacking the skin, bones, 
brain and other tissues or organs, and where the 
decomposing poison, if not hereditary, has en¬ 
tered the blood by way of sexual intercourse, the 
ominous word “syphilis” indicates the resulting 
blood disease. When the weakened tissues, which 
are not sufficiently fed with the elements they 
need for their normal existence, cannot resist the 
developing power of the phosphates prevalent in 
the blood, the much dreaded malign “cancer 
growths” appear. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


267 


The destructions wrought by dysaemia in 
these various forms, cannot be fully described in 
this brief abstract. They can all be reduced, ar¬ 
rested and forced to give place to healthy re¬ 
generation by the hygienic-dietetic healing sys¬ 
tem. In each case, however, the possibility of 
cure will depend entirely on the degree of de¬ 
composition which has been reached. If the trou¬ 
ble is from hereditary tendency it is obviously 
harder to fight, and a long regenerative treat¬ 
ment may be anticipated. If attacked at an early 
stage, complete restoration to health is possible 
in a comparatively short period. 

The most careful and thorough investigation 
by the physician must precede any treatment. It 
is his task to prescribe accordingly, with the 
development of the disease and its gradual dis¬ 
appearance. 

The simultaneous direct and indirect affec¬ 
tion of various tissues, especially of the lymph¬ 
atics, will necessitate more complicated applica¬ 
tion of the various nutritive compositions. 


THERAPY. 

Diet : I. For the Anaemic. 

All that grows in the sunshine makes blood. 
Therefore, the food of an anaemic person should 
consist mainly of articles of diet which grow 
above the surface, such as green vegetables, fresh 
greens, fruit, berries. Since the blood has al¬ 
ready grown very thin, as little fluid as possible 
should be taken, and for this reason the boasted 
milk cures are far from advisable. If all hot 
seasoning is avoided and little salt and sugar are 
used, no thirst will be felt. Coffee, tea, beer, 
wine and other alcoholic drinks are to be avoided 
because they consume oxygen, such as also 
do thin soups, lemonade, malt coffee, and other 
beverages of slight food value. 


268 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Breakfast : In summer, a glass of cold milk, 
sweet or sour, and with it strawberries, huckle¬ 
berries, cherries, or other fruit in season; in 
winter milk or cocoa, oatmeal porridge with 
bread (whole wheat, whole rye), or something 
similar. When the bowels are sluggish, take a 
little fruit on rising in the morning and at bed¬ 
time. 

Dinner : Cereals, rice, macaroni, dumplings 
and eggs, with fresh greens, spinach, fresh peas, 
fresh beans, cauliflower, all varieties of cabbage, 
cucumbers, pumpkins and squashes. Root vege¬ 
tables are not excluded. Celery and parsnips 
alone interfere with the renewal of blood. They 
ought not to be eaten frequently. 

Afternoon Lunch : Fruit, milk or one cup only 
of weak cocoa. If the appetite is good, omit this 
meal. 

Supper : Every day, if possible, some fresh 
greens seasoned with lemon juice, particularly 
cresses, lettuce, endive, spinach and red cabbage, 
with puddings of meal or eggs. Sour milk with 
fruit and mild cheese, may be taken for a change. 
In winter, thick soup or porridge with fruit, pre¬ 
ferably apples and huckleberries. Also an apple 
at bedtime. 

Anaemic people commonly have no wish for 
meat. They force themselves to eat it in the 
belief that only on a meat diet is it possible for 
them to become strong. They would do better 
to follow their inclination and refrain from it 
altogether. They regain health faster on a purely 
vegetable diet, one special reason being that the 
digestion is less burdened. 

Fattening, combined with rest and rational 
remedies, like Dech-Manna-Diet, are the best 
means of curing anaemia. 

The deficient appetite must be stimulated 
through tastefully prepared dishes and much 
variety. The patient will thus unconsciously be 
induced to take more food. Delicacies and 
dainty dishes foster pleasure in eating, and a lit¬ 
tle food between the principal meals will help to 
make up the necessary amount. Spinach, also 
egg omelettes filled with spinach, puddings, groat, 
oatmeal, light dishes prepared with plenty of 
eggs, sugar, butter and milk, also roasted meat 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


269 


if desired are the best articles of food for anaemic 
patients. Drinks that are recommended are: 
strong malt extracts, buttermilk, sour milk, Dech- 
Manna chocolate, fruit coffees, fruits, berries, 
honey and Dech-Manna-Diet. 


/ and II A. For Scrofulous Patients . 

Two affections, rachitis and scrofula, fre¬ 
quently co-exist, and the same dietary is ap¬ 
propriate for both. Scrofulous patients often 
have a great longing for sulphur and for irritat¬ 
ing compounds. Frequently they consume salt 
greedily, eat charcoal, onions, and other piquant 
substances. This indicates their need of vegeta¬ 
bles and fresh greens full of nutritious salts and 
of pungent taste and smell because of the 
amount of sulphur they contain. 

Various kinds of cabbage are appropriate for 
the principal dinner dish, cooked or raw in the 
form of a salad, with horseradish to give them 
relish. For seasoning of vegetables and salads, 
onions and leeks may be used unsparingly; onion 
soups will be found palatable and will improve 
the lymph. 

At supper water-cress, lettuce, radishes, and 
sandwiches made of chives are preferable to 
sausage and rich cheese. Fresh, mild cheese 
makes a good side-dish. 

Meat should be eaten sparingly, because it 
rapidly changes into products of decomposition 
in the lymph, and so the harmful rather than the 
useful fluids of the body are increased. 

In connection with rachitis and scrofula a 
ravenous appetite is often manifested. This is a 
morbid symptom. Tt arises from exhaustion of 
the stomach.and intestines, for no increase of 
bodily weight accompanies it. The greater part 
of the nourishment taken passes out of the sys¬ 
tem without being digested. Such persons, 
whether adults or children, should have their 
meals at regular, short intervals, for they are 
unable to restrain their morbid eagerness for 
food. After a few days of strict diet they lose 
their appetite, a condition that must be accepted 
until a natural hunger takes its place and results 
in a normal increase in bodily weight. 


270 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


It is well known that many people suffer from 
hives and eczema after having eaten certain 
dishes, such as crawfish, strawberries, oysters, 
honey, tomatoes or cheese. For such people to 
refrain from partaking of this kind of food is 
no protection against eczema. Only regenera¬ 
tion of the blood will lead to a cure. 

As a rule such patients should avoid sharp 
and spicy dishes.; especially desirable is a diet of 
fresh, good meat, not in very large quantity, al¬ 
ternating with days on which no meat at all is 
taken. It is imperative to avoid sharp cheese, 
such as Roquefort, mustard, sardelles, mixed 
pickles and similar spicy dishes. Form VI is 
best for patients suffering from scrofulosis. 


I. and II. B. For Tuberculosis Patients. 

Patients who suffer from diseases of the 
lungs or other tubercular tissues do not require 
food of different composition than is generally 
recommended, provided their digestive organs 
are healthy. They must have albumen (medium 
fat beef, veal, lean pork, haddie, pickled herring, 
eggs, brick cheese, peas) and fat in sufficient, 
even abundant quantity. Warmed milk is re¬ 
commended especially. Variety in food should 
prevail. This will be the best means of over¬ 
coming the dangerous lack of appetite, which 
must be stimulated by delicacies and cleverly 
prepared dishes given between meals, sandwiches, 
cold fowl, jellies, piquant cold meats. The single 
portions should be small but frequent. Good 
beer rich in malt, sherry, malaga and other sweet 
wines, are all able to promote the appetite, un¬ 
less the physician orders strict abstinence from 
alcohol. 

In case of haemorrhage of the lungs, the phy¬ 
sician will generally prescribe liquid food ex¬ 
clusively, and his orders must be observed 
strictly. In such cases it is very advisable to 
take gelatine, which can be prepared in a variety 
of ways, or meat jellies. 

Care should be taken in all forms of tuber¬ 
cular patients, that the special tissue gets its spe¬ 
cial composition. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


271 


I. and II. C. For Syphilitic Patients. 

The diet for people affected with syphilis does 
not vary from the one given under I and II. A. 
for scrofulous patients. Just as in the case of 
scrofulosis, a rich diet is recommended for sy¬ 
philis. (Form VI). 

In former times starvation-cures were applied 
in case of syphilis, based on the hypothesis that 
diseased humours in the body should be reduced. 
In view of the noxious effect which the disease 
exercises on the entire body, this method has 
been given up. In case of the hereditary syphilis 
of infants, the best possible diet for the mother 
must always be insisted upon. (Never less than 
Form. VI and Dech-Manna Eubiogen, with each 
meal). If nursing by the mother is impossible, 
and since a wet-nurse cannot be subjected to the 
danger of contamination through the child, easily 
digestible substitutes for mother’s milk should 
be selected; that is, not cow’s milk, but other ap¬ 
proved nutritive foods for infants. It will be 
most beneficial to add Dech-Manna Eubiogen 
Liquid to the child’s food. 

I. and II. D. For Cancer Patients. 

Cachectic patients should not, as some author¬ 
ities recommended in former times, be starved 
by poor diet in addition to the losses which they 
already suffer when afflicted with diseases, such 
as cancer. Except in case of cancer of the 
stomach and bowels, when I would recommend 
Form III. and, with gradual improvement, an 
increase up to Form VI, the latter form of diet 
should always be prescribed in case of cancer. 
Special instructions, as given under the head¬ 
ing, I. and II. C, For Syphilitic Patients, should 
also be followed in these cases. 

Dech-Manna-Compositions : (Only main com¬ 
positions, specialities to Doctor’s order). 

I. Anaemia: Plasmogen, Eubiogen. 

I. and II. A. Scrofulosis: Plasmogen, Lymp- 
hogen, Dermogen, Eubiogen. 


272 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


I. and II. B. Tuberculosis: Plasmogen, Lymp- 
hogen, Mucogen, Gelatinogen, Eubiogen. 

I. and II. C. Syphilis: Plasmogen, Lympho- 
gen, Dermogen, Eubiogen. 

I. an II. D. Cancer: Plasmogen, Lymphogen, 
Eubiogen. 

Physical : 

I. Anaemia. Breathing Exercises. 

I. and II. A. Scrofulosis: Partial Packs, Oxy¬ 
genator baths, Radium and Salt whole baths. 

I. and II. B. Tuberculosis: Ablutions, Breath¬ 
ing Exercises. 

I. and II. C. Syphilis: Abdominal packs, Parti¬ 
al packs, Oxygenator, Radium and Salt half 
baths. 

1. and II. D. Cancer: Oxygenator, Radium and 
Salt whole baths. 


II. DEGENERATION OF THE LYMPH 

TISSUE. 

The lymph, the second life-giving fluid, is 
first drawn from the chyle, the milky juice, into 
which all food is converted after it leaves the 
stomach, and after having directly fed the 
nerves, enters the blood through the ductus 
thoracicus, and accompanies it in its circulation. 

According to its nature some degenerations 
of the lymph tissue are coincident with degenera¬ 
tions of the blood, and especially the plasma, 
such as Scrofulosis, Tuberculosis, Syphilis and 
Cancer, while other degenerations of the lymph 
tissue coincide with degenerations of the lymph- 
fed nerve tissue and are consequently treated 
under that heading. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


273 


III. DEGENERATION OF THE NERVE 

TISSUE. 


The nerves which form the very complicated 
system of gelatinous cords of various sizes 
which emanate from the brain and the spinal 
cord, send thousands of branches throughout the 
entire body. They communicate the impressions 
from the outside to the brain and convey its 
conscious or unconscious (instinctive) mandate 
to the muscles of all organs. 

The nerves are fed by the lymphatic system 
and are everywhere accompanied by blood-ves¬ 
sels, and the oxygenous blood in the latter con¬ 
veys the oxygen to the nerve substance, which 
it consumes and thus develops power sufficient 
to execute the various functions. 

Naturally the supply that replaces the burned 
nerve substance, must be adequate, and if for any 
reason whatsoever more nerve substance is con¬ 
sumed than the body is able to renew by the 
time it is needed, the nerve system becomes de¬ 
generated and numerous disturbances are the 
consquence. 

This is the great field of mental functions 
and disturbances, of moods and reactions on 
muscular tracts which in themselves are healthy, 
but are paralyzed in their work through the de¬ 
fective functioning of the power-conveying 
nerves. 

Again it is impossible here to give more than 
a general description, showing on what condi¬ 
tions nervous diseases are based. The manifold 
manifestations of this degeneration were com- 


274 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


bined into groups under the old system in which 
the Greek name of a system was everything, its 
practical explanation but little. 

The principal ways in which these degenera¬ 
tions manifest themselves are pains, mental 
agony and derangement, temporary cessation of 
functions, cramps, involuntary movements and 
similar disturbances. 

The names generally applied to them are 
neuralgia and neuritis,—causing pains in the 
nerves of certain parts of the body; neuras¬ 
thenia,—consisting mainly of the complete re¬ 
laxation of tension in the nervous system, caus¬ 
ing sadness, inability for work, etc.; asthma, 
cramp-like cessation of certain functions of the 
small vessels of the lungs, alveoli, which impedes 
respiration; epilepsy, temporary cramp in the 
greater part of the body, causing loss of con¬ 
sciousness, involuntary movements of the limbs, 
etc.; St. Vitus’s dance,—a similar affection, usu¬ 
ally in children. 

While the complicated nature of nerve dis¬ 
eases requires very careful treatment of great 
individual variety, the general rule is that the 
re-enforcement of the nerves with the material 
of which they are built, together with regenera¬ 
tion of the blood, which, when in normal condi¬ 
tion prevents such disturbances, will bring about 
a cure. Of course this is sometimes a slow pro¬ 
cess, especially when, as in the case of epilepsy, 
the nervous disease is of an hereditary character, 
and the resistant power of the nerves is cor¬ 
respondingly weak. 

In regard to one of the most disastrous dis¬ 
eases, caused by degeneration of the most im¬ 
portant nerve i. e. the Vagus, see under “Ca¬ 
tarrh”—section VI. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


275 


THERAPY. 


Diet : If the entire nervous system is in a 
condition of pathological irritability, as in cases 
of neurasthenia and hysteria, it is the object of 
rational diet to keep all irritations from such a 
vibrating organism. 

To prescribe: “No coffee, no tea, no alcohol, 
no strong spices and no tobacco,” will do no 
harm, and in most cases will prove beneficial. 

Nothing is more absurd than the attempt to 
strengthen nervous people by the use of alcohol. 
When forbidden alcohol entirely, it will very of¬ 
ten transpire that some sypmtom, like headache, 
neuralgia, etc., was due to its use. Whenever 
the general conditions permit the continued use 
of alcohol to a certain extent, it must not be left 
to the patient’s judgment to determine how far 
this may go, but definite quantities must be pre¬ 
scribed in each individual case, although the pa¬ 
tient’s experience may be of assistance in de¬ 
termining the quantity. (Moritz). 

Good results have been obtained by limiting 
the meat diet of extremely nervous patients, and 
prescribing for them a diet consisting principally 
of milk, eggs, cereals, vegetables and fruits. In 
this way the irritating effect of many of the meat 
extracts is avoided. At the same time the di¬ 
gestive work of the stomach, reduced by the 
limited meat diet, and the stimulation of stool, 
always promoted by a prevalence of vegetable 
elements in the diet, exercises a beneficial influ¬ 
ence on the condition of the patient. 

Disturbances of the stomach and intestines 
are very closely connected with neurasthenia, loss 
of strength of the nerve-tissue, and hysteria, in 
some cases being the cause, and in other cases, 
which occur more frequently, the consequence of 
the same. 

Excessive and, more rarely, defective secre¬ 
tion of hydrochloric acid by the stomach cells, 
cramps, general atony or debility, of the stomach, 
vomiting, diarrhoea, constipation, tympanites (ex¬ 
cessive production of gases), may all arise from 
nervous causes. In such cases the diet must be 
the same as given for nervous disease. 


276 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Not only in these cases, but in most instan¬ 
ces of nervous diseases, a diet which does not 
produce irritation and excludes alcohol, will have 
to be prescribed. The danger of alcohol in ca¬ 
ses of peripheric neuritis, epilepsy and mental 
diseases, is obvious. 

Epileptics, like other nervous patients, should 
receive a diet that is mainly, but not solely, a 
vegetable diet, exclusive of all highly spiced food. 

The same principles govern in case of Base¬ 
dow’s disease, which is a special type of irritating 
disease. 

Absolutely necessary foodstuffs to be recom¬ 
mended in this case are clams, sole and water 
cress, because they contain more organic iodine 
than any other known food-stuff. 

As iodine is the basic mineral of the thyroid 
gland, and other preparations are poisonous or 
dangerous, the necessity of partaking of these 
dishes becomes obvious, in addition to the fact 
that if properly prepared, they are delicious. This 
organic iodine will regulate the secretions of the 
glands. 

A diet void of irritation is also most import¬ 
ant for children who suffer from nervous condi¬ 
tions, such as St. Vitus’s dance, involuntary 
urination during sleep, etc. Alcohol and alcaline 
and carbonated drinks must also be avoided in 
all nervous conditions that are combined with 
kyperaemia of the brain, as meningitis, apoplexia, 
tumors of the brain, etc., since they produce 
congestions. 

Special dietetic directions cannot be given for 
all of the innumerable varieties of the various 
ether nervous complaints. The general principle 
must always govern, that sufficient food is the 
natural foundation, not only of the self-healing 
tendencies of the organism, but also of any ef¬ 
fective therapy. 

In special cases where neurasthenia and hys¬ 
teria or nervous dyspepsia prevail, it will be ne¬ 
cessary to apply a special diet to be prescribed 
by the physician, who must understand the un¬ 
derlying cause, which is, 9 times out of ten, the 
degeneration of the Vagus nerve. See article on 
Influenza. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


2 77 


DECH-M ANNA-COMPOSITIONS. 

(Only main compositions, specialities to Doctor's 

order.) 

Acute form, Neuralgia, Neuritis: Neurogen, 
Plasmogen, Eubiogen. 

Chronic form, Asthma, Epilepsy, St. Vitus’s 

Dance: Neurogen, Plasmogen, Lymphogen, 

Eubiogen. 

Physical : 

Acute form: Partial packs. 

Chronic form: Partial packs, Massage. 

IV. DEGENERATION OF THE BONE 

TISSUE. 

Rickets, Osteomalacia and similar diseases. 

The condition of the skeleton,—the solid 
structure of the osseous frame,—is of the great¬ 
est importance to the maintenance of health. Its 
various forms of disease,—such as deficient de¬ 
velopment of bone; osteomalacia,—softening of 
the bones; flat foot; caries—molecular decay or 
death of the bones, especially of the teeth,—are 
based mostly upon rachitis (rickets). 

Rachitis should be fought at the time the 
child develops in the womb, by properly feeding 
the mother and preparing her to give it, after 
birth, healthy milk, with all the elements ne¬ 
cessary for bone structure. 

Rachitis is principally lack of lime in the 
food, which causes parts of the bones to remain 
soft instead of becoming rigid. 

It is a constitutional, often hereditary, dis¬ 
ease caused by poor nutrition and by influences 
of environment, such as marshy regions and hu¬ 
mid climates. 


278 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The lack of lime in the food is often obvious 
when children show a tendency to eat chalk, and 
even to scratch walls in order to eat the lime 
obtained therefrom. 

More solid food, that gives w r ork to the teeth 
and the digestive organs, is certainly advisable 
in such cases. 

The symptoms of rachitis become apparent 
at the pelvis and at the wide open, soft parts of 
the skull, the unossified fontanelles. The car¬ 
tilage in the wrists and ankles becomes thick. 
Slow development of the teeth, swollen glands 
in the neck, inflammations in different parts of 
the body, cramps and convulsions,—among oth¬ 
ers, of the vocal cords,—are further indications. 

In the progressive development of the disease, 
the softened cartilage grows and protrudes every¬ 
where, especially in the thorax, such as “ra¬ 
chitis rosary.” Crooked bones and hunchbacks 
not infrequently develop. 


Therapy. 

Diet: Older children should receive chopped 
meat, eggs, zwieback or whole grain bread. 
Bouillon will stimulate their digestion. Uffel- 
mann recommends a mixture of one part veal 
bouillon and two to three parts of milk, w r hich 
children like. 

It is unnecessary to give calcium directly, 
when a rachitic diet is observed. Sufficient is 
contained in the Dech-Manna-Diet, given prin¬ 
cipally in milk and as a rule also in the drinking 
water. 

Quantities of amylaceous (starchy) food, 
candy, cakes and other sweets, coarse vegetables 
and potatoes must be avoided, since with children 
they are the cause of stomach trouble, resulting 
in decomposition and the formation of acids in 
the intestines. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


279 


Breakfast: Milk and whole grain bread, or 
oatmeal porridge and fruit.—Whole grain bread 
signifies any variety of bread made from flour 
containing the entire contents of the grain, the 
gluten as well as the bran; among these are Gra¬ 
ham-bread, rye-bread, pilot-bread, and Rhenish 
black bread. 

Mid-morning Lunch: Raw scraped carrots; 
for small children and for those having poor 
teeth, oat flakes. 

Dinner: Every other day—leguins, prepared 
in various ways, and fruit, vegetables or fresh 
greens ; for example : 

(a) White beans boiled to the consistency 
of a thick soup, with apples; 

(b) Fresh pea soup containing rice, barley, 
sweet corn or oatmeal; a thick pea-porridge with 
parsley, served with carrots, cabbage, white tur¬ 
nips, red cabbage, Savoy cabbage, or various 
fresh greens; or simply browned. 

(c) Dried pea soup with similar contents; 
barley porridge, fresh greens, baked potatoes; 
or browned and eaten with any vegetables. 

(d) Lentils boiled in soup with the same 
contents as before; or as porridge, particularly 
with potatoes and fresh greens. 

Care must be taken never to eat leguminous 
products in large quantities, because their nutri¬ 
tious properties are so high. Potatoes should be 
used whole when added to other vegetables, and 
steamed not strained, because they easily lose 
thereby their valuable sulphuric contents. 

Afternoon Lunch: Fruit and whole grain 
bread, or a glass of milk and bread. 

Supper: In summer, cold or warm porridge 
with fruit and fresh greens, and besides these 
millet, buck-wheat, oats, barley and Graham- 
bread, as especially efficient bone material. 
Sweet or sour milk proves a relishing addition. 
In winter, soup made of the above grains, or of 
potatoes not deprived of their mineral contents 
by peeling and straining. 

Dech-Manna-Compositions : Osseogen, Plas- 
mogen, Cartillogen, Eubiogen. 

Physical: Gymnastics, Massage. 


280 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


V. DEGENERATION OF THE MUSCU¬ 
LAR TISSUE. 

Muscular Rheumatism, Sciatica, Infantile Pa¬ 
ralysis, Atrophy, Amyloid Organs. 

The muscles, about 400 pairs, which must per¬ 
form all the actual work of the body, require 
good nourishment through the blood, which will 
rapidly replace the cells that are constantly 
used up. 

Muscular degeneration is caused by dis¬ 
turbances in the quality and circulation of the 
blood. 

Interruption in the proper circulation of the 
blood, stagnation etc, cause rheumatism with in¬ 
tense pains, and this can be removed only by 
restoring the undisturbed circulation of the 
blood, carrying all substances requisite for the 
proper nutrition of the muscles. 

If disease of the muscular tissue combines 
with a diseased condition of the accompanying 
nerves, we speak of Sciatica. 

Infantile paralysis, which often appears sud¬ 
denly, muscular atrophy, which develops slowly, 
progressive and chronic atrophy of the muscles, 
are also forms of muscular disease, combined 
with destruction of the accompanying nerve tis¬ 
sue. 

A special group of muscular diseases consists 
of amyloid (fatty) degeneration of vital muscle 
substance, as for instance of the heart, the kid¬ 
neys, the liver. These are also caused by faulty 
composition of the blood, which does not feed 
the muscles with the substances required and 
thus causes them to degenerate by developing 
too much fat. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


281 


The predisposition for such forms of disease 
is very often inherited. 

Amloid degeneration is often combined with 
wasting diseases, such as atrophy, tuberculosis 
and dropsy. 


Therapy. 

Diet-. Sufferers from gout must always be 
guided by the necessity of avoiding all food that 
contains large quantities of acid. In a general 
wa}' it is also necessary to live moderately in 
every respect and so avoid all excesses. 

There are a number of dishes that are harm¬ 
ful to such patients. Among them are various 
meats, especially dark roast meat, also game. In 
general, and especially in very severe cases, it is 
better to refrain from white meat also. Spleen, 
liver, kidney, sweet-bread, brains are absolutely 
prohibited, also sausage and smoked and canned 
meats, oily fish, especially eel, salmon, pike, and 
all smoked fish, because they may create a large 
amount of uric acid. 

The amount of meat eaten must not exceed 
200 grams per day. The following must also be 
avoided: all sharp cheeses, cabbage, sauerkraut, 
and beans. 

Among vegetables the following are recom¬ 
mended : asparagus, celery and potatoes. The 
vegetables containing oxalic acid, such as 
spinach, sorrel, rhubarb and cress it is best to 
avoid. 

Butter is permitted in small quantities, also 
eggs. 

Sweet farinose dishes are unnecessary. 

Tea and coffee are allowed as beverages in 
very small amounts. The principal drinks, how¬ 
ever, should be mineral waters, such as Vichy, 
Apollinaris, etc., which may be varied from time 
to iime. 

It is strongly recommended that the patients 
eat much fruit. Fruit-acids promote good circu¬ 
lation. 

Breakfast : (a) In winter, tea made from 

the leaves of the haw, blackberry, or strawberry, 
cereal coffee, weak cocoa with bread and butter. 


282 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


(b) In summer, sour milk, fruit juices, or 
fruit and bread; among fruits particularly 
strawberries, currants, gooseberries, huckleber¬ 
ries, cherries, grapes, apples. 

Mid-morning Lunch : Radishes mashed with 
apples, also a raw cucumber or tomato in the 
form of a salad. 

Dinner : No meat, no soup; fresh greens, 

fresh vegetables with potatoes, rice, macaroni, 
and a dish of corn, rice, groats, peas, beans, to¬ 
matoes or mushrooms. In addition, light cus¬ 
tard with fruit or sweetmeats with fruit. 

Afternoon Lunch: Fruit only. 

Supper: Fresh lettuce, with macaroni, baked 
potatoes, pancakes, custard; or radishes with 
cream and potatoes, custard, mild cheese and 
leeks. 

Exclusive fruit dietaries, comprising straw¬ 
berries, currants, cherries and grapes, are ef¬ 
fective in preventing eruptions on the skin and 
removing their effects. 

From one to three-quarters of a pound of 
fruit should be eaten at a meal, either with a 
little bread or with sour milk, and at dinner as 
a desert. 

In winter, from three to seven lemons a day 
serve the same purpose. The juice is used 
without sugar and with as little water as pos¬ 
sible, never with the meal, but a little before, or 
in the morning on an empty stomach. Only 
fresh lemons should be used for this purpose, 
not the prepared lemon juice which is on the 
market. Tomatoes may be eaten in the raw 
state, likewise. 

In mild cases of gout and rheumatism some 
crisp lean meat and fish may be eaten, but not 
every day. A diet without meat has a better 
curative effect upon the disease. 

Alcohol is to be shunned as totally inadmis¬ 
sible. The wines which contain no alcohol must 
serve as substitutes. 

Special Diet: For Diseases of the Heart and 
Inactive Kidneys. 

Patients, who are afflicted with any kind of 
heart or kidney disease, must be very careful 
never to overload the stomach. They should eat 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


283 


small meals, at frequent intervals, and avoid ir¬ 
ritating food; the amount of liquids and milk 
must be determined by the physician. A mod¬ 
erate amount of salt only is allowed, and if the 
physician so prescribes, a diet containing little 
salt, must be observed. 

In case of acute inflammation of the kidneys, 
meat is absolutely prohibited; the best diet is an 
exclusive milk-diet, consisting of at least 1 to 
1 Yz quarts fresh milk, and in certain cases 
warmed milk, taken by the spoonful; the quan¬ 
tity to be increased, if necessary, to 3 and 4 
quarts per day. Instead of milk, buttermilk, 
sour milk, kefir, koumiss or yoghurt may be 
taken. 

Beef broths are strictly prohibited. In their 
place glutenous soups, of oats, barley sago, 
tapioca, rice, groat, may be taken; furthermore 
leguminos soups, made from the preparations of 
the firms Knorr, Liebig, Maggi, and others. 1 
to 2 spoonfuls of these preparations are put into 
a cupful of water, some salt is added and the 
mixture is then boiled. 

A more varied diet is allowed in lighter 
forms of the disease, such as milk dishes, mash¬ 
ed potatoes, preserved apples or pears, rolls and 
butter, bread, cream, cream cheese, farinaceous 
dishes, eggs and green vegetables, meat accord¬ 
ing to the orders of the physician. Spices and 
alcohol must be strictly avoided. 

In cases of chronic kidney diseases, greater 
variety should be observed in the diet. In any 
event, however, a certain quantity of milk should 
be taken, not less than 1 quart per day. 

The following food is to be limited: All 
game, including birds, sausages and smoked 
meat, sweetbread, brains, liver, spleen, crawfish, 
lobster, rich cheese especially Roquefort, Par¬ 
mesan, Camembert, all sharp spices, such as pep¬ 
per, paprika, mustard, cinnamon, garlic, onions; 
among vegetables such as radishes, horseradish, 
celery asparagus, mushrooms, tomatoes, sorrel; 
furthermore, all meat extracts, piquant sauces 
and soup spices. 

No alcohol should be served on the table of 
a patient with kidney disease. The exceptions 


284 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


must be prescribed by the physician. The same 
applies to all new wines and beef soups. 

The following dishes are permitted : Among 
meats, white meat (about 200 grams per day, 
preferably at noon). This comprises domestic 
fowl, fresh pork, lamb and veal, also beef, es¬ 
pecially boiled beef. As a variety from time to 
time, mutton and fresh fish. 

The preferable way to prepare dishes for 
patients suffering from kidney diseases, is to 
boil them; the next best way is to steam them, 
and the third and least desirable way is frying. 

Strongly recommended: calf’s feet and pig’s 
feet, calf’s head, especially in the form of jellies 
and pickled, if so ordered by the physician. Oc¬ 
casionally raw beef may be given, but without 
sharp spices. 

Fish: Trout, pike, carp; Saltwater fish: had¬ 
dock and cod-fish, boiled blue; also frogs’ legs. 

Eggs are permitted, soft boiled, 2 to 3 per 
day. 

Vegetables: With the exception of those 

mentioned, vegetables are very commendable, es¬ 
pecially potatoes, green peas, white and yellow 
turnips, red beets, cauliflower, lentils, beans, the 
last particularly, mashed; also salad with cream 
and a little mild vinegar or lemon juice. Fruit- 
acids must not be classified with vegetable or 
meat-acids, as several, so-called “Food-Special¬ 
ists” try to impress on patients, for they do not 
know, what they talk about. 

Fats, such as cream, butter, rich cheese, olive 
oil, may be given if they agree with the patient; 
bacon is not so good. 

Bread, white as well as brown, and especially 
Graham bread, may be eaten without restric¬ 
tions. 

As drinks: mineral water with lemon or or¬ 
ange juice added. Raspberry juice is permitted, 
but currant and gooseberry juice must be avoid¬ 
ed on account of the substances contained in 
them irritating to the kidneys. Fruit juices free 
from alcohol (apple cider) may be given. 

Every morning on rising, a glass of fruit 
juice or some fruit. These fruit-acids promote 
peristaltics of the bowels, and free circulation of 
the blood. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


285 


At supper: Salad of cresses or celery, or a 
mixed salad, radishes, asparagus, squash and cu¬ 
cumbers. 

When the urinary flows is very scanty, sup¬ 
per may consist of a cup of celery soup, or as¬ 
paragus broth; in winter, haw tea. 

A few suggestions for dinner, omitting meat 
entirely: 

Dumplings with cabbage salad, red cabbage 
or Bavarian cabbage; sliced oatmeal cake with 
fruit.—Cucumbers with eggs and potato bread, 
rolled griddle cakes and fruit.—Cabbage with 
rice and butter, griddle cakes with fresh greens. 

Squash with lemon, potatoes, baked beans, 
fruit.—Red cabbage with macaroni, potato frit¬ 
ters, with fruit.—Dumplings and pears, lettuce. 
—White turnips with cream and potatoes, buck¬ 
wheat groats, fruit.—Pea soup with sweet corn, 
squash and rice with fruit.—Lentils and potatoes, 
salad of celery or beets, fruit.—Asparagus with 
drawn butter and parsley sauce and bread dump¬ 
lings, oat groats with fruit.—Cauliflower with 
macaroni, buckwheat groats and milk.—Cabbage 
with browned potatoes, oatmeal cake with fruit. 


For Irritable Kidneys ( Inflammation, Suppera- 
tion, Contraction, etc.), and Diseases 
of the Bladder. 

For patients suffering from these diseases all 
spiced and sharp dishes are prohibited, especially 
dishes with much pepper and mustard, also mix¬ 
ed pickles, preserves containing vinegar, salads 
unless seasoned with lemon juice instead of 
vinegar; furthermore, dishes which produce gas, 
such as dishes made from yeast. Fruits are per¬ 
mitted only in small quantities, avoiding abso¬ 
lutely gooseberries and preserves made from the 
same. Preserves from other fruits, such as ap¬ 
ples and cherries, are permitted in smaller 
quantities. 

As drinks, the mineral waters which are 
recommended for people suffering from gout, 

are advisable here also. 

Kidney stones require a mixed diet, prefer¬ 
ably vegetable; fat and carbo-hydrates—very lit- 


286 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


tie meat—no sweetbread, kidneys, brains, liver 
cr spleen; meat, if taken at all, must be boiled. 

Not permitted: game, pickled fish, piquant 
sauces, beef broth. 

Dispense with meat, raw celery, radishes, 
pears, cucumbers, even asparagus in large 
amounts, at least during the state of inflamma¬ 
tion. Eat eggs only in a raw or very soft boil¬ 
ed state. In place of these foods make up a 
diet of milk preparations, rice, groats, oats, mil¬ 
let, buckwheat. Currant juice and wild cherries, 
apple sauce, diluted lemon juice, are all of great 
benefit. Soups made from squash, cucumbers or 
celery, haw tea, buttermilk and sour milk, mild 
cheese, or porridge and fruit are excellent sup¬ 
per dishes. 


For Liver Disease. 


In general, fatty substances should be elim¬ 
inated as much as possible from the nourishment 
in the case of liver disease, jaundice and gall 
stones. 

To be recommended are light farinaceous 
dishes with milk, vegetables, fruit and all easily 
digestible foods. 

Meat must be taken only in very small 
quantities, according to the advice of the physi¬ 
cian, and with very little fat. Spices and alco¬ 
hol are prohibited. Pastry and rich foods must 
be avoided. 

In case of jaundice the patient should re¬ 
ceive liquid food only during the first few days, 
consisting of soups, light tea, carbonated waters; 
later, milk, the yolks of eggs, zwieback and light 
milk dishes. ' 

Patients suffering from gall stones may re¬ 
ceive the same diet as prescribed for those suf¬ 
fering from liver disease, generally speaking. 

In case of liver disease it is necessary to ad¬ 
here very, strictly to the prescriptions of the 
physician, since they are due to various reasons, 
and only the physician can give the proper in¬ 
dividual directions, after having determined the 
cause. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


287 


Every morning on rising, a glass of un¬ 
sweetened lemonade, or a wineglass of currant 
wine or grape juice, or some acid fruit.—The 
same on retiring at night. 

For a second breakfast, four or six radishes, 
or a tablespoonful of grated radish, or a tea¬ 
spoonful of horseradish mixed with broth and 
white bread, eaten with a little toast and butter. 
—The same for supper. 

The following are a few suggestions for din¬ 
ner without meat: 

Cabbage, potato porridge, gooseberries with 
egg and milk sauce.—Lentils with potatoes and 
fresh greens, cresses or lettuce, fruit.—Savoy 
cabbage with rice and tomato sauce, fruit with 
millet cakes.—Leeks with potatoes, macaroni and 
plums.—Young green beans with dried white 
beans and apples or other fruit, beets with 
cream, rolled dumplings, fruits.—White cabbage 
with macaroni, chopped apples or curdled milk. 

Dech-Manna Compositions : (Only main com¬ 
positions, specialities to the Doctor’s order.) 
Rheumatism : Muscogen, Plasmogen, Eubio- 
gen. 

Sciatica : Muscogen, Plasmogen, Neurogen, 
Eubiogen. 

Amyloid heart : Muscogen, Plasmogen, Eu¬ 
biogen. 

Amyloid kidney or liver : Muscogen, Plas¬ 
mogen, Mucogen, Eubiogen. 

Physical : Rheumatism : Partial packs, either 

vinegar and water or radium and salts. Mas¬ 
sage, if necessary, and special oxygenator 
baths, and radium and salt baths. 

Sciatica : Leg packs, oxygenator baths, half 
radium and salt baths, followed by mas¬ 
sage. 

Amyloid heart, kidney or liver : Abdominal 
packs, gymnastics, oxygenator baths, whole 
radium and salt baths. 


288 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


VI. DEGENERATION OF THE MUCOUS 
MEMBRANE TISSUE. 

Catarrh in acute and chronic forms, bron¬ 
chitis, pleurisy, pneumonia, inflammation of 
nose, throat, bowels, stomach, bladder. 

Decomposition of mucous membrane, hem¬ 
orrhoids, polyps, benign tumors, also Bright’s 
disease in initial stages. 

Catarrhal disease is amongst the most com¬ 
mon, in varied form and degree, owing to the 
very tender nature of the mucous membrane. 

These ailments are characterized as destruc¬ 
tions of the protective membranes which cover 
the serous layer of the organs, in which layer 
the lymph circulates. 

The numerous ends of blood-vessels and 
nerves which are thus exposed to attack, and the 
spreading of the disease to healthy tissues which 
thus become affected in the .same way, make the 
various catarrhal troubles with their accom¬ 
panying excretions particularly unpleasant. 

All degenerations of the mucous membrane 
are based on deficiencies in blood circulation 
and composition. 

A cure is effected through the restoration of 
the serous layer to normal conditions and the 
regeneration of the blood and its circulation. 

These various forms of catarrh affect all 
parts that are covered with mucous membranes, 
among them the female sexual organs, hence 
leukorrhoea or fluor albus, which, if not prop¬ 
erly treated, constitutes the basis for all sorts 
of polyps, tumors, etc., and in many cases of 
continued attack forms the predisposition to can¬ 
cer. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


289 


The lymphatic system is the carrier of all 
germs to the various mucous membranes, and 
promotes the spreading of catarrh to all parts 
of the body. 

Among the more serious and dangerous 
forms of acute disease of this class which, lack¬ 
ing proper treatment, develop into chronic forms, 
are the catarrhal affections of the lungs and 
bronchia, grippe, influenza,* catarrh of the in¬ 
testines, the bladder, the hemorrhoids and 
Bright’s (kidney) disease. The latter especially 
is among the most dangerous diseases, and is 
considered incurable by the adherents of the old 
medical school. The discovery that it is essen¬ 
tially the same as other catarrhal diseases has, 
however, established the possibility of complete 
cure, which has been effected in many, even 
neglected, cases of long standing, under my 
present system. 

The many varieties of symptoms, all of 
which are finally reduced by proper treatment 
of the mucous membranes, it is impossible to 
cite, in this brief synopsis. 

More details concerning this important group 
will be found, together with the modern ex¬ 
planation of the development of serious disease 
from apparently unimportant catarrhal affec¬ 
tions, in the very complete and extensive de¬ 
scriptions given in Chapter X, Section 6, of my 
greater work. 


Therapy. 

Diet : (a) Catarrh in all its acute forms. 

In these cases the diet is almost identical 
with the fever diet, as given in Forms II, III, 
and IV. 


*See special article on Influenza, page 408. 





290 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

(b) Catarrh in all its chronic forms. 

Diet as above, but apply Forms IV, V. VI. 

(c) Haemorrhoids, Polyps, Adenoids, Benign 
Tumors or Fungus Growths. 

There are no special prescriptions for these, 
regarding diet, except that easily digestible food 
must be eaten. Mashed vegetables and fruit 
should prevail. The indigestible tissues, such as 
skin, sinews and gristle, should be removed from 
the meat. No gas-producing dishes, such as 
sauerkraut, cabbage, turnips or beans, ought to 
be taken. 


Throat and Larynx Disease. 

To avoid irritation of the mucous mem¬ 
branes of the mouth and larynx, all sharp and 
spicy dishes and drinks are prohibited. 

In case of fever, particularly recommended 
are warm glutenous soups, creams, milk, steam¬ 
ed fruit, fruit soups and sauces, minced white 
meat, baked or steamed fish, no sharp spices. 

Dech-Manna-Compositions: (Only main compo¬ 
sitions, specialities to the Doctor’s order). 
In general: Muscogen. 

Bronchitis, Pleurisy, Pneumonia, Inflamma¬ 
tion of nose, throat, bowels, stomach, blad¬ 
der, also benign grozvths in all chronic forms. 

Muscogen, Plasmogen, Gelatinogen, Eubio- 
gen. 

Bright’s disease : (See special section XII chapt. 
X, “Dare to be healthy.”) 

Physical Treatment. 

Bronchitis, pleurisy: Ablutions with vinegar 
and water; partial packs or ablutions with 
vinegar and water; shoulder packs. 
Pneumonia: Shoulder packs. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


291 


Inflammation of nose, throat etc.: Partial 
packs or radium and salt three-quarter 
packs. 

Inflammation of bowels, stomach and blad¬ 
der: Warm abdominal packs in addition 
to the above. 

Catarrh in chronic forms: Cold abdominal 
packs, massage. 

Decomposition of mucous membrane: Ab¬ 
dominal packs, partial packs, with vinegar 
and water, or salt and radium emanation, 
oxygenator and other baths, in case es¬ 
pecially prescribed. 


VII. DEGENERATION OF TOOTH AND 
EYE TISSUES. 

It has been explained that this unusual 
method of classifying the eyes and the teeth 
together in one group, is based upon the bio¬ 
logical, chemical discovery that the lens of the 
eye, like the enamel of the teeth, contain fluoric 
acid, otherwise contained also in very small 
quantities in the enamel of the finger- and toe¬ 
nails. 

Disease of the eyes and of the teeth would 
require lengthy description, for which space is 
lacking; suffice it to mention that the best way 
of preserving the health of the teeth and of the 
eyes is to keep them scrupulously clean. This 
simple hygienic method, regarding the teeth, will 
prevent decay. 

In all cases where eye trouble concerns the 
lens, as well as when there is a general disposi¬ 
tion to caries in the teeth, the following treat¬ 
ment will produce a curative and preventive 
effect. 


292 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Therapy 

Diet : Since most of the disease of the teeth 
and eyes is merely the consequence of other dis¬ 
ease, such as Bright’s disease, diabetes, etc., the 
diet will be in accordance with the main disease, 
as described. In the treatment of both, rye 
bread, which contains large quantities of fluoric 
acid, is highly recommended. 

Dech-Manna-Compositions: Teeth : Dento-Oph- 

thogen, Plasmogen, Osseogen, Eubiogen. 
Eyes: Dento-Ophthogen, Plasmogen, Gela- 

tinogen, Eubiogen. 

Physical : All physical directions according to 
the main disease of which the tooth and eye 
disease, is but an accompanying symptom. 


VIII. DEGENERATION OF THE HAIR 

TISSUE. 

The hair, though a tissue by itself, is con¬ 
nected with the rest of the body and nourished 
by the blood, as are all the other tissues, in or¬ 
ganic unity. 

In the long course of years that mark the 
progress of the race, it has lost much of its 
original significance as a body covering against 
the elements, but even in its present reduced 
capacity, it is a good and true indicator of cer¬ 
tain deficiencies in the blood and in the func¬ 
tions of the body. 

Its principal disease manifests itself in loss, 
through the shrinkage of the little globular 
terminal, by means of which it is rooted in the 
skin. 

The hair has become an accepted criterion of 
youth and beauty, and its change in color or its 
loss are consequently regarded as the unfailing 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


293 


heralds of approaching age. The vast majority 
of people accept this fact with reluctance, and 
thus the hair, more than any other feature has 
become a centre of the nefarious activities of 
impostors. 

Its loss can be prevented to a great extent, 
and its quality kept in healthy condition, if it is 
treated in the proper hygienic-dietetic manner. 

Therapy. 

Diet : Diet in case of hair disease calls for a 
combination of food containing lime, silica and 
gelatine. It must be selected from a list of foods 
that possess these special nourishing qualities. 

Dech-Manna-Compositions Capillogen, Plasmo- 

gen, Gelatinogen, Eubiogen. 

Physical : No special directions required. 

IX. DEGENERATION OF THE SKIN 

TISSUE. 

According to the conception of the human 
body as a unit, it is not difficult to understand 
that the skin, while not a separate organ, forms 
the outermost layer of the body-tissues and is 
nourished from within. 

By means of more than 2,500,000 small open¬ 
ings in the skin, called the pores, communication 
is established between the external and the in¬ 
ternal parts of the body. This produces a per¬ 
manent exchange of matter, and thus the skin 
is, in fact, a second system of respiration of the 
greatest importance to the health of the entire 
body. 

Naturally it is subject to traumatic accidents 
through its exposed position. Traumatic affec¬ 
tions cannot now be discussed; except to give a 


294 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


brief idea of the constitutional diseases of the 
skin which, like all others, originate in deficient 
blood. Often they are only secondary, and indi¬ 
cations of various, more complicated, diseases. 
In a few cases they affect the skin alone, but 
are nevertheless constitutional, especially in such 
cases as could not exist at all, were the disposi¬ 
tion not established constitutionally. 

There is hardly another department of medi¬ 
cine where the "quack” reaps so great a harvest 
as in the treatment of skin diseases. Thus the 
suppression of symptoms becomes the rule; the 
removal of causes is invariably neglected. Many 
forms of skin disease, being the result of sexual 
infections, are allowed to develop because pru¬ 
dery and other motives prevent the early in¬ 
vestigation of the cause, and hence delay its 
prompt treatment and healing. 

It is easy and natural for every one to notice 
the skin and see when there is anything amiss. 

Upon discovery immediately consult an hy¬ 
gienic-dietetic physician, and follow his advice 
closely, since skin diseases are among the most 
obstinate to overcome. The physician will be 
able to determine whether there is real constitu¬ 
tional trouble or merely a superficial skin dis¬ 
ease. Thus the underlying evil, if any, can be 
correctly treated, in combination with such spe¬ 
cialities as the skin tissue requires. 

Every skin disease must be treated from the 
inside, so as to destroy the disposition and even 
the chance for development. In view of the 
large field and the great importance of this 
group, it will be advisable for every one to read 
the many pages that have been devoted to this 
special subject in my work, on "Regeneration” 
or "Dare To Be Healthy,” Chapter X, Section 9. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


295 


Therapy. 

Diet : The general rule of abstaining from 

highly seasoned food should govern all patients 
suffering from skin diseases. Special attention 
should be given to a diet consisting of good, 
fresh meat, not too rich; it should be alternated 
with days on which no meat is eaten. Strong 
cheese (Roquefort), mustard, sardelles, mixed 
pickles must be avoided. See also remarks on 
Scrofulosis under I. A. 


Dech-Manna-Compositions : Dermogen, Plasmo - 
gen, Gelatinogen, Eubiogen. 

Physical : Partial packs, either vinegar and 

water, or salt and radium. Special packs by 
order of the Doctor. 


X. DEGENERATION OF THE GELATI- 
GENOUS TISSUE. 

Another group of organs of vast importance 
is the one which consists of gelatigenous tissue. 
In fact all blood and lymphatic vessels, air al¬ 
veoli of the lungs, tendons and cords of the 
whole system, the digestive tract from the mouth 
to the anus, the stomach, the bladder, and indeed 
every organ or tissue which has the function of 
expansion and contraction, must be made of 
gelatigenous (rubber-like) tissue. Otherwise it 
cannot perform its duties in the organism and 
must needs become degenerate. 

While there are not many special forms of 
disease of the gelatigenous tissue itself, many 
diseased conditions occur in connection with its 
degeneration. This in turn is caused by the lack 
of gelatigenous food, which the blood must con¬ 
vey to this tissue wherever it exists in the body. 


296 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


It is obvious that any degeneration which 
may affect the intestinal duct, the bladder or 
other organs which contain gelatine in their 
composition will require gelatigenous regenera¬ 
tion. 

The principal forms of disease which may af¬ 
fect the organs in question are those which have 
been discussed under catarrhal diseases (Section 
VI). The acute and chronic forms of stomach 
and intestinal disease, especially, belong to this 
group, and have consequently received special at¬ 
tention. The treatment of this question in my 
work, “Regeneration” or “Dare To Be Healthy,” 
Chapter X, A and B, will answer, in detail the 
questions of those who desire more enlighten¬ 
ment on this most vital and intricate subject. 

Therapy. 

Diet : These forms include all catarrhal dis¬ 
ease mentioned under VI. A, also all inflam¬ 
matory conditions of the stomach and intestines, 
in their acute form. As far as the latter are 
concerned, the suitable lists of diet will be found 
under Forms II, III, IV, V. an VI. Regarding 
the same diseases in the chronic form, the 
special diet lists are given under Forms IV, V. 
and VI. In addition the following suggestions 
will be helpful: 

Diseases of the Stomach and Intestines. 

These prescriptions of diet serve especially 
for the diseases of the stomach and intestines. 
In most cases a prescription for the' rational 
preparation of food is such as only the hygienic 
physician is able to give. Food for persons suf¬ 
fering from diseases of the stomach, must be se¬ 
lected individually according to their idiosyn¬ 
crasies. In one case the stomach must be pre¬ 
vented from: doing too much; in another case it 
must be stimulated. In one case the object is to 
fatten; in another, to remove fat. In some 
cases the physician prescribes food which will 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


297 


retard the movement of the bowels, in other in¬ 
stances, the patient requires food that will pro¬ 
mote such movement. The diet for patients with 
fever must be different from the diet for con¬ 
valescing patients. People suffering from dia¬ 
betes require a peculiar preparation of theii 
food. Not everything that is good for an adult 
will be beneficial to a child. The digestibility of 
many foods depends upon their preparation. The 
value of food for patients can be judged rightly 
from but one standpoint, that of digestibility. 

The fundamental principles governing the 
nourishment for patients are digestibility, great 
variety, abolition of all strong spices, nutritive 
and well selected material. 

The temperature of drinks must be in strict 
accordance with the prescription of the physi¬ 
cian. The patient must be urged to thoroughly 
masticate the food, so that it will be properly 
salivated and thus facilitate digestion. Patients 
seriously ill, should receive their food mashed 
or minced, so that they can partake of it more 
easily. All waste parts, such as skin, fat, sinews, 
bones, must be removed from the food, even for 
convalescents. Warmed up food and fibrous 
vegetables must be banished from the patient’s 
diet. It must not be a question as to what the 
patient wants; the prescription of the physician 
only must govern. The patient’s food must be 
prepared carefully, absolutely correctly and in a 
cleanly manner. In case of strong thirst, great 
care must be exercised in regard to drinks, de¬ 
pending on the physician’s directions. The thirsty 
feeling of the patient may be alleviated by put¬ 
ting glyzerine on his lips and small pieces of ice 
on his tongue, without, however, permitting him 
to swallow the water as the ice melts. 

Normal Diet for Stomach Diseases. 

Milk, sweet and sour, buttermilk, yoghurt, ke¬ 
fir, albumen cacao, cereals in the form of mush, 
strained legumens, cooked in soup or milk, all 
sorts of glutinous soups, farinose dishes pre¬ 
pared from stale rolls, biscuits, zwieback, tender 
and easily, digestible meats, mashed game meat, 
chicken, raw beef, ham, meat jelly, young vege¬ 
tables, preserved fruit. 


298 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Avoid the following: all indigestible fats, 
meat which requires more than 4 to 5 hours for 
its digestion, hot salads, gas-producing vege¬ 
tables, gravy, fruits which abound in cellulose, 
such as apricots and peaches, hard stems, xylo- 
carp ribs of leaves, the strong smelling and 
sharp tasting parts of some kinds of vegetables, 
as for instance, new potatoes, cabbage (in the 
cooking of which the first water must be poured 
off), hot soups and spicy herbs, spices of all 
kinds, high game, sausages, bacon, yeast pastry, 
drinks too hot or too cold, strong coffee (in the 
place of which fruit coffee is recommended), 
stale raisins and almonds, nuts, too much candy, 
much liquid with meats, and excitement of all 
kinds while eating. 

General Hints for a nourishing treatment. 

The patient who is to gain in flesh must ad¬ 
here strictly to the prescribed diet as well as to 
the prescribed rest, if the treatment is to take 
effect. 

The following articles are very nourishing: 
yolks of egg? prepared in any style, milk, cream, 
kefir, rich cheese, beef marrow on toast (cooked 
in soup), all kinds of noodles and dumplings, 
puddings, cocoa and chocolate, white bread, rich 
thick soups, gravy, potatoes and oats prepared in 
various ways, sweet beer, malt beer, sweet wines 
and puddings with preserved fruits, fruit juices, 
meat from well-fed animals only. All meals must 
be served in small portions, so as not to create 
distaste for food. 

7 A. M .—250 grams of fresh, boiled, un¬ 
skimmed milk, or % quart cocoa prepared with 
milk or Knorr’s oat-cocoa, or l /i quart cream 
with tea added, one roll, butter and honey. 

9 A. M .—1 cup bouillon, 20 grams hot or cold 
roast meat, 30 grams Graham or gluten bread, 10 
grams butter. Then l /[ quart milk, butter and 
Graham bread. 

11 A. M .—*4 quart milk with the yolk of one 
egg. 

1 P. M .—100 grams soup (oat, barley, vege¬ 
table soup), green corn, sago soup, 100 grams 
potatoes, 100 grams tender vegetables, such as 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


299 


spinach, mashed peas, mashed carrots, mashed 
artichokes, asparagus tips strained, 20 grams easily 
digestable rice, 50 grams preserved fruit; or, no 
soup, but, instead meat, vegetables, apple sauce, 
dishes made from milk or flour, such as noodles, 
fruit, y$ quart cream. 

4 P. M .—Light tea or milk, with malt or co¬ 
coa added, two crackers, y 2 quart milk. 

6 P. M .—20 grams meat (hot or cold roast 
meat), raw meat or 10 grams Graham bread, 10 
grams butter, milk chocolate, Graham bread, 
butter, honey. 

8 P. M .—1 cup soup with 10 grams butter and 
one yolk, barley, oats, etc., eggs or meat, vege¬ 
tables, preserved fruits, Graham bread, butter, 
mild cream cheese. 

9:30 P. M .—34 quart milk, with a spoonful of 
malt extract, % quart cream. 

As a special breakfast, for a thin patient, the 
following drink is recommended : To a cup of 
unskimmed hot milk add one yolk and one 
spoonful of pure bee-honey. This must be taken 
in the morning on an empty stomach for several 
weeks. 

In case of Constipation. 

If constipation is due to nervousness or slugg¬ 
ishness of the bowels, the best means to over¬ 
come the trouble is mixed coarse food, using 
various mineral waters, and little meat, but plenty 
of vegetables, especially sauerkraut, cabbage, 
comfrey, cauliflower, pumpkin, tomatoes, cucum¬ 
bers, various salads and fruits, jellies. Among 
beverages: sour milk, buttermilk, kefir No. I. 
and II, yoghurt, various new wines, fruit juices, 
different mineral waters, such as Apollinaris, 
Karlsbad waters, Hunyady; coarse bread, such 
as Graham, avoiding fine white bread. In ex¬ 
tremely chronic cases use my Laxagen Tea in 
case of emergency. 

Dech-Manna-Compositions : Gelatinogen, Plas- 
mogen, Mucogen, Eubiogen. 

Physical : Abdominal packs, with vinegar and 

water. 

Acute—warm. 

Chronic—cold. 


300 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


XL DEGENERATION OF THE CAR¬ 
TILAGINOUS TISSUE. 

Cartilage in the human body is the material 
which must cover the end of each bone so as 
to prevent its destruction by friction. It is the 
important part in all joints. It is obvious that 
any degeneration of this particular tissue will 
cause friction, which is combined with severe 
pains, called Ankylosis, Gout. 

The degeneration is usually a consequence of 
improper proportion of the various food ingredi¬ 
ents consumed, omitting the material necessary 
for the construction of the cartilage, which, be¬ 
ing in use, is constantly used up rapidly. Re¬ 
generation of the blood, by assisting it in its 
important task of feeding the cartilaginous tis¬ 
sues, and regulation of the diet are the only two 
possible remedies for this form of disease, of 
such frequent occurrence, the alleged cure for 
which attracts thousands to bathing resorts, 
where they derive not the slightest real benefit. 

The variety of gout called arthritis (deform¬ 
ing gout), is the most pronounced and danger¬ 
ous phase of this form of disease. 

Therapy . 

Diet : The diet is exactly the same as pre¬ 
scribed for rheumatism and gout under V, De¬ 
generation of the Muscular Tissue. 

Dech-M anna-Compositions : Cartilogen, Plas- 

mogen, Gelatinogen, Eubiogen. 

Physical : Partial packs, salt and radium, mas¬ 
sage, oxygenator bath, half bath radium and 
salt. 

In case of arthritis, also special packs 
according to the directions of the Doctor. 

It is impossible to give a diet for arthritic 
patients, peculiarities of this disease being 
largely individual. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


301 


XII. DEGENERATION OF THE BODY 
TISSUE IN GENERAL. 

By “body tissue in general” is understood the 
body with the total sum of its cells—especially 
the red blood corpuscles—and their various ag¬ 
gregations. Consequently a special composition 
cf nutritive salts, under the name of Eubiogen, 
has been composed, which is the most perfect 
duplication of all the chemical elements of the 
entire body in the correct proportion. Eubiogen, 
therefore, is prescribed as a secondary Dech- 
Manna-Composition, to be taken with all other 
compositions. But it also acts independently as 
the best means of preventing degeneration, and 
in this capacity should not be missing in the diet 
of adults as well as of children. The cost thus 
incurred would be recouped many times over 
through its prevention of disease. 

Eubiogen takes a leading position in reference 
to the following complicated forms of disease, in 
the treatment of which it becomes the most im¬ 
portant factor among the nutritive compositions: 
Ataxia, Basedow’s Disease, Diabetes Mellitus, 
Obesity, Bright’s Disease, Arterio-Sclerosis. I 
am prepared to explain to patients, this curative 
method and the reasons for its application; but 
these complicated diseases, while based on the 
same degenerations of blood, and consequently 
of the tissue and organs, as all others, offer im¬ 
pressions which, from the point of view of the 
conscientious physician, cannot be presented with 
but a few bare words of explanation. Nor does 
the space of my disposal permit me to go into 
the matter with due thoroughness. 

All of these ailments have been described in 
my work: “Regeneration or Dare To Be 
Healthy.” 


302 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The intelligent reader will readily conceive 
that he who has found the secret of the degener¬ 
ations constituting the various forms of disease, 
will not hesitate before their complications. 
Ataxia, Basedow's Disease, Diabetes Mellitus, 
Obesity, Bright's Disease and Arterio-Sclerosis, 
can be cured. They can be cured by the same 
methods of which simpler examples have been 
already given. 

No one , who in the struggle for health has 
surrendered to the attack of constitutional dis¬ 
ease, the germ of which may have been implanted 
in him by his forefathers, needs despair. Let 
him seek advice before too late, and the strong 
probability is that in due time he will have re¬ 
gained his health , and will be enabled to fulfil 
his duties to himself and to posterity. 


4 


NOTE. —l'n reference to the foregoing tables 
of dietary “Regimen” the reader must clearly un¬ 
derstand that the prescriptions are merely indica¬ 
tions of diet appropriate to various phases of the 
complaints to the treatment of which they are 
attached; but the decision as to how and when 
these phases occur in individual cases should be 
left entirely to the discretion of the physician in 
charge of the case who will, of course, also pro¬ 
nounce upon the diet. Should there be no such 
authority present, the greatest care and common 
sense must be devoted to the selection from the 
said tables of a system of diet suitable to the 
various stages of disease. Any recommenda¬ 
tions therein contained which may appear to be 
contradictory or conflicting must be ascribed 
to their complication on a progressive dietary 
system consistent with the prospective advance¬ 
ment of the case towards recovery. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


303 


INFANTILE PARALYSIS. 

Amongst the forms of Degeneration of the 
Muscular Tissue the reader will have noticed 
that of Infantile Paralysis or Poliomyelitis. 

The startling prominence that this complaint 
quite recently acquired was due to its world¬ 
wide ravages in epidemic form and the absolute 
and confessed inability of the combined sagacity 
of the whole faculty of the orthodox medical 
profession to cope with it or to cure it—to 
fathom its cause and origin or to curtail its in¬ 
creasing rate of mortality. I am therefore con¬ 
strained, so far as space permits, to give the 
matter special and particular consideration. 

The scientific name, “Poliomyelitis,” is de¬ 
rived from the Greek words:: polios, grey and 
myleos , marrow; for its chief feature is a soft¬ 
ening of the grey spinal marrow. 

First noticed by the medical world no later 
than the year 1840, statistics show that in the 
last decade it has appeared in various parts of 
the world in epidemic form, notably in Sweden 
and Norway. In America, epidemics occurred in 
1907 and 1908 and again in 1916. It was 
promptly and energetically dealt with by the 
Rockefeller Institute of New York where the 
proof was established of the possibility of trans¬ 
mission by a living virus taken from the spinal 
marrow of a victim; .but whether this dissemin¬ 
ator may be correctly termed a bacillus, or fun¬ 
gus or a germ, medical-science has been unable 
to determine; neither has it succeeded with the 
most powerful microscope in discovering the in¬ 
dividuality of this “carrier,” whilst all experi¬ 
ments with re-agents have been bare of results. 
Thus the researches of science have merely 


304 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


brought us back to the starting point; namely, 
that there is a “something” which exerts a de¬ 
generating influence upon the cellular tissue of 
the spinal marrow and causes the morbid en¬ 
largement of its cells. 

The New York Board of Health cites eight 
different forms in which the disease may appear 
and acknowledges a startling failure to deter¬ 
mine either any uniform period of incubation (i. 
e. the time between contagion and the appear¬ 
ance of the symptoms,) or the period of infec¬ 
tion (i. e. how long a sick person may be a dan¬ 
ger to others). 

The New York press accepts the situation 
philosophically; as follows: 

“Infantile Paralysis cannot be cured by 
means of medicines. The physician must 
of necessity limit his ministrations to eas¬ 
ing the pain, providing for easy movement 
of the bowels and so forth, but otherwise 
he must let nature take its course” 

Medical reference books vaguely define the 
disease with diverse and indefinite theories, 
showing that science on the subject is practic¬ 
ally mute. 

But the medically “unprofessional,” random 
remark of the New York press-man has exactly 
hit the mark: “Let nature take its course.” 

The fact is that nothing very clear or abso¬ 
lute can be said about Infantile Paralysis; for 
observation shows that it is apparently a matter 
of racial conditions and environment and that 
only from the general application of the Laws of 
Nature, as taught by biology can we reasonably 
hope to solve the problem or cure the disease. 

As the result of careful study of many cases 
I simply confirmed the fact that Infantile Paral- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


305 


ysis belongs strictly to the class in which in the 
foregoing chapter I have placed it, and is sub¬ 
ject to the same rules, influences and treat¬ 
ment. In most of the cases treated I have not 
failed to discover the existence of spinal trouble 
in one or other of the parents. This, engender¬ 
ing pre-disposition to similar complaints in the 
children of the opposite sex, which, acted upon 
by the irritants bred of poor or irrational nutri¬ 
ment and unhygienic environment in greater or 
lesser degree, results in attacks of this disease, in 
plain or epidemic form as the case may be, to 
which all children so pre-disposed are liable. 
Thus, incidentally, is my recently discovered 
“Law of the Cross-Transmission of Character¬ 
istics” amply verified. 

As to the cause which leads to the develop¬ 
ment of this predisposition in the children, the 
answer, of course, is improper nourishment; and 
amongst the contributory causes I would speci¬ 
ally indicate, “Pasteurized” and “sterilized” milk 
which has been absolutely banned by science on 
the basis of Physical Chemistry, according to 
which it was definitely proved in a report laid 
before the Paris Academy of Sciences, that valu¬ 
able bone-forming ingredients in the milk, (a 
combination of carbonic and phosphoric lime,) 
are lost in course of Pasteurization, since at the 
temperature necessary for the process they are 
transmuted by heat into insoluble elements, 
(phosphate and carbonate of lime) which, pre¬ 
cipitated by chemical action, either drop to the 
bottom in sediment or cling to the surface coat¬ 
ing and, in either case, are eliminated and lost 
to the child to an extent which constitutes a seri¬ 
ous deterioration in its food and one likely in any 
case to promote rickets. Milk also contains im- 


306 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


portant constituents which change into necessary 
food elements in the course of natural fermenta¬ 
tion—gelatine for instance—which being, as has 
been shown, so vital a factor in the building up 
of tissue, it needs no argument to prove the dis¬ 
astrous consequences its depletion must engender 
in the child and it may be likewise safely left to 
the intelligence of the reader to grasp the ob¬ 
vious fact that for the prevention or healing of 
Infantile Paralysis the one and only safeguard is 
Regeneration through the course already indi¬ 
cated of Hygienic-Dietetic treatment which will, 
if applied beforehand, eliminate the tendency to 
disease or, in the event of its occurrence, will 
conduct it along safe and natural lines to a 
quick recovery. 

This brief sketch of the subject must suffice 
for the present purpose but a special article* with 
full and interesting details has been devoted to 
the subject, which will appear in my greater 
work, “Regeneration or Dare to be Healthy.” 


“FACIAL DIAGNOSIS” AND “THE 
CLINICAL EYE.” 

It is an incident common to the experience of 
all Natural Hygienic Physicians for the patient 
to exclaim in quasi protest: “But Doctor! How 
can you tell?” 

Accustomed to the pompous pantomine of the 
orthodox physician—the gold watch and chain 
trick, while pulse and tongue reveal their hidden 
records—and then the well known questions 

* This article is also printed in pamphlet 
form and may be had from the author for 50c. 
Postage paid. 



DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


307 


which call forth the personal predilection in the 
fashion of disease and diet, (prescriptions which 
are often not untinged by the physician’s own 
proclivities), at first the patient misses the old 
familiar presence. If ill he must be, he expects 
that the process should proceed from the out¬ 
set on the old accustomed, “strictly respectable” 
lines, and something like resentment stirs him 
when, in place of questioning, a physician pre¬ 
sumes to tell him at a glance the substance of his 
malady unasked. 

But such is the method of real efficiency and 
such the qualification of the men who practice 
the new philosophy which shall save the world 
from shams. 

Facial diagnosis is the determining factor of 
the. logical and never failing science of natural 
therapy which is coming to the rescue of man¬ 
kind, in spite of legal and commercial obstruc¬ 
tion. 

The “Clinical Eye” is, emphatically, not the 
sad old “Eye of Faith” which has sent its mil¬ 
lions to their doom, but the sober, steady, prac¬ 
ticed introspective hopeful eye of knowledge and 
experience. 

The external symptoms visible to the clinical 
eye of a physician worthy of the name, vastly 
outweigh in important significance, all the ob¬ 
jectionable detailed examination of parts and or¬ 
gans which from long use has become the habit 
of the old-school practitioner. Moreover the 
swift impressions gathered under the clinical eye 
are spontaneous and reliable whereas, as the re¬ 
sult of questioning or the description of the pa¬ 
tient, they possibly are not, but rather represent 
too often some preconceived notion of alleged 
heredity or devotional pessimism, sometimes 


308 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


original but more probably the suggestion of 
relatives and friends. 

The subject is a vitally important one and, 
with a view to clearing away the obstruction 
of old superstitions from the mind of the read¬ 
er, I shall trespass upon my allotted space in 
order to give a brief extract of my remarks 
thereon as expressed in my greater work: 
“Regeneration or Dare to be Healthy.” 

DIAGNOSIS, PHYSIOGNOMY AND 
PSYCHOLOGY. 

The biological healing system, based on the 
laws of nature and the acknowledgment of 
the fact that no two cases of disease are ex¬ 
actly alike, requires much broader knowledge 
and much deeper insight on the part of the 
physician than did the old-school of medicine 
with its search for symptoms of special dis¬ 
eases and its occult prescriptions. 

Since the object is to get at the root of the 
evil in order to regenerate the patient thor¬ 
oughly, it becomes imperative to obtain, what 
is hardest to elicit from him perhaps, the ac¬ 
curate truth about himself and his ailment. 

And though expert in recognizing external 
symptoms, it is unwise to rely entirely there¬ 
on and research must continue into realms 
where the patient himself only can lead us 
and where, willing or otherwise, he is apt to 
mislead. 

Psychology teaches how to find the way 
into the darkness of a patient’s soul. Phy¬ 
siognomy teaches, not only to read in the 
face and external appearance, the story of a 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


309 


life which is written there in characters which 
only experience may decipher, but also to 
realize when the patient employs physiog¬ 
nomical expressions to hide what we persist¬ 
ently seek; namely, the truth. 

And again, in regard to healing, psycho¬ 
logy teaches how to influence the patient so 
that he may discontinue to be his own worst 
enemy; that he may recognize his mistakes as 
such and discard them, although possibly he 
may have grown so addicted to his tastes as 
to prefer to continue therein in place of dar¬ 
ing to be healthy. 

In the plan of production of a regenerated 
and healthy humanity, every individual of this 
kind must be regarded as a foe who interferes 
with the prevention of disease both now and in 
futurity. To win such an one over, to make 
him an enthusiastic believer in the theory that 
health is a necessity, and, a task less easy, to 
prevent his relapse into his previous degenerate 
manner of life and health,—this is another branch 
of science for which psychology and physiog¬ 
nomy are more needful than anything else. 

Here again it is the true physician’s principle 
to enlighten the layman, and not to surround his 
methods with a mysterious, but imposing wall of 
secrecy. 

We do not hesitate to reveal the main points 
of our system of diagnosis, which is much 
broader than the old system of scholastic medi¬ 
cine,—the performance with auscultation, per¬ 
cussion, X rays and the rest. Certain knowledge 
of these things will lead every one, ere long, to 
submit all disturbances of health to the hygienic 
physician while prevention is still probable and 
possible, instead of waiting until disease has 


310 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


taken firm hold. It will also enable men to real¬ 
ize that the old-school practitioner who pro¬ 
nounces them sound while they feel for them¬ 
selves that there is something wrong within has 
yet “a something” left to learn. 

The realm of psychology, however, is beyond 
the scope of my present endeavour, save in so 
far as it may serve to show that we are forti¬ 
fied with this particular knowledge, and to the 
end that this book may constitute a help to the 
aspiring hygienic-dietetic physician, calling his 
attention to the necessity of acquiring as pro¬ 
found a knowledge of psycholog}' as may be. 

I will confine-myself at present, therefore, to 
the external symptoms which must be observed, 
though they are not generally considered as 
symptoms of disease; and yet they indicate dis¬ 
ease or the disposition thereto, individual or 
hereditary, as the case may be. 

I shall consequently deal with the peculiarities 
of hands and feet, nails and hair, eyes and ears, 
nose and teeth, mouth, forehead, tongue, chin, 
cheeks, neck, chest, abdomen, legs, and general 
constitution. 

Nature has endowed us with strong dis¬ 
criminating faculties against certain external in¬ 
dications of disease. We experience a pleasant 
feeling when the hand is pressed by another 
hand that is warm and dry, but we shrink from 
the hand that is cold and moist and clammy. 

Perspiring hands and feet are a sure indica¬ 
tion that some process of degeneration is going 
on within the body, the production of diseased 
cells being in excess of what the body, under 
normal conditions, is able to excrete, and there¬ 
fore they seek unusual channels of leaving the 
body, that is, through the skin and mucous mem¬ 
branes. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


311 


Perspiring feet are a symptom of disposition 
to colds and possibly tuberculosis, while per¬ 
spiring hands indicate certain nervous diseases 
and disposition to gout; constantly cold hands 
and feet are usually found in people who suffer 
from scrofulosis or anaemia. 

In many cases the quality of nails leads to 
the conclusion that there is a thorough disturb¬ 
ance of the process of nutrition. If they are 
fragile and brittle, there is no question but that 
there is lack of certain nutritive salts in the 
blood. Swollen and deformed nails indicate spe¬ 
cial disturbances in circulation, chronic heart 
and lung diseases. 

Hair , or rather the absence of hair, especially 
in early life, is sometimes another indication of 
faulty nutrition. 

Baldness or premature gray hair is usually a 
pathological indication, as is also the dishevelled 
hair of nervous people and children suffering 
from scrofulosis, while rich, glossy hair is al¬ 
ways a sign of good health. 

The development of the hair depends upon 
the activity of the skin, the nerves and the com¬ 
position of the blood. The blood of dark-haired 
people is lacking in water and fat, but richer in 
albuminous matter. Poor quality of hair is in¬ 
dicative of living in bad air, poor nutrition of 
the skin, hard mental work, pain and sorrow. 
Sexual excesses during youth are often the cause 
of premature baldness and thin hair. 

The eyes present a picture that manifests the 
general condition of the body, whether it be 
healthy, disposed to disease, or suffering from 
disease. 

Protruding eyes are the sure symptom of the 
disease known as Basedow’s disease; they indi- 


312 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

cate also short-sightedness, and hereditary epi¬ 
lepsy. 

The condition of the mucous membranes of 
the eyes permits certain conclusions as to the 
genital organs. 

If the eyes are abnormally small, we draw 
the conclusion that there is general weakness 
and deficiency in nutrition. They indicate re¬ 
tarded development, which may be seated in the 
central nervous system. The eyes usually recede 
during severe diseases. A hyperaemic condition 
of the eyelids, with or without inflammation, is 
always a symptom of a dysaemic condition of the 
entire system (scrofulosis). In some cases of 
scrofulosis there is not another visible sign on 
the entire body, and yet the eyelids and eye¬ 
lashes, which sticks together most of the time, 
tell the story of an inherited condition of dys- 
aemia. 

A yellowish hue of the eyes indicates disease 
of the liver. 

The color of the iris does not indicate much 
in itself, although the theory of Liljequist, which 
deserves some attention, claims that if a person 
deteriorates in health, the eyes, if originally light 
blue, darken more and more and finally change 
into brown or the color of the hybrid race. Lilje- 
quist’s scale of healthy eyes reads: Light blue, 
medium blue, dark blue; then light, medium 
and dark brown. However, brown eyes do not 
represent sickness; they but indicate nervous¬ 
ness and sensibility. 

According to Liljequist, individuals belong to 
the hybrid race when they are born of parents 
one of whom has blue eyes and the other brown 
eyes. The weaker race transmits the brown 
colour of its iris to the middle part of the iris 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


313 


of the child, while the colour of the stronger 
race reappears in the outer part of the iris; not, 
however, as pure blue, but tinted with a delicate 
shade of green, in consequence of the light 
brownish-yellowish colour which emanates from 
the central part. 

When death is imminent, the iris displays a 
grayish-black, muddy gray or muddy brown 
colour. 

The pupil of the eye is irritated in cases of 
nervous disease and indicates this condition. In 
cases where only one pupil is dilated, a local 
disease of the optic nerve or one side of the brain 
is evident. If the pupils are insensible to ex¬ 
ternal irritations and remain rigid, the conclu¬ 
sion is that the brain or the spinal cord is badly 
affected. 

It may be stated in a general way that clear, 
brilliant eyes, (when not caused by fever) are 
usually an indication of the good quality of the 
blood as well as of all other humours of the 
body, together with normal activity of all the 
central organs. 

The mouth and tongue : Pathological indica¬ 
tions manifested by the mouth are principally 
displayed by the lips, which are clear red in 
healthy people, while a hectic red indicates fever 
and pulmonary disease. Pale lips indicate ana¬ 
emia and chlorosis, and lips of a bluish hue are 
signs of a generally weakened organism. Fre¬ 
quent, vivid contractions of the lips (usually thin 
in this case) indicate great nervousness. 

The color of the mucous membrane of the 
tongue is a very fair indication of health or sick¬ 
ness. If a person is in health, the tongue is 
rosy and not coated. But any disturbance in the 
intestines causes a more or less coated tongue, 


314 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


and consequently shows the detrimental influence 
these particular ailments exert upon the brain 
and nerves. Hence, a coated tongue affords a 
valuable indication in making a correct diagnosis, 
especially in case of chronic catarrh of the 
stomach, this being one of the main causes of 
depression, and melancholia, as stated by Piderit. 

The forehead, or rather the record traced 
1 hereon, in lines of nature’s unimpeachable calli¬ 
graphy, warrants certain conclusions as to men¬ 
tality and character; and these may be important 
in determining the truthfulness of the patient’s 
stories of suffering and other items which facili¬ 
tate or impede a correct diagnosis. 

The interpretation of such features, however, 
belongs to the realm of pure psychology, this is 
also true of similar conclusions drawn from the 
outlines of the chin. 

Of much more importance for the purpose of 
diagnosis is the nose. 

Even a child understands what the red nose 
of the habitual drunkard signifies. A bloated 
nose with a tendency to become sore is an indi¬ 
cation of a disposition to scrofulosis. 

Other indications of disease are displayed to 
the experienced physician by the condition of the 
nose. 

The nose is one of the most typical of the 
human organs; it is also in the closest connec¬ 
tion with the entire system with its groups of 
organs—the brain, intestines, breast and even the 
sexual organs. 

The infinite variety of nasal formation has 
attracted the intense interest of the physiognom¬ 
ist to this organ. 

The most important function of the nose lies 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


315 


in its action as a respiratory organ. Bad habits 
or faulty construction which prevent it from 
serving in this capacity, lead to much suffering 
and disease, and it is always important to de¬ 
termine whether the channels of the nose are 
clear and open and efficiently serve their pur¬ 
poses. 

The function of the nose as an olfactory or¬ 
gan must also rank highly in its importance. In 
this case, however, the nose of the physician 
plays the important part; not the nose of the 
patient. In fact, most of the famous authorities, 
among them Professor Jaeger of Stuttgart, Dr. 
Heim of Berlin and Dr. Lahmann of Dresden, 
have made very valuable discoveries in this 
respect. 

Dr. Heim has found methods of determining 
the nature of certain acute diseases from the 
odour emitted from the person. 

Dr. Lahmann distinguishes the hypochondrical, 
the melancholic and the hysteric odours, which, 
as he says, are most characteristic. 

The same applies to the odour of diabetics 
and other people who suffer from disturbances 
of digestion, and patients who suffer from can¬ 
cer and other diseases involving a process of 
putrefaction. 

The fact that most patients diffuse unplea¬ 
sant odours is of the greatest importance to 
married people, as it easily produces antipathy, 
and especially in the case of chronic diseases, is 
frequently made the basis of separation and di¬ 
vorce. 

Were this defect known to be but the symp¬ 
tom of a curable disease, the husband or wife 
would probably prefer to consult the hygienic 
physician rather than.the lawyer. Knowledge in 


316 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

such case would mean the preservation of do- 
mestic happiness. 

The teeth : The parents of a young man once 
complained to me that their son had been re¬ 
jected as a cadet at West Point upon physical 
examination, because two of his teeth were 
filled. 

The authorities are certainly justified in their 
decision. 

The lack of perfect teeth indicates faulty di¬ 
gestion. Usually the teeth are ruined during 
youth because children breathe through the 
mouth instead of through the nose,—either on 
account of the physical condition of the nose or 
because the tonsils are enlarged. 

The lack of sufficient nutritive salts in the 
diet is often revealed by the condition of the 
teeth. 

From a physiological standpoint the teeth are 
no less important than the brain, the eyes and 
the hair; and the conclusion that perfect eyes, 
hair and teeth indicate a perfect brain is abso¬ 
lutely justified, while the lack of perfection in 
these organs shows internal deficiencies long 
before they appear in external manifestation in 
the form of disease. 

Since healthy blood is the basic condition of 
healthy teeth, the fact that people have clean 
white teeth, set in regular line, indicates the ex¬ 
istence of healthy blood. On the other hand, a 
bad composition of the blood is manifested by 
short, irregularly set, yellowish teeth. 

The teeth of healthy people are always 
somewhat moist, dry teeth are accordingly a bad 
sign. 

The only advantage of yellowish teeth rests 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


317 


in the fact that their dentine is, as a rule, 
stronger. Extremely bluish white teeth often 
consist of a soft, porous and tender dentine. 

Faulty structure of the teeth indicates weak 
bones in general. 

Crippled teeth and 1 the late appearance of 
teeth in infants,—that is, not before the ninth 
month,—are symptoms of rachitis. Healthy 
children have their teeth between the fifth and 
seventh months. 

The teeth of diabetics become loose without 
any formation of tartar, (an incrustation of phos¬ 
phate of lime and saliva). 

Extremely yellow teeth indicate jaundice, 
while reddish teeth show hyperaemia of the 
dentine. Carious teeth are a result of disturbed 
circulation. 

The gums are also very indicative of disease. 
If they are of a pale pink colour, they indicate 
anaemia or chlorosis; if bluish red on the edge, 
they indicate tuberculosis. 

Some of the most striking indications of ex¬ 
isting disease are demonstrated by the neck. By 
feeling the neck and carefully watching its ex¬ 
ternal appearance, the experienced scientist will 
obtain much valuable information that will aid 
in his diagnosis, and give him additional knowl¬ 
edge as to the processes going on within the 
body of the patient. 

The significance of the formation of the 
thorax (chest) is well known, even to many lay¬ 
men. Flat chest, so-called chicken chest, indi¬ 
cates imperfect development of the lungs, and 
when extreme, even tuberculosis. 

A flabby abdomen indicates disposition to 
hernia and stagnation of the blood, frequently 
causing hemorrhoids or inflammation of the 


318 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


prostate gland in men, and all kinds of diseases 
—inflammatory or catarrhal—in women. 

As to the legs, the so-called varicose veins 
are indications of weak blood-vessels and intest¬ 
inal hemorrhage, while inflamed nerves lead to 
the conclusion of gouty diathesis and the danger 
of paralytic strokes. 

The skin usually affords more indications 
that aid in forming a correct diagnosis than is 
usually recognized. 

If examination were made of the excreta 
through the pores of an individual during 24 
hours, some conclusion might be definitely ar¬ 
rived at as to any germs of disease present in 
the body and in course of expulsion in this way. 

All bacteria incident to detrimental processes 
proceeding within the human organism, are to 
be found in the perspiration. 

Freckles indicate a certain predisposition in¬ 
herent in the blood, while some forms of eczema 
point to the conclusion that there are diseased 
processes in action within the body. 

It is most important under this system to 
determine the chemical condition of the body in 
each individual case. 

Acids or alkalines prevail. If the former, 
patients have bad teeth, a disposition to gout, 
diabetes and cancer. The normal condition is 
the predominance of alkalines. 

In such cases as the former, physiological 
chemistry will point to the counterbalancing of 
the acids to establish a correct composition of 
the blood, and thus to prevent the impending 
danger. The biological system of health which 
is rapidly taking the place of all others, is 
equipped with so searching a knowledge of the 
human organism that no disease, be it ever so 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


319 


adroitly concealed, can escape its minute atten¬ 
tion ; not excepting even the disposition to dis¬ 
ease. 

The old adage is still true that “prevention is 
better than cure” and the intelligent person will 
probably recognize the wisdom of so safe and 
sane a course and endeavor to prevent the evils 
to which he may be exposed. Thus, for his own 
satisfaction, if he be wise he will adopt these 
two simple precautions: 

(1) Examination by an accredited hygienic- 
dietetic physician. 

(2) Regulation of his mode of living in ac¬ 
cordance with the course prescribed. 

The words of the famous Moleschott ring 
true today, more than in the past, when he said: 
“One of the principal questions a patient should 
ask his physician is, how to make good, healthy 
blood.” Experience shows that there is but one 
method to attain good blood,—that priceless fac¬ 
tor upon which our thinking, our feeling, our 
power and our progeny depend, and that is by 
means of correct food and nutrition. 


CHILDREN’S DISEASE. 

“The cause of the Poor to plead on, 
’twixt Deity and Demon.” 

(Carlyle). 

“Child of mortality whence comest thou, 

Why is thy countenance sad, and why are 
Thine eyes red with weeping?” 

(Bartauld). 

I have opened this chapter with somewhat 
startling mottos, for its pathetic theme is Child 
ren and children’s disease; and it seems to me 


320 


DARE OT BE HEALTHY 


appropriate, in view of what it portends, to send 
forth in this form a world-thought, as a har¬ 
binger of sympathy—a foreword which may set 
in motion the thought-waves of pity. For of all 
living creatures born into this world of pompous 
ignorance and maudlin solicitude to struggle for 
precarious existence from the cradle to the 
grave, by reason of the unnatural conditions of 
our vaunted hygienic and educational systems— 
generously termed “civilization”—there is surely 
nothing quite so “poor,” so woefully devoid of 
practical protection, and, in its exceptional help¬ 
lessness, so weakly gushed over and little un¬ 
derstood; as the child of frail humanity. 

“The cause of the poor”—thus the legend runs 
—“in deity’s or demon’s name.” For truly, of 
the two angels which, we are told, attend upon 
the birth of credulous mankind and the initial 
stages of development, the malign influence 
would seem to be ever in the ascendant, irre¬ 
spective of the social status of the, more or less, 
pre-natally affected, innocent reproduction where¬ 
in is focused the latent follies and delinquencies 
of the race, as portrayed in the course of its 
long pangenesis. 

Now, incredible though it may seem and de¬ 
plorable though it be, the secret which has re¬ 
vealed itself with absolute force and conviction 
to the judicial minds of unemotional scientific 
observers is simply this: that the children of the 
present generation are, as an incontestable mat¬ 
ter of actual fact, really brought into this world 
alive and some attain to maturity, not through 
maternal intelligence, but rather, in spite of 
mothers. This is a hard saying but none the 
less a truth. They survive in spite of the idio- 
syncracies of their fondly irrational, untutored 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


321 


mothers rather than because of any practical, ef¬ 
ficient effort these contribute towards the well 
being and survival of their offspring. This, as 
a general rule, is unhappily beyond question. It 
is a rule which has, naturally, many exceptions, 
—many brave and brilliant ones—these however 
only serve to confirm it. 

Comte, writing as an authority on the subject, 
made the assertion that there is hardly an ex¬ 
ample on record of a child of superior genius 
whose mother did not possess also a superior 
order of mind. As an example he cites: The 
mother of Napoleon Bonaparte, high-souled, he¬ 
roic and beautiful; the mother of Julius Caesar, 
a singularly fine character, wise and strong; the 
mother of Goethe,—affectionately termed: “The 
delight of her children, the favourite of poets 
and princes—one whose splendid talents and 
characteristics were reproduced in her son/' 
There are also, we know full well, unnumbered 
hosts of others, whose kindly light has been shed 
in many an humble or secluded home, whose be¬ 
loved names have been called blessed by thou¬ 
sands though unrecorded in historic page—who 
have lived and loved and passed on to higher 
realms—to the world, to eulogy and to fame un¬ 
known. 

In ancient days, when Athens was the centre 
of culture and of learning, the Greek mothers 
were moie prone to regard the significance of 
prenatal influences than are the mothers of the 
present day of putative advancement. The here¬ 
ditary tendencies of child-life, with all its com¬ 
plexities of racial and ancestral character and 
the qualities resulting from the dual source of 
parentage, were then perhaps better understood, 
or at least more seriously considered; also the 


322 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


obvious but grossly disregarded fact that the 
cradled infant of today may be the responsible 
citizen of the future, was kept more effectively 
in mind and its significance to the State more 
fully recognized. The wisdom of Solomon was 
never more clearly demonstrated than when he 
said: ‘‘Train up a child in the way he should 
go; and when he is old, he will not depart from 
it.” It is a piece of world philosophy which has 
reigned unquestioned throughout the ages—a 
policy upon which human discernment, in Church 
and State, has relied with unfailing effect; “for 
the thoughts of a child are long, long thoughts” 
—those well-remembered words, how true; for 
those “long thoughts”—the mental environment 
of the formative period of child-life—do inevit¬ 
ably determine the future character of the indi¬ 
vidual, and the immediate result of neglect in 
these vitally important stages is painfully and 
promptly apparent in the aggressive and un¬ 
childlike deportment of the turbulent young 
neophytes of both sexes, so disproportionately in 
evidence in all directions throughout the com¬ 
munity of the present, as to bring into ridicule 
and utter contempt existing methods of control. 
This dire defect in individual restraint may be 
largely ascribed to both physical and mental de¬ 
generacy, of hereditary origin; and when to this 
is added the attempts of parents to maintain the 
tranquility of the home by threats, bribery and 
fatuous promises—undue severity on the one 
hand and undue licence on the other—serious 
developments are not far to seek. It has been 
well said that children who are governed through 

their appetites in their infancy are usually gov¬ 
erned by their appetites in maturity. Thus it 
is, by unwise methods of control which appeal 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


323 


wholly to the spirit of greed, emulation and sel¬ 
fishness in the child—the purely animal instincts 
•—with perhaps the occasional degrading influ¬ 
ence of corporal punishment, as a later develop¬ 
ment, that so many young lives are wrecked and 
the downward path made easy which leads 
through duplicity to crime. The infantile precosity 
of the age leaves little scope for the old-time sen 
timental prudery of parents who fail to discrim¬ 
inate between innocence and ignorance; but it 
has been stated by a well known American 
authority on the subject of child-culture, whose 
experience of child-life and schools is nation¬ 
wide, that only about one child in a hundred re¬ 
ceives proper instruction early enough to protect 
it from vice. Then again there supervenes the 
evil of the competitive school system which, too 
frequently, forces the education of a child beyond 
the natural order of growth. Countless numbers 
of little ones are injured by enforced premature 
development, thereby diverting the vital forces 
to the development of the brain which should 
be devoted to the development of the body. 

Encompassed by such a chain of adverse cir¬ 
cumstances as the combined result of parental 
egotism and pedantic, pedagogical ignorance, is 
it wonderful, I would ask, that the ghastly record 
of the hideous sacrifice of child-life is what it is, 
and that the young lives which do by chance es¬ 
cape the horrible holocaust, still reap the pre¬ 
vailing harvest of prolific ills of which the com¬ 
ing explanation will give some adequate concep¬ 
tion. 

Often the fondly futile questions fall from the 
anxious lips of maternal foreboding: What has the 
future in store for me? Will my child live? 
Will providence grant me this long-sought bless- 


324 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


ing? A thousand such thoughts continually as¬ 
sail the heart in a mother’s intense solicitude; 
but not in vain will her hopes be set, if haply, she 
may reverently follow the course of Mother 
Nature’s laws and precepts, into which I will en¬ 
deavor to give you some insight. 

Every thinking man must shudder to find it 
recorded in statistical tables how insane asylums 
and prisons are overflowing, how suicides and 
crimes against life and soul are but common in¬ 
cidents. It is not hard for each one of us to 
see the demon of greed and avarice in the eyes 
of those we meet, ready and eager to snatch 
away the very bread from the lips of his fellow 
man because he, too, is hungry and lacking life’s 
necessities. The egotism of mankind grows con¬ 
stantly stronger; all are in haste to become rich, 
that thus they may enjoy life before its little 
span is spent. What has become of the youths 
exuberant in strength, who once were wont to 
set out, all jubilant with song, in their heyday of 
freedom, to revel in nature and bathe their 
lungs in its balsamic atmosphere—to return 
strengthened to their sleep at early evening, and 
who really sought to retain their health? They 
who were the pride of their parents, the joy of 
their sisters, the blissful hope of a waiting bride. 
Can we recognize such in the average youth of 
today,—the citizen of the tomorrow—these effi¬ 
gies of men, degraded by the demons of alcohol 
and nicotine, by the gambling passion, and by 
the company of loose women, into dissipated dis¬ 
solute invalids unwholesome in themselves and 
a menace to the race? 

Let us pass on rather to the gentler sex. 

Where are the sprightly, modest maidens with 
cheeks rosy with healthy blood, graceful in fig- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


325 


ure with well developed forms—the chaste, pure 
spirit shining in their eyes, with witchery and 
common sense combined? Where are the fath- 
' ers and mothers whose good fortune it is to 
possess such children as these? Can it be that 
they should deem these caricatures of fashion 
worthy of their fond desire?—these whose days 
are spent in idling, who find their pleasure in the 
streets, the shops, the theatres and the like they 
term “society?” 

Those men are old at forty years. 

Those youths too often die at twenty, dissi¬ 
pated wrecks, holding as a mere ceremony the 
marriage they expect eventually to consummate; 
or married, now and then produce a single child 
that had far better never have been born. 

What of those mothers who cannot nourish 
their own offspring, but fain would make shift 
with all imaginable unnatural substitutes and 
bring up children in whom a predisposition to 
disease has already been born? 

Oh nature! High and mighty mistress! A 
bitter penalty dost thou exact from these thine 
erring progeny. 

And rightly so. 

Cruelly plain dost thou stamp thy mark on 
the tiny brow of the unborn child to mark in 
what degree its parents have departed from thine 
eternal ways of truth. 

When a great man, recently, in his address 
before the body of a famous university, solemnly 
asserted; ihat mankind is growing better, day by 
day, he must have had before his inner eye fair 
visions of a future race—the Future of Truth, 
which come it must—some day—but now lies 
dormant in the lap of the gods, its alluring, 
visionary, transcendental form depicted, for an 


326 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


optimistic instant, in the fervent, hopeful heart 
of a sincere but far-sighted reformer. But it is 
written: false prophets must come, deceiving in 
respect to all things in heaven and earth. “Mun- v 
dus vult decipi, ergo decipiatur.”’ (The world 
wishes to be deceived, therefore, let it be de¬ 
ceived.) The world elects to be deceived. It is 
so—often on the most paltry of pretences. And 
here lies the fatal and prolific cause which has 
ever, throughout the ages, wrought infinite harm 
and impeded the progress of the world: The 
world’s indifference to truth. 

For the proper understanding and radical cure 
of any disease it is of primary importance to 
have before the mind’s eye a distinct picture of 
its character and developments, thus tracing it 
back step by step to its source, so that the thera¬ 
peutic, or healing measures employed may be 
properly adjusted to its various stages. 

Nature has her foes, chief amongst which are 
ignorance, indulgence and fear; and these foes 
have ever waged fierce warfare upon her from 
time immemorial. But today a positive spiritual 
revolution is being wrought among men, for 
Mother Nature is calling defaulting humanity 
back to herself with no uncertain voice. 

Back to Nature is now the cry. 

Never before were homilies on food so mani¬ 
fold and the ability to profit by them so dimin¬ 
ished ; never were remedies so abundant and 
conditions of health so bad; never were deeds 
of charity so numerous and the poor so discon¬ 
tented; never were measures of reform so prom¬ 
inent and their results so meagre; never was 
production of commodities so enormous and the 
cost of living so excessive; never were the re¬ 
sources of all the world so accessible and coun- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


327 


terfeits so plentiful; never was enlightenment so 
widely diffused and sound judgment so restrict¬ 
ed; never were the avenues of truth so open, yet 
never was falsehood so widespread, as in our 
time. 

Our age—well named by Dr. Rudolph Weil, 
the Age of Nerves—has brought to our service 
the most significant development of natural for¬ 
ces—electricity in all its forms of application, to 
medicine and industry and traffic; the expression 
of motive power in terms of machinery—rail¬ 
roads, ocean travel, air navigation, and endless 
appliances from the almost limitless scope of 
which, in the hands of man, the master, not 
even the very wild beasts escape. Meanwhile 
however—most strange anomaly—mankind de¬ 
generates in body and still more in mind. 

The race has become diseased, is suffering, 
cries out for a betterment of its conditions, 
grows constantly more embittered and renounces 

its faith in the powers, human and divine. 

• 

Epidemics of terrific proportions sweep their 
recurring millions into the arms of death; dis¬ 
eases of stupendous mortality, such as tubercul¬ 
osis, cancer, syphilis, diabetes, and the extensive 
array of so-called contagious diseases of children, 
are continually increasing, in spite of doctors, 
hospitals, sanatoria, hydros, hygienics, asylums, 
nostrums and serums, and continue to afflict hu¬ 
manity, taking their ghastly toll in daily thou¬ 
sands, despite the vaunted but theoretical ad¬ 
vancement of Medical Science. 

In the field of medical science the controv¬ 
ersy rages at full blast today. 

An endless succession of hypotheses, conject¬ 
ures and dogmas lies wide-spread before us—a 


328 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

troubled sea of uncertainties—a complex laby¬ 
rinth of doubt. 

The “doctors of medicine” are many but re¬ 
sponsible physicians are few, while disease is 
constantly on the increase among mankind. 

It is really little that the people have to learn, 
for instinct has taught them there is little to be 
hoped of succour from the professional source. 
But the world-old habit of superstitious fear and 
reverence for the “Medicine Man” fetish yet 
holds its grip upon the race—alike in the savage 
or the Senate and, despite the knowledge of its 
fallacy, humanity, still faithful, turns to it weakly, 
fear-driven, in its hour of distress, knowing no 
self-reliance and no safer refuge. 

The reader will pardon this digression, since 
it is better that from the outset we should di¬ 
vest ourselves of all delusions and recognize 
existing conditions as they really are in order 
that it may help to eliminate these ignorant su¬ 
perstitions from the public mind and implant 
therein the wholesome fact that there is no 
magic in medicine but simply an ordinary prob¬ 
lem of cause and effect. 

Existence is movement; the whole visible 
world is progress, development. These are facts 
which, in truth, are daily becoming more gener¬ 
ally known. But man—even modern man—is 
still so stubbornly unyielding in his faith that 
what he learns in an instant becomes immovably 
rooted in his mind to the utter exclusion, gen¬ 
erally, of anything new, which even though it 
be a matter of demonstrated fact, it matters not 
if at variance with this earlier knowledge; to 
him it is an impossibility. 

How often the fallacy of such ultra-conserva¬ 
tive principles has been demonstrated', has no 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


329 


bearing upon the case; the fact remains—irra¬ 
tional, stupid though it be—that, sublimely indif¬ 
ferent to criticism, it survives, with all the wrong 
and persecution that follows in its train. 

But one of the most noticeable surprises of 
this description occurred in the year 1896, when 
Professor Roentgen made public his discovery of 
the X-rays; for through this discovery facts 
were disclosed such for instance, as the per¬ 
meability of solid bodies by luminous rays and 
the possibility of photographic examination of 
bony tissues in living creatures—facts entirely 
incompatible with prevailing ideas and teach¬ 
ings. But these facts were not only intrinsically 
veracious but were capable of occular demon¬ 
stration, beyond all possibility of doubt, and 
thus, as nothing could be changed or refuted, 
science found itself compelled, for once, to hon¬ 
our the truth in its initial stage —to receive them 
gracefully unto itself and adopt them in its 
teachings. 

This discovery of the X-rays was followed 
closely by that of the N-rays, by the two Curies, 
husband and wife. This further discovery was a 
still greater surprise to the scientific world than 
the former one; for by its aid was established 
nothing less than the inconstancy of matter. 
Hitherto science, dealing not with knowledge, 
but with opinions, had held the belief that the 
atom is the ultimate form of matter and that 
no chemical or physical force can divide it, a 
teaching held to be incontrovertible. 

First, the discovery of the X-rays had 
markedly disturbed this belief, and then, on the 
discovery of the N-rays, it soon became indubit¬ 
ably clear that a constant destruction is taking 


330 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


place within the atom, an uninterrupted throwing 
off of smaller particles. 

But it is not our task to show how one dis¬ 
covery after another was made. We are merely 
interested in knowing that, because of these dis¬ 
coveries, we find today in the atom—not in the 
radium atom alone, but in every- atom as such 
—only a union of particles identical with one an¬ 
other, the so-called electrons, being but special 
forms of electro-magnetic forces. 

Professor Gruner writes as follows: “The 
atom is no longer the accepted, final unit of mat¬ 
ter, but has given place to the electron. 

The atom is no longer an individual compact 
particle of matter, but an aggregate of thousands 
of tiny bodies. 

“Furthermore, the atom is not indestructible; 
it can throw off successive electrons or groups 
of electrons from its numerous contents and so 
keep up a gradual, but veritable destruction.” 

Professor Thomson, who won the “Nobel” 
prize for his work on natural science, makes 
these distinct assertions: 

“(1) The electron is nothing more than a 
form of electricity. 

“(2) Each electron weighs 1/770th of a fluid 
atom. Of an atom, that is, which, hitherto had 
been regarded as the smallest individual particle. 

“(3) A fluid atom consists of 770 electrons 
and is formed of electricity without any other 
material. 

“(4) The atoms of other elements, besides 
radium, are also composed of electrons and of 
nothing else. 

“The number of electrons varies in different 
elements; for instance, an atom of quicksilver 
is composed of 150,000 electrons. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


331 


“(5) Electricity is the basis of all being.” 

Hitherto we have been taught to consider our 
bodies and their organs from no other standpoint 
than that of their elements. For if we attribute 
all the life of the body to the cells, these must 
consist only of primary matter, like the atoms of 
which they are formed. But we have now come 
to know that atoms, and, therefore, our bodies as 
well, are formed of electrons, or we might say, 
of crystalized electricity, consequently, we are 
compelled to recognize in the body a human ma¬ 
chine operated entirely under the direction of 
electrical forces. For electrons cannot lose their 
electrical character, merely because they are 
grouped together in atoms and form our bodies. 

It is a well known scientific fact that atoms 
attract and repel each other, just as is the case 
with electro-magnetic forces. 

Our bodies, then, are not only formed of 
electrons, which unite into atoms, but they are 
absolutely filled with free electrons; for every 
atom is surrounded with an envelope of free 
electrons, or, in other words, is the centre of a 
molecule of electrons, and carries its envelope of 
electrons precisely as the earth carries its en¬ 
velope of air. 

Thomson asserts on the basis of his latest ob¬ 
servations that: 

“Every atom forms a planetary system. 

“The 150,000 electrons of mercury, for in¬ 
stance, are arranged in four concentric spheres, 
like a system about the sun.” 

When we arrive at a complete understanding 
of these facts and their bearing upon life, we 
shall be able to control our bodies with perfect 
success by regulating their electric forces and 
adjusting their energies. 


332 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


As yet the main difficulty which obstructs 
our comprehension comes from the seeming dis¬ 
similarity of things within and things without 
man’s “passing strange, complex mortality.” This 
apparent lack of co-ordination presumedly stands 
in direct contradiction to the similarity of elec¬ 
trons. 

But however similar electrons may be, they 
still have different vibrations, which cause the 
differences between various objects,—between 
colors, shapes and sounds, between positive and 
negative conditions. 

It is only by differences of vibration in this 
world substance, which we may now venture to 
term electrons, that we are able to perceive a 
difference in objects around us. 

It is a matter of primary interest that the 
organs of the body should differ in this way; 
for in them are electrons with their inherent 
electro-magnetic properties, upon which the 
whole bodily machinery depends. 

Within our bodies positive currents of energy 
flow from above downward; for manifestly the 
remainder of the body is governed by the head. 

The electrons of the head must consequently 
be arranged as in a magnet—the positive pole 
above, the negative below—and they must be al¬ 
ways connected with their opposite pole, because 
the strength and the nature of a magnet depend 
entirely upon such connection. Thus our heads, 
under normal conditions, are cool, and our feet 
warm, so long as positive electro-magnetic force 
flows from above downward. 

In most men of the present day, on the con¬ 
trary, a condition usually exists the exact oppo¬ 
site of that common to normal healthy individ¬ 
uals. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


333 


A sense of well-being prevails in the body 
only so long as the electrons are in sympathetic 
contact with their opposite poles, and, because 
by this means they increase and extend their for¬ 
ces reciprocally, there exists also throughout the 
entire body a feeling of physical strength. 

Life upon the earth is dependent, as we know, 
upon the power of the sun. Positive electrical 
forces are displayed in sunlight, and we find that 
the electrical forces of the soil furnish their 
complements. Electrical power is manifested by 
both the earth and the sun—a fact unquestioned 
by those acquainted with observations made in 
the field of radio-activity. 

As a third factor, absolutely essential, I may 
mention the ocean, which I regard as the storage 
batteyy that distributes the power. 

Then mark the natural contrast between these 
mundane and solar forces—the one of a nature 
warm and vibrating quickly, the other cold and 
more slow of vibration. 

From this we may infer that we have before 
us an electrical opposition, a polarity; and as¬ 
suredly the electrical forces of the earth are 
those which are negative, since they vibrate more 
slowly and yield to control, while those of the 
sun are, on the contrary, positive, since they pos¬ 
sess the higher capacit)' for vibration and domin¬ 
ate the electrical forces of the earth. 

We may assert, further, that the forces of 
the earth are electrical, whilst those of the sun 
are magnetic. In support of this assertion the 
proof may be advanced that a magnet can raise 
a heavier load after lying in the sunlight; for 
the close affinity, between magnetism and sun¬ 
light are, in this way incontestably demonstrated. 

The interchange of these principles underlies 


334 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


all mundane activity and existence, and upon its 
cessation life would wholly disappear from the 
planet. 

The Various organs of the body, like every¬ 
thing else, fall under the immediate influence of 
this interchange of polar forces. The same elec¬ 
tric or electro-magnetic opposition exists therein 
as are elsewhere apparent in nature and, for evi¬ 
dence of the same we have not far to seek. 

The phenomena occurring in electrolysis—the 
science of chemical decomposition by galvanic 
action—are well known. 

When a current of electricity passes through 
a fluid capable of decomposition the acids gather 
about the positive pole and the alkalies about the 
negative pole. We thus detect the exercise of 
separate activities on the part of the positive and 
negative electrical forces,—their polarization,— 
when we notice that alkalies and acids separate 
upon the application of electrical forces. 

Similar conditions exist in our bodies. 

They occur in the mucous and serous mem¬ 
branes ; for the serous secretions react acid, the 
mucous ones, alkaline. 

The contrast, in anatomical structure, between 
the mucous and the serous membranes is due to 
the fact that they line the various organs, re¬ 
spectively, within and without. It also indicates 
an opposition in their electro-magnetic forces. 

These membrances cover, not only the large 
organs, but also the small ones, to the smallest 
muscular fibres. 

In this way an electro-magnetic contrast ex¬ 
ists in every part of the body, and it is this oppo¬ 
sition of forces which keeps the vital machinery 
of the body in working order. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


335 


Electro-magnetic attraction and resistance are 
the agencies which control metabolism and the 
action of the organs, so long as bodily strength 
and healthy blood are maintained. All internal 
and external stimuli are nothing more than elec¬ 
tro-magnetic processes. 

Even our bodily temperature, as we com¬ 
monly think of it under such conditions, resolves 
itself into electro-magnetic force or its product. 

Electricity, magnetism, light, and heat differ 
only in respect to vibration, and are in the final 
analysis one and the same. 

But since our bodies are not cold like the 
earth or, like its electric forces, vibrate slowly, 
but are warm and of quick vibration, we are suf¬ 
ficiently assured that they contain, not only the 
cold electro-magnetic forces, of slow vibration, 
but also those that are warm and vibrate rapidly. 
And thus, when a correct relation exists between 
positive and negative forces—that is to say, be¬ 
tween the forces of electricity and magnetism, 
then only have we normal temperature, then 
alone are zve normally healthy. 

When we come to enquire into the sources 
from which the body obtains these forces, there 
is little to be said. They are well known, can 
easily be traced, but to the keenest mind of 
scholarly research their source of origin is still 
an unturned page. 

Of things in the human economy which count, 
however, first in importance are food and 
breath; for in every atom of food we eat and 
every breath of air we breathe there are elec¬ 
trons which enter the body, there to be seized by 
the attraction of electro-magnetic action, stored 
away, and applied in vital processes. 


336 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


A source of vital energy, commonly known 
and little recognized, is the free, pure air, or, 
ether charged with the electrons of space. 

Out of space, positive and negative electrons 
constantly pass into the human body, their effect 
we feel at once; when, for instance, in a cold 
room, we commence to feel chilly, or on removal 
to' a warm room, or into the sunlight, a comfort¬ 
able feeling of warmth pervades the body and 
restores its normal temperature. 

Weather and local conditions have no small 
influence upon our state of health. In dry and 
elevated positions or in warm weather the con¬ 
dition of the body is more positive; in damp, 
low-lying places and in raw weather the electro¬ 
magnetic forces have a negative tendency. This 
is the explanation of those disturbances of health 
which occasionally arise and which we some¬ 
times experience in the dire form of epidemics. 

As an illustration, the difference of climatic 
conditions between the adjoining States of Wash¬ 
ington and Oregon are a case in point. 

Among other disturbing influences which ef¬ 
fect the electro-magnetic forces of the body are 
overfeeding and underfeeding, too much and too 
little exercise, particularly too much or too little 
stimulation , or false stimulation , or excitement 
of a physical or mental nature. Any one of 
these influences may produce disorder in the re¬ 
lations of the electro-magnetic forces of the 
body. The positive or negative electrons may 
be abnormally increased or diminished or their 
location disturbed. 

When the body contains too many negative, 
slowly vibrating forces, or electrons, and its ag¬ 
gregate of electron vibration is consequently 
diminished, the result follows that the feeling of 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


337 


strength—the vitality, that is, becomes depressed; 
we feel weak, tired in the limbs; we possess 
little warmth and easily grow cold; metabolism 
falls below the normal; the skin becomes pale 
and so causes the overplus of negative electrons 
stored in the mucous membrane to set up a 
morbid action of that structure. Catarrh sets 
in. In short, negative diseases are the immediate 
result; such, for example, as nervous debility, 
anaemia, diabetes, catarrh of the stomach, intest¬ 
ines or air passages, influenza, cholera and diph¬ 
theria. In these conditions the principles of 
physiological chemistry laid down by me may 
well be called into service and improvement ef¬ 
fected by a correct adjustment of diet. 

When there is an excess of rapidly vibrating, 
positive electrical forces, or electrons, raising the 
vitality of the nerves and blood above the nor¬ 
mal, the sufferer becomes easily excitable; the 
body is hot and inclines to inflammatory, fever¬ 
ish or positive diseases, which take the form of 
inflammation of the lungs, measles, scarlet fe¬ 
ver, chicken-pox, typhoid fever, etc. 

As I have already remarked, in order to un¬ 
derstand 1 a disease and to undertake its cure, it 
is first of all necessary to form a clear mental 
picture of its course and origin. With this pur¬ 
pose in view and a medical library at command 
I have honestly tried to formulate from the ini¬ 
tial stages a mental picture of scarlet fever, 
measles, and kindred ailments; but the entire 
medical literature did not advance me further 
than pathological anatomy, which informs us that 
the original cause of disease is certain changes 
in the form of the cellular elements of different 
digestive organs, in the explanation of which 


338 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


the customary technical terms are used, such as 
atrophy, degeneration and metamorphosis. 

By the aid of true physiological chemistry I 
have been enabled to trace these mysterious inci¬ 
dences in the life current, learning that the cellu¬ 
les—the smallest elements in the human system 
—require for their composition alternating quan¬ 
tities of different chemical substances. 

Which of the chemical elements these are, 
what mutual relations exist between different 
organs of the body, and by what means they en¬ 
ter the organism, it has become my intricate and 
absorbing task to observe. 

In this investigation it was gradually made 
clear to me that every organ and every tissue is 
dependent upon the introduction of proper nutri¬ 
tive constituents into the blood. 

Healthy blood formation is the one great es¬ 
sential requisite to the maintenance of health or 
the cure of disease. And such blood must be 
formed from a full supply of the requisite chem¬ 
ical factors, including all of the mineral ingredi¬ 
ents. 

Dech-Manna Diet. 

This is a point commonly overlooked, and 
my organic nutritive cell-food termed Dech- 
Manna-Diet is especially designed for the pur¬ 
pose of its enforcement. 

In order to obtain a clear understanding of 
the various forms of disease which attack the 
human body, it is requisite to know more of the 
condition we call inflammation. To this end we 
may consider successively the following facts; 
namely, that electrons so fill the body as to 
bring its condition to one equivalent to that of 
a magnet; that electron lies ranged beside elec- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


339 


tron; and, that no alteration of location takes 
place. 

Effect of Injury. 

But now, suppose some part of the body is 
subjected to a morbid irritation by some injury. 
The affected electrons are set into increased 
vibration and acquire an excess of force above 
that of the neighbouring electrons. For, the 
faster a substance vibrates, the more its force 
increases—a fact with which we are familiar in 
the action of boiling water and the generation of 
steam. In proportion as the affected part ex¬ 
ceeds the adjoining parts in the vibration of its 
electrons, it becomes more positive than they 
and gradually involves these adjoining electrons 
in the accelerated process of vibration. So, at 
the seat of injury a centre of positive action is 
brought into existence which becomes the more 
intense the longer it continues. 

Since the electrons in this locality fall out of 
their regualar positions, in consequence of the 
general attraction and gravitate toward their 
appropriate poles, they are found to exercise a 
reciprocally repellent influence upon each other, 
by which action the vibration naturally increases 
still further. This causes pain; for the pro¬ 
nounced opposition of the electrons is attended 
by a feeling of considerable unpleasantness. The 
blood, which is an efficient conductor of electro¬ 
magnetic force, becomes involved through its 
ready mobility. The affected part becomes filled 
with blood. It swells and becomes inflamed;— 
quickened metabolism and greater warmth are 
produced by the increase in blood contents and 
by the more rapid vibrations of the electrons. 
If the inflammatory process progresses further, 


340 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


the tissues finally disintegrate, partly because of 
blood stagnation, but chiefly because of the 
supra-normal vibration of the electrons. Either 
the tissues are shattered by this motion, or melt 
in the resultant heat. They undergo purulent 
disintegration, as we may call it. 

Bacteria. 

Since the cells created are formed of bacteria, 
that is to say, of vital germs, as the body tissues 
are of cells, the destruction of the tissues and 
cells of necessity sets bacteria free; these there¬ 
fore are not in reality the cause, but the result 
of disease. 

Febrile, or Positive Diseases. 

In pronounced inflammation the disturbance 
of the electrons, the heat, apart from the func¬ 
tional irregularities which occur in systemic pro¬ 
cesses, is diffused through the entire body: the 
sickness becomes fever. The blood is impelled 
with increased pressure throughout the whole 
body. If during this process negative electrons 
hold the preponderance in the body, the fever is 
of a feeble, adynamic type. But when there are 
many positive electrons in the body and extens¬ 
ive regions are involved in the disease process, 
so that pronounced cause exists for increased 
vibration of electrons, there arise those condi¬ 
tions we designate as scarlet fever, measles, and 
chicken-pox. For, just as in a steam engine, the 
increased vibration of the steam exerts a strong 
pressure upon the piston, so the increased vibra¬ 
tion of the electrons in the body finally drives 
the blood with a similar pressure to the skin, 
where it produces stasis, or stagnation, sweats 
and other like disturbances. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


341 


Curative Process. 

As to curative measures, the course to be 
followed is clearly self-evident and defined. It 
could not be other than that of regulating each 
vibratory body, of soothing the electrons quick¬ 
ened by morbid conditions, and accelerating those 
which have been depressed. 

Lazv of opposites. 

Since treatment can effect this end in no 
other way than by producing contrary condi¬ 
tions it is evident that a plan of opposition must 
be followed. And, just as day is the opposite 
of night, summer of winter, heat of cold, the 
positive of the negative, so, from the changes 
effected by this opposition every circumstance 
and every manifestation takes its rise. This is 
Natural Law, fixed and immutable throughout 
nature and for all time. Following this law con¬ 
sistently, our course is clear and simple: in cases 
of innutrition we seek to increase the nutritive 
faculty by means of proper food; for the over¬ 
worked we prescribe rest, for those who need 
exercise, work; warmth for the cold and cooling 
for the feverish. 

Action of Water. 

For cooling we use pure water, the most 
common and most serviceable of remedies. It 
cools, soothes and restores equilibrium because 
its mineral affinities determine its vibratory ac¬ 
tion as of lower, slower grade, and because one 
of its constituents is oxygen, the most negative 
of all elements. 

Action of earth or mud. 

Even more opposed to inflammation than wa¬ 
ter, is earth, or mud. Mud produces a more de- 


342 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


cided cooling effect than water; necessarily so, 
since its nature is more pronouncedly negative, 
its vibrations slower. Antiphlogistine, clay ace¬ 
tate, or mud, would be of undoubted service in 
accordance with the law we have been follow¬ 
ing; but the same object may be more easily and 
readily attained by the use of packs. 

Vinegar packs. 

In employing vinegar in this connection, it 
should only be used with mud or water. Acids 
are decidedly negative in their electrical action, 
and therefore, have a curative effect upon in¬ 
flammatory diseases. The use of vinegar in 
connection with clay and water in the treat¬ 
ment of inflammations and fevers is a common, 
old-time custom; but those who do so, ignorant¬ 
ly perhaps, from force of example or hear-say, 
unconsciously carry out in so doing one of the 
plainest scientific laws. Why so? Is it be¬ 
cause this liquid kills bacilli or destroys morbid 
products? No, because it quiets the agitated 
electrons and equalizes their distribution. 

The safest plan is to take two parts water 
and one part of vinegar. Vinegar prevents 
coagulation of the blood-cells, and in conse¬ 
quence, stagnation and inflammation are avoided. 

Cooling Drinks. 

For a similar reason acid drinks, such as le¬ 
monade, raspberry vinegar, and diluted rasp¬ 
berry juice, are of the greatest services in in¬ 
flammations and fevers. They compose the sys¬ 
tem from within outward. For, as soon as any 
electrical negative is brought into contact with 
the system, streams of electricity course through 
the body and reduce the inflammation. The best 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


343 


lemonade for this purpose is my preparation 
“Tonogen,” because it contains all the necessary 
acids, besides the necessary constituents for in¬ 
ducing circulation and thereby preventing stag¬ 
nation. It is easily established that patients 
treated according to my method have become 
very much stronger and healthier than they were 
before the beginning of their illness. 

Formerly, the proportion of deaths among 
these who contracted typhoid fever reached 
twenty and thirty per cent and even higher. 
These deaths occurred simply because of ex¬ 
cessive internal heat. Today, a wide experience 
shows that hardly any of such cases succumb. 

Temperature Reduction. 

The application of water in typhoid fever has 
secured for it a permanent place in the sick¬ 
room. Not only have we been enabled by re¬ 
ducing the temperature with water, to attain the 
very best results in the treatment of typhoid 
cases, inflammation of the lungs, and all posi¬ 
tive heat diseases, but by the same measures, we 
are now able to forestall its development with 
increasing certainty. • . • 

Brand kept typhoid fever away from his sol¬ 
diers while it raged around them in the sever- 

• * • ♦ 

est form, by the simple specific of a daily bath 
of an hour’s duration in cold water. 

It is easy to understand why scarlet fever, 
measles and chicken-pox—all positive diseases— 
demand the exclusion of sunlight in their treat¬ 
ment. Experience has shown that the treatment 
' ' „ * 
of these diseases makes a more favorable prog¬ 
ress when sunlight is excluded. 

This fact stands in sharp contrast to all previ¬ 
ous observations as to the importance of sun- 
shine in the treatment of disease. 


344 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Negative Diseases. 

Now let us leave the consideration of the 
febrile or positive diseases and turn to those of 
negative character, as well as to disturbances 
where a reduced vibration of the electrons, a 
preponderance of cold negative electrical forces, 
and unhealthy action on the part of the mucous 
membranes, constitute the condition. 

Curative Process. 

In this instance, in order to initiate the cura¬ 
tive process it is necessary to accelerate the vi¬ 
bration of the electrons in the body—to render 
the system positive. 

The principal remedy is heat, because it en¬ 
genders a higher rate of vibration of the elec¬ 
trons. For this reason steam baths and other 
methods of applying heat prove highly remedial 
in negative diseases of the catarrhal and kindred 
varieties. They increase the vibration of elec¬ 
trons throughout the body and consequently, 
stimulate metabolism. The morbid activity of 
the mucous membranes is reduced and the blood 
flows actively again toward the surface, so that 
the internal organs experience immediate reliet 
from abnormal pressure. 

Sun baths. Light baths. 

Unquestionably in this age, marked as it is 
by the prevalence of negative ailments, sun baths 
and electric light baths will celebrate triumph 
upon triumph over disease, for they reanimate 
the vibration of the electrons even more than 
do steam baths, and create a direct supply of 
rapidly vibrating positive electrons. One can 
easily be satisfied on this point by observing 
the result of the simple but conclusive experi¬ 
ment of lying in the sunshine when cold. Baths 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


345 


in electric light and in sunshine strengthen the 
system of one negatively sick, just as a strong 
current of inductive electricity gives augmented 
force to a machine operated by inadequate elec¬ 
tric power. The responsive reaction need cause 
no surprise, for every popular sea-beach shows 
with what wonderful electrical results a salt wa¬ 
ter bath is attended when followed by a sun 
bath in the sand. 


Exercise. 

Equally important in the management of ne¬ 
gative diseases is exercise. 

Everyone knows that exercise makes us 
warm, and we know now that warmth comes 
from a quicker vibration of ether, or rightly 
speaking, the electrons of ether. So, not only 
is the circulation of the blood improved and me¬ 
tabolism increased by exercise, above all, the vi¬ 
bration of the electrons is enlivened, thus causing 
their character to be changed to positivity, and the 
number of positive electrons in the body to be 
increased. Consequently, negative diseases, which 
result from a preponderance of negative electrons 
in the body, disappear before systematic exer¬ 
cise, as the darkness of night before the rising 
of the sun. 

M assage. 

Massage not only removes mechanical dis¬ 
turbances of circulation, but also increases the 
vibration of electrons in the body. It is, there¬ 
fore, an invaluable remedy in negative diseases. 

In case of chronic depression, we should by 
no means underestimate the importance of that 
comfortable feeling induced by the exercise of 
electronal vibrations, which supervenes upon 
properly administered massage. 


346 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Colored Light Treatment. 

A recent method of treatment is that by col¬ 
ored light. Sunshine, prismatically dissected, is 
known to vibrate at a rate of about four hun¬ 
dred million for red and eight hundred million 
for blue. The different rays of sunlight there¬ 
fore must have different effects upon the world 
of living things, and red light must produce con¬ 
ditions of less violent vibration, blue light of 
quickened vibration. 

In scarlet fever, measles, and chicken-pox, 
as in all positive febrile diseases, we have seen 
that there is a morbid increase of vibration in 
the electrons. Here, therefore, red light is used 
for curative purposes because it vibrates quietly. 
In lupus, chronic rheumatism, anemia, and such 
diseases, a slow vibration of electrons takes 
place in the body; hence, in such cases, blue light 
is a medium of cure. 

Internal Treatment. 

These considerations of the effects of colored 
light bring us to the treatment of disease by so- 
called internal means. 


Salts. 

In a chemical sense the salts of the body are 
those compounds which consists of two ele¬ 
ments, such as water. All salts possess 
the peculiarity of producing electrical ex¬ 
citation; consequently it is possible for them 
to generate electricity when coming in contact 
with carbohydrates. Now the entire structure of 
the human connective tissue is nothing more or 
less than a combination of carbohydrates with a 
salt, that is, with sulphate of lime-ammonia. In 
this way, natural electrical energy of a positive 
character exists in the connective tissue which 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


347 


forms the basis of the spleen, the lungs, the 
stomach, the intestines, the muscles, in fact of 
the whole body. Therefore, the nervous and 
arterial systems, together with the heart, are sup¬ 
plied, through the medium of their basis of con¬ 
nective tissues, with electrical energy, by the 
contact of the electro-negative oxygen which 
the blood furnishes and the positive sulphate of 
lime-ammonia in the walls of these organs. 

Nourishment . 

We now come to a consideration of nourish¬ 
ment. We recognize today the truth of what 
was asserted years ago by Jezek; namely, that 
food undergoes a kind of gaseous decomposition 
in our bodies—one in which the atoms of the 
elements are resolved into electrons and so be¬ 
come the foundation of new atomic structures. 
For the separation of atoms into electrons and 
their entrance into new and different forms— 
that process which is constantly taking place be¬ 
fore our eyes in the external world of Nature 
—must assuredly be likewise going on in like 
manner in the human body. 

Food. 

The world is just awakening and far more 
inquiry will now be made in the future as to the 
chemical properties of food, and also as to its 
necessary quantity and calorific value. It will 
then be clearly appreciated that vegetable food 
has a higher value as a producer of energy than 
animal food, because we find in it in more avail¬ 
able form the original elements of force which 
exists in all matter. For the animal kingdom 
lives upon the vegetable kingdom and obtains 
every power it has from vegetable atoms. In the 
vegetable kingdom the vibration of the electrons 


348 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


is of an electrical character; therefore, vegeta¬ 
ble food is of value in the form of electrical 
force, through its nutritive salts. By maintain¬ 
ing vital processes through its vibrations it ren¬ 
ders us another service of a magnetic nature. It 
is definitely known that quite as much force is 
derived from vegetable as from animal food, be¬ 
cause the former is introduced into the system 
chiefly in the form of a rapidly vibrating posi¬ 
tive magnetic force. Because of its slow vibra¬ 
tion vegetable food manifests a lower degree of 
heat than animal food, and plants possess less 
warmth than animals. 

Diet. 

For this reason vegetable diet is distinctly ap¬ 
propriate in febrile diseases. By reason of its 
more moderate vibration it is also the best diet for 
nervous people. 

Food Standard. 

The usefulness of any article of diet depends 
upon its adaptability for entering into combina¬ 
tions within the system. This, in turn, depends 
solely upon its higher or lower standing in re¬ 
spect to vibrations. This is the reason why the 
human organism cannot subsist upon mineral 
food. 

Heat. 

We need in our vital economy a definite 
amount of heat, or positive magnetic force. This 
is lacking when the system neither produces 
enough to meet its needs in compensation for 
expended energy or is not properly supplied 
with food, fresh air and sunshine. 

Discretion. 

For this reason it is well to remember that 
discretion must be used, as any unauthorized, 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


349 


unwise or too rapid change to a strict vegetarian 
diet may result, in certain cases, in bringing 
about an underfed condition or in weakening, 
and even disease, so that the system may be ob¬ 
liged to call in the aid of digestive tonics in or¬ 
der to obtain all the material it needs for the 
formation of its body-cells. 

Enough, however, has been said on the sub¬ 
ject I think, to clear the stage, as it were, of 
the debris of antiquated “orthodox” perform¬ 
ances. 

We of the independent and rational branch 
of the science of healing, ignorantly termed 
“unorthodox,” have devised a means of pre¬ 
venting disease and curing it, when en¬ 
countered, in a natural way, with materials 
that regenerate and invigorate the blood, and 
this method is slowly but surely fighting its 
way into general recognition. In time we 
may hope to be able to make the so-called 
“inevitable” children’s complaints a matter 
of the past, and to raise a generation in 
which the sins of the forefathers shall be ex¬ 
tinct, so that sane and healthy offspring will 
be the result. But pending such time—until 
the final victory of the biological-hygienic 
system for the prevention of disease—we are 
now prepared and able to cope with the still 
existing conditions, and to heal, if proper 
attention is paid to our teachings. 

Diet for Children in General. 

For the infant child as well as for its 
mother, it is naturally best that it should be 
nursed by the mother. The infant should re¬ 
ceive the breast every three hours approxi¬ 
mately, and no food should be given it dur- 


350 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


ing the night, in order to make the feeding 
regular and avoid intestinal catarrh through 
over-feeding. 

A regular diet is necessary for a nursing 
mother. Hot spices and foods producing gas, 
must be avoided. Tight clothes that cause 
degeneration of the mammary glands, are 
prohibited. 

If the mother is unable to nurse the child, 
and a wet-nurse cannot be afforded, the child 
must be fed artificially, and this requires pain¬ 
staking care and attention. 

The main factor is to secure good cow’s 
milk, which is most like human milk. Milk 
from cows that are kept in barns, should not be 
used, for these animals constantly live in stables 
that lack fresh air, and under conditions very 
detrimental to the milk. 

The milk should be warmed carefully, there¬ 
by approximating the temperature of the 
mother’s milk (86° to 98.6°) before it is given 
to the infant. The nursing bottle and the rub¬ 
ber caps must be kept scrupulously clean. The 
milk should be shaken thoroughly before being 
used, in order to make a perfect intermixture of 
milk and cream. 

The newly born infant is not able to digest 
undiluted milk, and therefore must receive: 

1st to 5th day: 1 part milk to three parts 
water. 

5th to 30th day: 1 part milk to two parts 
water. 

30th to 60th day: Half milk, half water. 

3rd to 8th month: 1 part milk, one-half part 
water. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


351 


Or: 

1st to 3rd month, every 2 hours; 1 part milk, 
two parts water, with the addition of 2 table- 
spoonsful milk sugar to 1 or \ l / 2 quarts milk. 

4th to 5th month, every 3 hours: 1 part milk, 
1 part water. 

6th to 9th month: 2 parts milk, 1 part water. 

Thereafter pure milk, with the addition of 
very little sugar, or gruel made of oatmeal or 
something similar. Among the preparations that 
are best known are Knorr’s and Nestle’s. 

Not until the first teeth have made their ap¬ 
pearance, should the child begin to have thin 
groat soup, a few soft boiled eggs, and a little 
more solid food. 

Infants fed artificially must receive food fre¬ 
quently. 

Later on, still maintaining the milk diet, light 
milk and flour food, vegetables and meat gravy 
may be given. Infants and even older children 
should, under no circumstances, receive miscel¬ 
laneous delicacie's, or highly seasoned and greasy 
dishes. Strong tea and coffee are poison to the 
nervous system of children. 

Tn case of intestinal diseases milk must be 
substituted for other diet, with decoctions of 
cereal flour. Furthermore, Dech-Manna choco¬ 
late and malt-chocolate, boiled in milk, are 
recommended. 

Diet for School Children. 

The appetite of children increases with their 
growth and years, and is always a sign of good 
health. Much exercise in the open air is of the 
greatest benefit to children. It is not, however, 
immaterial how children are fed. The theory 
that children should receive whatever is served 
on the family table, may be correct from the 


352 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


standpoint of discipline, but it may bring about 
trouble if the food that is offered does not agree 
with the stomach of the child. Food for children 
should be light and display variety. It is not 
correct to believe that what is eaten with aver¬ 
sion, has a healthy effect, and by forcing children 
to eat food against which their natural instinct 
rebels, parents have often seriously injured their 
children. 

In a general way, soup, vegetables, fari¬ 
naceous food or a little meat and fruit is suf¬ 
ficient for the principal meal. 

In the morning a cup of milk, cocoa or weak 
coffee (fruit or malt), with a piece of bread; 
for anaemic children, butter and bread and honey. 
Prepared in various forms, plenty of milk and 
farinaceous food, rice, groat, oats, barley, corn- 
meal, fruit and cooked fruit should be eaten, 
which all children like and which are superior 
in effect, since they are so easily digested. Pure 
water with a little fruit-juice added occasionally; 
in the afternoon weak tea with milk, fruit coffee, 
cocoa, malt chocolate; in the summer time, cold 
sweet or sour milk; these should be the drinks 
for growing children. Bread and butter with Si 
little marmalade is always welcome. When 
fruit is in season, some fresh fruit and dry 
bread is sufficient in the afternoon; the supper 
should be simple, warm or cold, but without high 
seasoning; potatoes with butter, soft boiled eggs 
bread and ham, cold roast meat, soup or some 
well prepared farinaceous food one hour before 
bed-time. Food should not be served very hot-, 
should be well masticated and eaten with little 
to drink during the meal. It is better to take a 
glass of water before the meal. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


35.1 

Alcoholic drinks arc strictly prohibited, since 
they produce nervous irritation and make study 
much harder. 

Game, when not too high and without spice 
is good for growing children. Dishes prepared 
from internal organs, such as liver, kidneys and 
brains, are usually repugnant to children, and 
should be avoided. Steamed vegetables are pre¬ 
ferable to those cooked with sauce. Salads for 
children should not be highly seasoned, but should 
be prepared with butter, cream and lemon juice, 
in which form they are of great nutritive value. 
Avoid delicacies and mayonnaise dressing. Ice 
cream is the delight of most children. Permit 
small quantities, but eaten with crisp biscuit only, 
so as to avoid catarrh of the stomach. 

Children should have one or two meals be¬ 
tween the regular meals. Greatest variety should 
prevail at dinner and supper, and the favorite 
dishes of the various children should be served 
from time to time. 

Taste and appetite are the means by which 
the intestinal organs express what they consider 
most suitable for the system. That which tastes 
good not only influences the health of the body, 
but also the mental condition of the child. Proper 
food, ample time for play and much fresh air 
will make the physician’s visit a rare necessity. 
However, if a child becomes ill, medical advice 
should be obtained immediately and followed 
strictly, thus avoiding many sad experiences. 

Nearly all forms of children’s disease are 
combined with fever, and even without any of 
the characteristic symptoms of the various forms 
of disease, children are often subject to more or 
less intense attacks of fever. Therefore, in the 
following pages I am giving an extensive de¬ 
scription of fever from a biological standpoint, 


354 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


together with its dietetic treatment—not cure: 
for, as will be seen, fever in itself is not a dis¬ 
ease•, but the attempt of nature to get rid of a dis¬ 
ease. 

This elaborate description of fever in all its 
phases will also serve as a valuable illustration 
of the manner in which all subjects dealt with 
are treated in my greater work: “Regeneration, 
or Dare to be Healthy.” 


FEVER AND ITS TREATMENT, BASED 

ON BIOLOGY 

(A) General Description. 

Fever is one of the protective institutions of 
the body, which very often acts most advan¬ 
tageously in the interests of the preservation of 
the organism. It is a symptom, or rather a 
group of symptoms, consisting of an increase of 
temperature, acceleration of metabolism, excite¬ 
ment of the nerves, numbness and frequently 
delirium. 

Undoubtedly a fever of long duration and 
high temperature may injure the organism to the 
extent that death ensues. 

There have been, nevertheless, at all times, 
those who hold the opinion that fever, as such, 
does not under any circumstances, injure the or¬ 
ganism of itself alone. 

Fever has at all times been regarded, and to 
a much higher degree to-day than formerly, as a 
healthy reaction against diseased matter, and in¬ 
deed, as an expression of the healing tendency 
of nature, Hippocrates considered it an excel¬ 
lent remedy. Thomas Campanello recognized its 
qualities of removing diseased matter. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


355 


This doctrine is corroborated by the findings 
in regard to infections. 

Through fever the organism is freed from 
micro-organisms which may have forced their 
way in. Fever operates like fire, destroying the 
contagious matter. After this is done the rem¬ 
nants are excreted through intense and extreme¬ 
ly offensive perspiration. 

Experiments have taught us that the growth 
and the resisting power of many microbes de¬ 
crease if the temperature of the body rises, but 
1.8 to 3.6 degrees above normal. It is also a 
remarkable fact that in every disease where 
bacteria are found, there is a special type of 
fever, which takes its course in such strict ac¬ 
cordance with its law, that the physician is 
thereby able to determine the nature of the 
disease. 

While the degree of temperature is decisive 
in regard to the life of micro-organisms, the 
height of the temperature does not, in itself, con¬ 
stitute a criterion of the gravity of danger. It is 
the duty of the physician to fight the fever, since 
the patient may succumb to a high temperature, 
as to a low one. 

In order to gauge the situation accurately it 
is necessary to regard fever, not as a disease, 
but as what it really is in essence: a symptom 
which accompanies the greatest variety of the 
processes of disease,—symptom of the most vari¬ 
able significance in various cases. It must be 
fought like other symptoms, such as vomiting, 
coughing, pains and diarrhoea; namely, in a 
general way—provided only that it is not a mani¬ 
festation of the healing tendency of the or- 

» • • -s r . 

ganism. 

In decreasing the fever, we moderate the ex¬ 
citement of the nerves, remove the numbness, 


356 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


secure calmness, refreshment and sleep, and de¬ 
fend the patient against threatening manifesta¬ 
tions of disease. 

Very often it is not a case of treating the 
fever, but of dealing with the disease which 
causes the fever. We must consequently not be 
guided by the thermometer but by the condition 
of the nervous system. 

Two conditions must be observed in treating 
fever according to the rules of biology. 

In the first place, the treatment of febrile dis¬ 
ease must not be carried on in accordance with 
general principles, but individually, according to 
the nature of the disease in each particular case. 

In the second place, it is necessary that the 
antipyretic treatment, to reduce the fever, 
should not be foreign to the organism and 
should not be such as is not measurable in de¬ 
grees as to its effects, or has any unpleasant 
accompanying effects or after-effects. 

Only the biological system of healing re¬ 
sponds to these demands. Only cognate physical 
forces, in affinity with the human organism ac¬ 
cording to biological laws, can influence vital 
occurrences with the hope of success and with¬ 
out the danger of unfavorable accompanying ef¬ 
fects and consequences. 

Only physical remedies and treatments per¬ 
mit of adequate gradations such as will appeal 
to the power of reaction of the organism. 

In the appropriate application of certain in¬ 
fluences of nature, especially in the diversified 
applications of water, we possess a mode of pro¬ 
cedure which, assisted by an appropriate die¬ 
tetic regime adapted to the principles of bio¬ 
logical healing and to the conditions of life in 
health and disease, offers advantages which no 
other treatment affords and benefits the patient 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


357 


10 an extent, which cannot be too highly esti¬ 
mated. 

In the treatment of fever we must, in the 
first place, follow the impulses of instinct— 
harmonized, however, with the fundamental laws 
and methods of biological treatment—if success 
is to be obtained. Instinctively, in the case of a 
hot forehead, we turn to the application of cold 
compresses; for cold feet, the use of such appli¬ 
ances as will bring about heat. Tormenting thirst 
is assuaged by a mouthful of cooling water. But 
the instinct of impulse alone might also lead 
one burning with high fever to seek relief by 
immersion in cooling water; thus, in order to 
discover the rational course we must be guided 
by the fundamental laws of the biological system 
of healing. 

■ r ' 

(B) Treatment. 

To these biological explanations of what fever 
is, it will be interesting to add some general de¬ 
scription and explanation of its treatment, such 
as may serve in an emergency as an indication 
of the proper course to be pursued and by the 
most simple means, pending the attendance of 
an hygienic physician. 

I must again call special attention to the im¬ 
portance of not clinging too literally to the let¬ 
ter of the law,—of every rule laid down,—but 
rather to study by the light of such laws and 
with alert intelligence the special features of 
the case at issue. 

Of all hygienic treatments of fever, which 
have come under my notice in the course of 
many years, there is none more clearly, simply 
and intelligibly described than that which Dr. C. 
Sturm, has published in his book, “Die natur- 


358 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


liche Heilmethode” (The Natural Method of 
Healing). I will, therefore, employ it in my ex¬ 
planations, (as translated from the German) 
adding to it my advanced methods, especially the 
hydropathic and dietetic treatments which are 
more in accordance with the demands of modern 
biological therapy. 

In the first place, as we know, fever is in¬ 
dicated by an abnormally hot skin. This heat 
is noticeable even by touching the patient with 
the palm of the hand. 

A precise measurement of this heat, of 
course, requires a thermometer. The best kind 
is a so-called maximum thermometer. 

The temperature is taken by putting the low¬ 
er end of the glass into the axilla, or armpit, of 
the arm, or in the mouth or the rectum of the 
patient, and leaving it there for from 8 to 10 
minutes. When withdrawn, the temperature ot 
the patient can be read at a glance. 

The temperature of the skin, however, is not 
the only indication of fever. It is accompanied 

simultaneously by accelerated action of the pulse, 

✓ 

up to 120 beats per minute, and even more; also 
by increased thirst and, as an indication of very 
intense affection, extreme exhaustion and lassi¬ 
tude. The increased excretion becomes mani¬ 
fest through dark and strong-smelling urine and, 
especially at the time when the fever begins to 
abate, through intense perspiration. 

In the beginning of fever the change alter¬ 
nating between chills and abnormal heat is very 
characteristic; frequently, and especially in se¬ 
vere attacks, it begins with shivers. The patient 
suddenly feels an intense chill, so that he com¬ 
mences to shake all over, his teeth chatter and 
he grasps whatever covering he can for warmth. 
Suddenly, following this, a rapid increase of 


359 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

temperature occurs, and the patient begins to 
complain of intense heat. In other cases patients 
complain of feeling very cold, while their skin 
indicates a marked degree of warmth. 

With higher degrees of temperature, the fever 
may induce a loss of consciousness. The patient 
becomes delirious, loses urinary and fecal con¬ 
trol and displays the signs of total collapse. 

Fever, as I have already indicated, is a kind 
of physical revolution, a state of excitation which, 
differing so widely as to cause, character and 
degree, cannot be judged according to any fixed 
rule. The temperature of a patient we may 
read from the thermometer; but the real nature 
of the fever we do not learn until we con¬ 
sider his constitution, his innate faculties and the 
strength to which his various organs have at¬ 
tained. For this purpose we must take into con¬ 
sideration not only the physical, attributes, but 
also the quality of the senses and of the mind, 
since these items are of the utmost importance 
in determining the tenacity, i. e., the power of 
resistance of the patient. 

From this point of view it will be under¬ 
stood that people possessing a calm and phleg¬ 
matic temperament, will not attain to high de¬ 
grees of fever, except in cases of very serious 
complications, while nervous people may quickly 
reach very considerable degrees of temperature. 
Children and younger people are more inclined 
to high fever, since their organs are still im¬ 
mature. This explains why simple inflammations, 
which are not general throughout the body, or 
frequent indigestion, which in itself does not 
figure as a dangerous illness, will in the case 
of children appear under the gravest symptoms. 
It follows, therefore, how necessary it is to 
discriminate closely and decide accordingly be- 


360 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


tween severe symptoms of fever as manifested 
by people of calm temperament, and similar 
cases when manifested by people of nervous tem¬ 
perament. 

Unfortunately fever has been treated in the 
past according- to set and rigid rules. As soon 
as ihe temperature of a patient rose from 98.6° 
and 99.6° to 100.4°, it was pronounced to be 
fever, and preparations were made to treat it 
accordingly. The treatment became more ener¬ 
getic the higher the fever rose to 105.8° and 
107.6°. 

It was said that under all circumstances the 
temperature must be lowered to normal. 

This idea is decidedly wrong and most dan¬ 
gerous for the patient. For, while a calm and 
phlegmatic patient may withstand this strong re¬ 
duction of excitement in his internal organs, 
which in fact require it, the procedure necessary 
to bring it about, as a rule exceeds what the 
nervous patient can endure. 

The fever should only be reduced in accord¬ 
ance with the strength of the patient, otherwise 
extreme irritation must ensue, such as has caus¬ 
ed the death of hundreds of thousands in the 
past. It is better, therefore, to leave a nervous 
patient in his fever and strengthen him by vari¬ 
ous devices, so that he may overcome it. Later 
he may require and, consequently, be able to 
withstand stronger measures. For this purpose 
T recommend simple ablutions, in some cases 
the application of abdominal packs for half an 
hour, using two-thirds water and one-third 
vinegar, as previously prescribed. In addition, 
the natural vigor of the patient is to be strength¬ 
ened by administering to him, at intervals of 
from half an hour to two hours, Dechmann’s 
Tonogen and Dechmann’s Plasmcgen alternately. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


361 


The treatment must be in proportion to the 
strength of the patient. Thus the quiet, ener¬ 
getic temperament can endure more extensive 
packs; his nature in fact requires them. His 
body may be completely packed or at least 
three-quarters, by placing the moist sheet around 
his entire body except the arms, while the wool¬ 
en blanket is either wrapped around the whole 
body, including the arms, or, as before, leaves 
the patient free to move his arms, which are 
then only covered by the bed-clothes. A patient 
of this kind may also be treated with ablutions 
or put into a half bath at 75.2°, while cooler 
water is poured over him. Young and strong 
patients have endured even cooler baths as 
powerful stimulants. 

The nearer a patient approaches to a nerv¬ 
ous, weak condition, the more caution is re¬ 
quired to allow him luke warm baths only, or, 
still better, ablutions at 77°, which may be made 
severer by not drying the patient. 

It is very beneficial to weak patients to fre¬ 
quently wash their hands, face and neck, with¬ 
out drying them. 

A very careful treatment of the hair is also 
a great necessity, especially for women. Clean 
and well combed hair is very beneficial to a 
patient. Slight ablutions of the head and comb¬ 
ing the hair while wet, are very cooling and re¬ 
freshing. 

The stronger the nature of a patient, the 
safer it becomes to rely upon a single mode of 
procedure. Thus, cold packs may be sufficient in 
case of high fever if applied about every half 
hour or hour; or, if the temperature is not quite 
so high, at intervals, from one hour and a half 
to two hours. With weaker persons more variety 
of procedure is imperative, but none of them 


362 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


must be too stringently applied. In these cases 
mild ablutions should be used several times dur¬ 
ing the day, and they may be alternated with 
packs of the whole lower part of the body or 
packs on the calves of the legs. 

Cool or cold enemas are rapidly absorbed 
and thus have a quieting influence on the large 
blood reservoir in the abdomen. Little mouth¬ 
fuls of water are also taken from time to time, 
but too much water always weakens the patient. 

(C) Djet in Cases of Fever. 

As diet in cases of fever I recommend the 
prescriptions of Professor Moritz, which coincide 
with my own experiences, so far as a fever diet 
is concerned; and in addition the physiologico- 
chemical cell-food which I have used for many 
years with the greatest success (Dech-Manna 
Diet). The importance of the latter is due to 
the fact that it not only prevents the destruction 
of the cells, but has a general strengthening ef¬ 
fect upon the system. 

Whatever the differences in manifestation the 
febrile diseases may show, the febrile reduction 
of the digestive capacity of the stomach and the 
bowels is so characteristic, that it should be 
specially noted in this connection. 

True, fever shows considerable disturbance of 
metabolism, since the decomposition of the al¬ 
bumen is increased in an abnormal way. This 
fact, however, does not demand any particular 
attention, in regard to diet. As far as possible 
during fever it is well to exercise an economiz¬ 
ing influence on the decomposition of the al¬ 
bumen of the body through the introduction of 
all kinds of food that produce energy, so that 
it is not necessary to give preference to any on q 
particular kind of food. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


363 


The injury to digestion during fever com¬ 
prises not only the peptic functions, which mani¬ 
fest themselves clearly in a reduction of the 
excretion of hydrochloric acid, but all functions 
pertaining thereto, the motory as well as the 
resorptive. 

The danger that the patient will receive too 
much solid food, hard to digest, is generally 
speaking not very great since, during acute 
fever, patients as a rule show a decided lack of 
appetite. The other extreme is the more likely 
to occur; that the amount of nutrition given may 
be less than what is requisite and helpful; too 
much deference being paid to the inclinations of 
the patient. Formerly the general belief obtained 
that fever would be increased, in a degree detri¬ 
mental to the patient, by allowing the consump¬ 
tion of any considerable amount of food, and 
following this doctrine, the patient was permitted 
to go hungry. This, however, is absolutely er¬ 
roneous. No one would feed a feverish person 
in a forcible manner, but it is absolutely im¬ 
perative to take care that he receives food pro¬ 
ductive of energy in reasonable quantities . 

As a rule hardly one-half, or at the most 
two-thirds of the normal quantity of nourish¬ 
ment necessary for the preservation of life, may 
be introduced into the organism in case of acute 
febrile disease. I have already indicated that 
there is no particular danger in such partial “in¬ 
anition” (starvation) for a short period, but 
that, accordingly, the qualitative side of the 
nourishment becomes more important the longer 
the fever lasts. It has also been mentioned that 
the organism reduces its work of decomposition, 
gradually adapting itself to the unfavorable con¬ 
ditions of sustenance, and thus meets our efforts 
to maintain its material equilibrium. 


364 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


It is important always to make use of any 
periods of remission and intermission, during 
which the patient has a better appetite and can 
digest more easily, to give him a good supply of 
food. It is also well to administer as much 
nourishing food as possible in the beginning of an 
illness, which is likely to be lengthy, provided 
the patient is not yet wholly under the effects of 
the febrile disease. The food must then be 
gradually reduced in the course of the illness. 

As to quality, the diet must be selected from 
forms II and III (as below), and will conse¬ 
quently consist of glutinous soups, in some cases 
with the addition of a nutritive preparation of 
egg, meat jelly, milk and possibly thin gruel and 
milk. 

The quantity of food which the patient may 
receive can only be given approximately, as fol¬ 
lows: 

For adults—(to constitute a sustaining diet). 
Soup y 2 pint, milk and milk gruel y pint, 
meat 3 oz., farinaceous food the same, 2 
eggs, potatoes, vegetables, fruit sauces 2 to 
2 y 2 oz., pastry and bread 2 oz. 

These quantities must be considered as the 
maximum for each portion. The quantity of 
beverage at each meal must also be very limited, 
not exceeding 3 to 6 oz., so that the stomach 
is not overburdened unnecessarily nor its con¬ 
tents too much diluted . 

The reduced meals are harmonized with the 
object of sufficient general nourishment by eat¬ 
ing more frequently, about five to six times a 
day. Patients with fever should have some 
food in small quantity every 2 to 3 hours. It 
is important that the patient be fed regularly at 
fixed times. This will be found advantageous 
both for the patient and for nursing. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


365 


Form II comprises purely liquid nourishment , 
“soup diet.” Consomme of pigeon, chick¬ 
en, veal, mutton, beef, beef-tea, meat jelly, 
which becomes liquid under the influence 
of bodily heat, strained soups or such as 
are prepared of the finest flour with water 
or bouillon, of barley, oats, rice (glutinous 
soup), green corn, rye flour, malted milk. 
All of these soups, with or without any. 
additions such as raw eggs, either whole 
or the yolk only, if well mixed and not 
coagulated are easily digested. (Besides 
albumen preparations, Dech-Manna pow¬ 
ders, dry extract of malt, etc., may be 
added). 


Form III compriss nourishment zvhich is not 
purely liquid. Milk and milk preparations 
(belonging to this group on account of their 
coagulation in the stomach) : 


either diluted or undiluted. 


(a) —Cow’s milk, diluted and without cream, 
dilution with y 2 to 2 /$ barley water, rice 
water, lime water, vichy water, pure water, 
light tea. 

(b) —Milk without cream, not diluted. 

(c) —Full milk. 

(d) —Cream. 

(e) —All of these milk combinations with an 
addition of yolk of egg, well mixed, whole 
egg, cacao, also a combination of egg and 
cacao. 

Milk porridge made of flour for children, ar¬ 
rowroot, cereal flour of every kind, especially 
oats, groat soups with tapioca, or sago, and po¬ 
tato soup. 

Egg, raw, stirred, or sucked from the shell, 
or slightly warmed and poured into a cup; all 
either with or without a little sugar or salt. 


366 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Biscuit and crackers, well masticated to be 
taken with milk, porridge, etc. 

As a rule fever is accompanied by an in¬ 
creased thirst, which may be satisfied without 
hesitation. It is unnecessary, and detrimental, 
for patients suffering from an increased excre¬ 
tion of water through the fever heat, to be sub¬ 
jected to thirst. Since the mucous membrane 
of the digestive channel is usually not very 
sensitive to weak chemical food irritations, the 
cooling drinks, which contain fruit acids, such as 
fruit juices and lemonades, are as a rule permis¬ 
sible. Fruit soups may also be given. 

It is different, of course, if an acute catarrh 
of the stomach or of the bowels is combined 
with the fever. In such cases fruit acids must 
be avoided. Still it is not necessary to resist the 
desire of the patient to take whatever may be 
given him, at a low temperature. Even ice 
cream, vanilla or fruit water ice, may be used 
in moderate quantity. 

Warning against cold drinks is necessary 
only in case of disease of the respiratory or¬ 
gans when the cold liquids would cause cough¬ 
ing. 

The use of dietetic stimulants such as Dech- 
mann’s Tonogen, Eubiogen and Plasmogen, is 
the same in these cases as has been mentioned 
in several places previously. 


As soon as the patient has made sufficient 
progress, he may receive more solid food. 

The salivary digestion being improved, he 
may now be allowed several more substantial 
dishes of rice and groat, cooked partly in milk, 
partly in water and eaten with fruit juice. He 
may also have several kinds of green vegetables, 
like spinach, cauliflower, asparagus, comfrey. etc. 



DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


367 


With additional increase in his strength, fresh 
fish, well prepared, is especially refreshing to a 
patient with light fever. 

As to mental pabulum, in case of severe 
fever, I recommend for the patient absolute 
mental and physical rest; little talking, no noise, 
no visits, no disturbance of any kind. Within 
his system nature has to accomplish an enor¬ 
mous task to facilitate which complete quiet is 
essential. Just as he who has serious preoccu¬ 
pations needs quiet environment, so that his at¬ 
tention may be devoted to his thoughts, so also 
a patient in the throes of fever must relax all 
external considerations in deference to the strug¬ 
gle of the vital forces within. Whatever disturb¬ 
ance of mentality occurs has always prejudicial 
effects, such indeed as may in some cases cost 
the life all are seeking to save. 

SCARLET FEVER. 

Scarlet fever is an exanthematous form of 
disease distinguished by a scarlet eruption of 
the skin. It produces marked symptoms in three 
localities, the skin, the throat and the kidneys. 

It is doubtful whether it can be conveyed 
from one person to another; at least nothing is 
known concerning the “contagium,” or germ of 
conveyance of infection,—according to the dif¬ 
ferential diagnosis of Dr. G. Kuehnemann, 
whose work on the subject is held to be authori¬ 
tative. It is not to be denied that the disease 
may be carried by articles of clothing and by 
intermediary persons, who themselves are not 
suffering from it. 

The incubation period—the time intervening 
between infection and eruption—during which 


368 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


the infected person is “sickening for” disease, 
varies from two to as much as eight days. 

Chills, feverishness, headache, nausea and 
actual vomiting are the initial symptoms, and 
sore throat with difficulty in swallowing soon 
follow. 

Inspection reveals the appearance of an acute 
throat inflammation, and the tip and sides of 
the tongue are red as a raspberry. A few hours 
later—or at most a day or two—the eruption 
appears; first in the throat, then on the face and 
chest. It begins with minute, bright red, scat¬ 
tered spots, steadily growing larger until they 
run together so that the entire skin becomes 
scarlet, being completely covered with them. 
Frequently the temperature in the evening ranges 
as high as from 103° to 105° Fahrenheit. Al¬ 
bumen is always found in the urine. 

After two or more days the fever mounts 
gradually, the throat symptoms increase, the 
eruption fades away, and from four to eight 
days later the patient’s condition returns to 
normal. 

At the beginning of the second week desqua¬ 
mation, or scaling, begins, the skin peeling off 
in minute flakes. At this stage heavy sweats set 
in and the excretion of urine is increased. 

In epidemic form the type is sometimes much 
more malignant, even to the degree that death 
occurs on the first day with typhoid and in¬ 
flammatory brain symptoms, unconsciousness, 
convulsions, delirium, excessive temperature, and 
rapid pulse. This may happen even without the 
eruption becoming fairly recognizable. In such 
severe epidemics the throat symptoms are apt to 
take on the aspect of diphtheria. The renal dis¬ 
charge exhibits the conditions of a catarrh of the 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


369 


urinary canals originating from causes we do 
not understand. 

Among the after effects of scarlet fever are 
inflammation of the ear with all its consequences, 
and inflammatory affections of the lungs, air 
passages, diaphragm and heart membrane. 

The cause, I repeat again, is dysaemia —im¬ 
pure blood. 

If the patient is predisposed to this form of 
disease and moreover, a weakling, the case is a 
dangerous one. 

Every good mother should see to it that 
there is healthy blood in her offspring. The 
task is comparatively an easy one, the method 
is simple and ignorance ceases to be an excuse, 
for my object is to place the necessary knowl¬ 
edge within the reach of all. 

The treatment of scarlet fever varies accord¬ 
ing to which symptoms are most severe. 

In the first place prophylactic efforts must be 
constantly employed to prevent possible con¬ 
tagion. Healthy children must be strictly sep- 
erated from the sick till the end of desquama¬ 
tion or scaling—a period of four to six weeks. 

If the course of the attack is normal, the 
patient should be kept in bed under a light cover 
with a room temperature of 60° to 65°. The 
sick room must be well ventilated and aired 
daily. 

The windows should be hung with transpar¬ 
ent red curtains. 

The diet may consist of milk, curds, barley 
soup, oatmeal gruel, flour gruel, with some cook¬ 
ed fruit and, of drinks, lemonade, soda water, 
and raspberry juice; but the most important 
drink from a scientific point is Dechmann’s 
“Tonogen,” as previously described. 

The linen should be changed often. 


370 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Sponge baths with chilled vinegar-water (1 
part cider vinegar diluted with 2 parts water) 
are helpful when the temperature rises to 102°. 
If the temperature reaches 105° or over, baths 
must be promptly administered. The patient 
may be placed in a bath of 85° or 90°, and the 
water allowed to cool gradually down to 70° 
or 65°. 

A sick child may stay in such a bath ten or 
twenty minutes, while the time in a bath 
practically should not be more than three or 
five minutes. The* bath must be repeated as 
soon as the fever again reaches 105°. 

When the first symptoms of measles, scarlet 
fever or chickenpox are noticed, give the child a- 
three-quarter pack. (See directions under 
“packs”). After each pack sponge the patient 
with cool vinegar-water. 

If the fever is high during the night, apply a 
sponge bath every half hour or hour. 

During the day give the patient teaspoon¬ 
ful of Dechmann’s Plasmogen, dissolved in Yz 
pint water, a little every hour. 

In the evening and during the night alternate 
this blood-salt solution with Tonogen. 

Blood plasm contains eight different salts in 
different composition, and only when the actual 
physiological composition is employed can there 
be any guarantee against the decomposition of 
the blood-cells. .Plasmogen is such a composi¬ 
tion. 

When diphtheria and Bright’s disease compli¬ 
cate the case, they must be dealt with as under 
ordinary conditions and treated by a competent, 
Hygienic dietetic physician. 

If recovery is prompt and desquamation 
(scaling) is in progress, warm baths may be 
applied for a few days. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


371 


When the temperature and urine continue 
normal for a few weeks, the child may be re¬ 
garded as restored to health. 

MEASLES. 

* • f • • y 

Measles or Rubeola is an exanthematous or 
eruptive contagious form of children’s disease. 

In Measles the medium of contagion is the 
excretion from the air passages, mucus coughed 
up and air exhaled; also the saliva, tears, blood 
and perspiration of the patient. 

In Measles also, as is the case with regard to 
scarlet fever, the “contagium,” or germ of con¬ 
tagion, is unknown. 

The general susceptibility to measles is extra¬ 
ordinarily great the poison being of a virulent 
nature. 

If the disease attacks one of feeble constitu¬ 
tion whose environment is unfavorable and in¬ 
sanitary,—dwelling in badly ventilated rooms, 
for instance, with little attention paid to per¬ 
sonal cleanliness, the attack is likely to assume 
a malignant form. 

A period of from ten to fourteen days may 
elapse between infection and the development of 
the symptoms. 

During this period the patient may infect 
others. 

This explains how easily a whole school may 
become infected. 

During the preliminary period children feel 
tired, relaxed, suffer pain in the joints and 
headache; they have chills and are feverish at 
evening. Among the symptoms enumerated are 
catarrhal affections of the air passages, the 
larynx, the nose and eyes. Constant sneezing, 


372 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


nosebleeding, cough, watering eyes, ultra sensi¬ 
tiveness to strong light, are concurrent condi¬ 
tions. At the same time the fever becomes pro¬ 
nounced. 

These symptoms continue for four or five 
days and then rapidly abate and the eruption 
appears. First a red rash is seen, which spreads 
over the surface of the face. Inside the mouth 
and throat a similar mottled redness is seen. In 
the course of a day the eruption spreads over the 
whole body. After continuing at their height 
for a day or two the symptoms gradually de¬ 
cline, and in a little over a week the child may 
be pronounced well. The skin then sheds all the 
superfluous cuticle left by the eruption, and in 
three or four weeks after inception the normal 
condition is again reached. 

In the malignant form all the symptoms are 
of a severe type. Occasionally catarrhal affec¬ 
tions of the air passages, croup or pulmonary in¬ 
flammation supervene, and the patient succumbs. 

Other concurrent forms of disease are whoop¬ 
ing cough, diphtheria, pulmonary consumption, 
inflammation of the eyes, ear disease, and swell¬ 
ing of the glands. 

Measles demand no distinctive treatment. 
The room must be well ventilated, with a tem¬ 
perature of about 60°, and light must be al¬ 
most totally excluded. At night no lamp should 
be allowed. 

Treatment and diet should be the same as in 
scarlet fever. 


GERMAN MEASLES. 

German Measles (Rubella or Roetheln), is an 
eruptive form of children’s disease, much more 
harmless than the disturbances previously de- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


373 


picted. It is one which occurs in epidemics, but 
to which children individually are largely sus¬ 
ceptible ; the actual contagium thereof, however, 
is likewise unknown to science. 

Eight days generally intervene between the 
time of infection and the breaking out of the 
rash. 

During this period no acute symptom is 
noticeable. In the majority of cases the fever 
that precedes the eruption is not high; headache, 
cold and sorethroat accompany the appearances 
of the rash, which in this case breaks out at 
once, and not after several days, as in the case 
of actual measles. The spots are about the size 
of lentils, and are quite deep red, appearing 
first upon the face. 

After the rash has been out for one or two 
days, it gradually becomes paler, the fever goes 
down, and recovery progresses rapidly, usually 
without any after effects. 

It is not necessary for the patient to remain 
in bed longer than three or four days; never¬ 
theless, the treatment should be just the same as 
prescribed in the case of the real measles, so as 
not to leave any weakness or subsequent com¬ 
plication. 

There are many other forms of disease, be¬ 
sides these, which are likewise accompanied by 
fever and a rash, which also appear in epidemics 
and are evidently due to a great variety of 
causes. As they, however, invariably run the 
natural course, I shall not dwell upon them 
here. 


CHICKEN-POX. 

Chicken-pox, or Varicella, of which the con¬ 
tagium also remains a mystery, is another in- 


374 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


fectious eruptive form of disease, peculiar to 
children. It begins with the appearance of a 
number of little pigmented elevations on the 
skin which develop into vesicles and pustules. 
After a certain period they become encrusted 
with scabs, which dry up and fall off. When 
the pustules are deep-seated, small scars remain. 
There is no fever, and the illness is over in 
about fourteen days. The contagion passes 
through personal contact, or through clothing 
and bed linen. 

If symptoms are severe enough to require it, 
treatment should follow the directions for scar¬ 
let fever. 


SMALL-POX. 

As a matter of fact Chicken-pox is of con¬ 
generic origin with small-pox, with which, in a 
very much milder degree, it has various features 
in common. But small-pox itself is engendered 
of foul and insanitary conditions of life, impure 
blood and bad and insufficient nourishment and 
these, together with its risk under unscientific 
conditions and in times past of facial disfigure¬ 
ment, have made its name more repugnant to the 
layman than perhaps any other form of disease. 
All that need be said about it here, however, is 
that it is largely a terror of the past and that 
the sure preventative against it always, and the 
one reliable anti-toxin against contagion, under 
all circumstances, is good health) blood and 
hygienic-dietetic living. 

Those readers who may desire a minute de¬ 
scription of this form of disease will find the 
same in chapt: XII of my greater work “Re¬ 
generation.” 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


375 


TYPHOID FEVER 

OR 

- - • # . * ► 

Typhus Abdominalis. 

( A ) General Description. 

This description of fever is usually termed 
typhus or nerve fever. It characterizes all forms 
of typhoid disease of which the following 
features constitute the prominent symptoms. 

To a peculiar degree, chiefly young and 
strong individuals of from 15 to 30 years of age 
are attacked by this disease, while those in early 
youth and of more advanced years are much less 
subject to the same. 

It is a complaint very dangerous to those 
who eat and drink to excess and without discre¬ 
tion. Strong excitement of the mind, such as a 
shock or great anguish, will undoubtedly favor 
the appearance of typhus. The seasons too have 
considerable influence upon it, most cases occur¬ 
ring during the Autumn months—from August 
to November. 

It has been previously indicated to what ex¬ 
tent the study of the hygienic condition's of life 
will assist in the discovery of the real causes of 
so-called contagious disease. One instance may 
show the enormous influence of dietetic move¬ 
ments on the outbreak of great epidemics. 

. It is reported in the “Journal of the Sanitary 
Institute,” London, that the English Seaside Re¬ 
sort Brighton, in the period from July, 1893, to 
August, 1896, 238 cases of abdominal typhus 
were observed,—about equally divided for the 
different years. In 56 cases the typhus was 
caused by the eating of oysters (36 cases) or 
clams (20 cases). There was evidence that the 
water from which these oysters and clams were 


376 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


taken was badly polluted by the excrement of 
several thousand people, brought through sewers 
to the place were the shell-fish had been gather¬ 
ed. It w r as very characteristic in a number of 
cases that only one of a number of persons, who 
were otherwise living under equal conditions, 
fell ill with typhus, a short while after having 
eaten some of the shell-fish. No other points 
essential to the spreading of this contagious dis¬ 
ease could be discovered. Brighton is healthily 
situated and built; hygienic conditions in gen¬ 
eral are favourable; much attention is paid par¬ 
ticularly to keeping the soil clean, removing all 
faeces and providing good drinking water. Con¬ 
tamination through milk in all of the 56 cases, 
according to most careful investigations, was out 
of the question. They occurred in entirely dif¬ 
ferent streets in various precincts of the town; 
45 of the patients lived on 43 different streets. 
Besides the people attacked by typhus, many 
ether persons fell ill from lighter disease of the 
intestines, after having eaten of these crustace- 
ous bivalves, the symptoms being diarrhoea and 
pains in the stomach. Measures were taken to 
remove the noxious causes as soon as the source 
of infection was discovered. 

The same conditions were some time ago 
noticed in Berlin. Out of 14 people invited to 
a dinner, nine fell ill—5 of them very seriously— 
under symptoms of typhus, after having eaten 
oysters from Heligoland. Part of the personnel 
of the kitchen and some of the servants were 
taken ill with the same critical symptoms. 

B. Essentials. 

Abdominal typhus is a general illness of the 
whole body, and consequently all organs of the 
body are more or less altered in a morbid way 
while the disease lasts. The main change oc- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


377 


curs in the lymphatic glands of the intestines and 
in the spleen 

The following are its anatomical symptoms: 
With the beginning of the disease the lymphatic 
glands of the mucous membrane of the intestines 
begin to swell; they are constantly growing 
during the course of the disease and attain the 
size of a pea; extended over the level of the 
mucous membrane they feel firm, hard and 
rough. In favourable cases the swelling may go 
down at this stage, but generally the formation 
of matter begins through the dying of the cells, 
caused by insufficient nourishment. This is 
gradually thrown off, and a loss of substance re¬ 
mains—the typhoid ulcer. This varies in size 
and in depth. Light bleeding in no great quantity 
ensues. If the ulcer has gone very deep, the in¬ 
testines may be perforated and then the faeces 
and part of the food enter the abdominal cavity. 
The result is purulent and ichorous peritonitis. 
As a rule, however, the ulcers are purified and 
heal by cicatrization. Usually the spleen is en¬ 
ormously enlarged (through a rapid increase in 
the number of its cells). The swelling of the 
spleen can easily be detected by external touch. 

(C) Symptoms and Course. 

During what is termed the earlier stage, 
which as a rule last about two weeks and pre¬ 
cedes the breaking out of the disease proper, the 
patient still feels comparatively well, or only be¬ 
gins to complain of headache, tired feeling, pros¬ 
tration in all the limbs, dizziness, lack of appe¬ 
tite. It is thus absolutely impossible to fix a 
definite date for its development. In most cases 
the patient complains of a chill, followed by 


378 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


feverishness,—symptoms which confine him to 
bed,—although no actual shivering takes place. It 
is expedient, although quite arbitrary and sub¬ 
ject to many modifications, to divide the course 
of the illness into three periods:— 

(1) The stage of development. 

(2) The climax. 

(3) The stage of healing. 

During the stage of development, which usu¬ 
ally lasts about a week, the symptoms of the 
disease rapidly increase. The patient gets ex¬ 
tremely weak and faint, has severe headachs and 
absolutely no appetite. In consequence of the 
high fever, he complains of thirst; the skin is 
dry, the lips chapped, the tongue coated; the 
pulse is rapid and full; the bowels are consti¬ 
pated, but the abdomen is practically not in¬ 
flated nor sensitive to pressure. In most cases 
the spleen is evidently enlarged. 

Before the end of the first week the climax 
is reached. This in the lighter cases lasts for 
the second week, or in more severe cases, even 
until the third. The fever is constantly high, 
even 104° and over. The body is generally be¬ 
numbed, the patient becomes delirious at night 
or lies absolutely indifferent to all surroundings. 
The abdomen is now inflated, the buttocks show 
small, light red spots,—the so-called “roseola,”— 
which are characteristic of abdominal typhus. 
Furthermore, in most cases, bronchial catarrh 
of a more or less severe nature appears. Instead 
of obstruction of the bow r els there is diarrhoea— 
about two to six light yellow thin stools, occur 
within 24 hours. During this second stage the 
complications appear. 

At the end of the second or the third week 
respectively, the fever slackens; in cases which 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


379 


lake a favourable turn, the patient becomes less 
benumbed and less indifferent, his sleep is quiet¬ 
er; appetite gradually returns. The bronchial 
catarrh grows better, the stool once more be¬ 
comes normal; in short, the patient enters the 
stage of convalescence. 

This is a short sketch of the course the ill¬ 
ness usually takes. 

Of the deviations and complaints accompany¬ 
ing Abdominal Typhus, the following are the 
most important details:— 

The fever takes its course in strict accord¬ 
ance with the described anatomical changes in 
the intestines. It increases gradually during the 
first week, and at the end of that period it 
reaches its maximum of about 104°. It stays at 
that point during the second stage, gradually 
sinking during the third stage. 

In lighter cases the second stage may be ex¬ 
traordinarily short. 

If perforation of the intestines, heavier bleed¬ 
ing or general collapse should ensue, attention is 
directed thereto through sudden and consider¬ 
able decrease in the temperature of the body. 
Pneumonia, inflammation of the inner ear and 
other accompanying complications also cause 
sudden access of fever. 

Effect upon the digestive organs: The tongue 
is generally coated while the fever lasts; the lips 
are dry and chapped, and look brown from 
bleeding. If the patient is not carefully attended 
to during the extreme numbness, a fungus 
growth appears which forms a white coating 
over the tongue, the cavity of the mouth and the 
pharynx, and may extend into the oesophagus. 
Later on the tongue loses this coating and be¬ 
comes red as before. Few symptoms are shown 
by the stomach, except occasional vomiting and 


380 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


lack of appetite. During convalescence there is 
great desire for food. The anatomical changes 
in the intestines have already been mentioned. 

While obstruction prevails during the first 
week, the second week is characterized by diarr¬ 
hoea of a pale and thin consistency. 

When general improvement sets in, the stools 
gradually decrease in number, they grow more 
solid and finally reach the normal. The abdomen 
is not very sensitive to pressure and is usually 
intensely inflated with gas. 

In the region of the right groin a cooing 
sound is often heard, caused by a liquid sub¬ 
stance in the intestines, which can be felt under 
pressure of the finger. 

Bleeding from the intestines is not infrequent 
and happens during the third week of the illness. 
It usually indicates a bad complication, since the 
result may be fatal. The stool assumes a tar¬ 
like appearance through the mixture of the 
coagulated blood with the faeces. Close attention 
must be given to minor hemorrhages, since they 
often herald others of a more intense nature. 

In such extreme cases of serious complica¬ 
tions, however, a cure has nevertheless been 
sometimes effected. They are occasionally fol¬ 
lowed by the immediate beginning of convales¬ 
cence. 

The perforation of the intestines, which is 
caused by an ulcer eating its way through the 
wall of the intestines, is much more dangerous. 
It happens most frequently during the third or 
the fourth week. The patient feels a sudden, 
most intense pain in the abdomen; he collapses 
rapidly, the cheeks become hollow, the nose 
pointed and cool. Vomiting follows, the pulse 
becomes weak and extremely rapid. The ab¬ 
domen is enormously inflated and painful. In 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


381 


the severest cases death ensues, at latest, within 
two or three days, the cause being purulent and 
ichorous (or pus-laden) peritonitis. 

Such extreme developments as these, how¬ 
ever, are infrequent, since the illness, by timely 
attention according to the methods herein pre¬ 
scribed, will, as a rule, respond to the treatment 
and take a favourable turn. 

Respiratory Organs :— 

In the course of typhus, intense bleeding of 
the nose is not infrequent. In the severer cases 
this is a sign of decomposition of the blood, but 
in lighter cases it merely serves to alleviate the 
intense headache which is a feature of the case. 
The throat is liable to be affected; hoarseness 
and coughing occur; hardly any case of typhus 
catarrh. This sometimes extends into the air- 
passes without a more or less intense bronchial 
cells and causes catarrhal pneumonia, which—if 
not promptly treated according to the instruc¬ 
tions herein detailed—may become extremely 
dangerous. 

Organs of Circulations :— 

With the exception of a strongly accelerated 
action, no change is noticeable in the heart. It 
may, however, suddenly become paralyzed and 
cease entirely, owing to the general weakness of 
the patient and the intensity of the fever. Weak¬ 
ness of the heart and possible cessation occur 
only during the climax or convalescence. 

Nervous System :— 

Disturbances of the nervous system are very 
frequent, hence the name “nervous fever.” 

Consciousness is, in nearly all cases, more or 
less benumbed, and at times completely lost. The 
patient is either lying absolutely indifferent, of 


382 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


he is delirious, cries, rages, attempts to jump 
out of bed and can only be subdued by the 
strongest efforts. 

Patients lose control of urinary and faecal 
movements and require feeding. 

These disturbances disappear as soon as con¬ 
valescence sets in and consciousness returns. 

As a rule the patient, on return to conscious¬ 
ness, knows nothing of what he has gone 
through, and has no reminiscences of the imme¬ 
diate past. 

Sometimes cramps in the masticatory muscles 
have been observed, which explains the grinding 
of teeth apparent in some instances. Convul¬ 
sions in the limbs and facial muscles sometimes 
appear, but most of these disturbances are of 
short duration. 

Urinary and Sexual Organs :— 

With high fever albumen appears in the urine. 
In some instances it may lead to inflammation 
of the kidneys, the symptoms of which may at 
times completely overshadow the. symptoms of 
typhus. Fortunately this complication is very 
rare. Catarrh of the bladder occurs, because the 
patient retains the urine too long, while in a 
state of unconsciousness. Inflammation of the 
testicles has been observed with male patients, 
and pregnant women have miscarried or given 
birth prematurely. 

Bones and Joints :— 

Inflammation of the joints is infrequent and 
in a few cases only, inflammation of the perio¬ 
steum has been observed. 

Skin :— 

At the beginning of the second week small 
rose-like spots of a light rose colour appear on 
the buttocks (roseola typhosa), which later on 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


383 


are also found on the upper legs, upper arms and 
back. They soon disappear, however, and leave 
no traces. 

Pustular eczema is so rare in cases of typhus, 
that as a rule its appearance is taken to indicate 
that the disease is not a case of abdominal ty¬ 
phus. Frequently, however, urticaria, (nettle- 
rash) perspiration and other pustules are to be 
noticed. 

The great variety of symptoms indicates that 
innumerable peculiarities may occur in the course 
of typhus. In some cases it is so light and in¬ 
distinct (walking typhoid) that it is extremely 
difficult to diagnose it. In other cases pneu¬ 
monia or unconsciousness, headache or stiff neck 
are indicated so overwhelmingly, that it is well- 
night impossible to recognize the underlying ill¬ 
ness as typhus. In such cases one speaks of 
lung and brain typhus. 

Recurrence :— 

In about 10% of all cases recurrence is ob¬ 
served, mostly caused through mistakes in diet, 
leaving bed too soon, and excitement. Usually 
in such relapses the fever takes the same course 
as the original attack, but is much less intense. 
Althought such secondary attacks are not very 
dangerous as a rule, great caution should be 
observed, especially m regard to diet, which 
must be followed in the strictest way until all 
danger has passed. 

Complications and Subsequent Troubles:— 
are very frequent and a serious menace to life. 

The most important are hemorrhage of the 
brain, meningitis, erysipelas, gangrene of the 
skin and bones, wasting of the muscles, fibrinous 
pneumonia, pericarditis, and frequently weakness 
of the heart with its consequences. 


384 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Purulent inflammation of the middle ear is 
one which deserves special attention. 

Loss of hair is a frequent occurrence during 
convalescence, owing to the ill-nourished condi¬ 
tion of the skin; this, however, is but a tempor¬ 
ary feature soon succeeded by renewed growth. 

The prognosis or forecast of typhus is not 
altogether bad, notwithstanding the gravity of its 
symptoms and the dangers of its course. 

Statistics show that the mortality from typhus 
does not exceed 7% but each complication makes 
the result more uncertain and the outlook less 
hopeful. In the event of perforation of the in¬ 
testines and severe internal hemorrhage super¬ 
vening, the chances of saving life are slender. 

D. Treatment. 

The treatment of typhus requires, in the first 
place, a correct judgment of the physical condi¬ 
tion of the patient in determining the fever treat¬ 
ment to be applied. Success in severe cases of 
typhus will only be secured by those who under¬ 
stand the correct methods of treating the skin. 
Robust patients, with reserve energy and resist¬ 
ing power, may receive the unrelaxing applica¬ 
tion of repeated whole packs or cool full baths. 
There is, however, a species of endurance, which 
may prove unable to endure the sustained and act¬ 
ive force of these applications. In such cases mild¬ 
er applications and more frequent changes are re¬ 
commended. Packs, interchanged with baths, 
clysters or enemas which subdue fever, alternated 
with ablutions, and similar methods. 

Extremely stout and nervous patients must 
be treated with the greatest caution. 

As typhus cases gradually develop, care must 
be exercised to prevent too violent treatment in 
case of serious complications. In fact the physi- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


385 


eian must not be guided by fixed rules, but must 
be able to individualize with prompt discretion. 

During the severest stage the diet must be ab¬ 
solutely a fever diet, prescribed in Form II, 
while patients suffering from lighter attacks, and 
convalescents, may be permitted the milder fever 
diet, given in Form III. 

Mental Condition. Great care and observa¬ 
tion is necessary with regard to the patient’s 
mental state. The observance of a quiet de¬ 
meanour on the part of everyone about the sick 
room should help to keep the patient quiet and 
undisturbed and may serve to preserve his con¬ 
sciousness. 

I have treated very severe cases of typhus, 
with extremely high fever, during which, how¬ 
ever, consciousness remained. Inexorable strict¬ 
ness in this respect is often resented and misun¬ 
derstood by those surrounding the patient until 
they realize the far-reaching importance of the 
orders by comparison with other cases. 

Cold ablutions on the affected parts, air and 
water cushions, must be employed early enough 
to avert any danger of bed-sores. 

This strict treatment of the patient—physic¬ 
ally and mentally, will in most cases be suffici¬ 
ent to render his condition endurable; otherwise 
the struggle against the irritation of complica¬ 
tions becomes intense, rendering it imperative, in 
the first degree, that the brain symptoms should 
be carefully watched. 

Cold compresses on the head must be used in 
case such symptoms appear, but absolute undis¬ 
turbed rest will conduce more than anything else 
to their infrequent occurrence. 

Collapse must be contended against with light 
stimulating food (light bouillon of veal or 


386 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


chicken with a little condensed substance). Wine 
with alcohol might endanger the life of the pa¬ 
tient. If the callapse is protracted, constituting 
a menace to life, the addition of cold water to 
the lukewarm bath and similar procedure may be 
tried, but only by a skilled expert. 

Diarrhoea must be resisted by means of diet 
and clysters (enemas) with rice-water, if neces¬ 
sary; the enemas must be given cautiously. They 
are dangerous on account of possible violations 
and consequently rupture of the ulcerated intes¬ 
tines. These and other points, however, such as 
threatening paralysis etc., are entirely in the 
hands of the physician. 

The contest against all the complications of 
typhus must be directed by absolutely skilled and 
experienced persons only, since in this disease 
particularly every mistake of any importance 
whatsoever, may cost the life of the patient. 

Besides this specific form of typhus which 
commands general attention, the others are of 
merely theoretical interest. One, however, 1 
wish to mention in passing; namely: 

E. Relapsing Fever (Typhus Recurrens ). 

This also begins with chills and shivering, 
and a general tired feeling, and is immediately 
followed by high fever, up to a temperature of 
104°. The skin is covered with excretory per¬ 
spiration. The brain symptoms are lacking. The 
illness reaches its climax very quickly; but sud¬ 
denly the patient feels much better, after ex¬ 
tremely free perspiration. He continues remark¬ 
ably well for about a week, when a new attack 
of the illness, a relapse, occurs. There are fre¬ 
quently from three to four relapses of this kind, 
which severely tax the strength of the patient. 

The number and the intensity of these re¬ 
lapses determines the degree of the illness. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


387 


The treatment is regulated in accordance with 
the principles to be applied in abdominal typhus. 
The relapses may be averted or at any rate re¬ 
duced to a great degree, by strict observance of 
the methods herein prescribed, especially in re¬ 
gard to diet. 

F. Diet in Cases cf Typhus. 

Typhus abdominalis is a form of disease 
which requires the most careful dietetic treat¬ 
ment, since it combines high fever, which lasts 
for several weeks, with a severe ulcerous pro¬ 
cess in the small and large intestines. 

Nutrition is seriously hampered by the long 
duration of the illness, usually considerable lack 
of appetite and the absolute necessity of nursing 
the ulcerous intestines in the most studiously 
careful way. 

In cases which develop to the highest de¬ 
gree, it naturally follows that the patient wastes 
away to a great extent. 

In the first place, all solid food must be 
strictly avoided. Too great stress cannot be laid 
on this point, since the patient, especially in 
lighter cases, frequently shows a strong desire 
for food—especially fruit. 

Any lack of firmness and caution in this re¬ 
spect may have the most disastrous consequences. 
Many a patient suffering from typhus has lost 
his life or experienced a bad relapse and hem¬ 
orrhages of the intestines through a mistake in 
diet,—through taking too much or unsuitable 
food. 

The most critical period for the liability to 
hemorrhage, which in some cases is very pro¬ 
fuse, is the third, and in lighter cases, the second 
week, when the crust of the intestinal ulcers be¬ 
gins to scale off. 


388 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The diet list, as in cases of typhus, consists 
of Form II, and milk; and it should be made a 
rule to confine it strictly to the most simple 
food, bouillon, mucilaginous soups, milk, undi¬ 
luted or with tea, everything prepared with a 
little egg. Cream will sometimes agree with the 
patient. 

The stools will indicate the digestion or oth¬ 
erwise of the milk. If there are many morsels 
of casein apparent in the same, the quantity of 
milk must be reduced and given in diluted form. 
The use of meat juice, liquid or frozen, and 
meat jelly, is quite permissible. Although neither 
of these preparations are very strong, they 
must be considered as important building-stones 
for the nourishment of the patient, and they 
offer a little variety, which is often most de¬ 
sirable. 

Drinks. For drinking, usually fresh water is 
used, also bread and albumen water, especially 
Dechmann’s Plasmogen, 15 grains in one pint of 
water, a mouthful from time to time alternating 
with Dechmann’s Tonogen. 

Great caution must be used in regard to fruit 
juices and lemonade on account of the danger 
of irritation of the intestines. 

Carbonated and other mineral waters must be 
strictly avoided, since they only add to the usual¬ 
ly prevailing meteorism, or gas in the abdominal 
cavity. 

Albumen water, which is occasionally used in 
case of febrile disease and intestinal catarrh of 
children, is prepared by mixing the white of an 
egg and two to four spoonfuls of sugar in a 
tumbler of water. This is strained and cooled 
before being used. It is easily understood that 
by this we generate new life in the patient, so 
to speak, through the albumen, since it contains 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


389 


a large quantity of tissue building material, 
which in turn prevents catabolism or destruc¬ 
tion of the organism, this as contrasted with the 
methods of the old regime which dooms the 
patient to certain death by opiates,—a course fre¬ 
quently resorted to by inexperienced practitioners. 

If, by attention and care, the treatment haj 
succeeded in strengthening the energy of ihe re¬ 
sisting organism to a certain degree during Tip 
fever, it becomes necessary in due course to re¬ 
gulate the desire for food, which sometimes 
grows and asserts itself in a rapid and ener¬ 
getic manner, while the fever is receding. 

The cessation of fever by no means indicates 
that the ulcers are completely healed, and any 
mistake as to quantity and quality of food may 
cause a relapse. Liquid diet must, therefore, be 
given exclusively for at least, another eight days 
after the fever has ceased. After this, from 
week to week, gradually, the use of Form III, 
may be employed and thereafter more solid food, 
as given anon, under Form IV. 

These cautions must be strictly heeded, espe¬ 
cially in case of typhus recurrens. 

If in the course of typhus severe complica¬ 
tions, such as hemorrhage of the intestines or 
perforation thereof, should supervene, nourish¬ 
ment must immediately be reduced to a mini¬ 
mum. In such instances it is best to confine 
the diet to mucilaginous soup and to forbid 
everything else, as long as hemorrhages have 
not ceased, or the other dangerous peritonitic 
symptoms have not disappeared. Gradually, 
Form V. and lastly, Form VI, may be followed. 

Form IV. Diet of the lightest kind, containing 

meat, but only in scraped or shreded form. 

Noodle soup, rice soup. 


390 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Mashed boiled brains or sweetbread, or puree 
of white or red roasted meat, in soup. 

Brains and sweetbread boiled. 

Raw scraped meat (beef, ham, etc.) 

Lean veal sausages, boiled. 

Mashed potatoes prepared with milk. 

Rice with bouillon or with milk. 

Toasted rolls and toast. 

Form V. Light diet , containing meat in more 

solid form. 

Pigeon, chicken boiled. 

Small fish, with little oil, such as brook or 
lake trout, boiled. 

Scraped beefsteak, raw ham, boiled tongue. 

As delicacies: small quantities of caviar, 
frogs’ legs, oysters, sardelle softened in milk. 

Potatoes mashed and salted, spinach, young 
peas mashed, cauliflower, asparagues tips, 
mashed chestnuts, mashed turnips, fruit sauces. 

Groat or sago puddings. 

Rolls, white bread. 

Form VI. Somewhat heavier meat diet. ( Gradu¬ 
ally returning to ordinary food.) 

Pigeon, chicken, young deer-meat, hare, every¬ 
thing roasted. 

Beef tenderloin, tender roast beef, roast veal. 

Boiled pike or carp. 

Young turnips. 

All dishes to be prepared with very little fat, 
butter to be used exclusively. All strong spices 
to be avoided. Regarding drinks to be taken 
with these forms of diet, as a rule good drink¬ 
ing water takes the first place. This is allowed 
under all circumstances. Still less irritating are 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


391 


weak decoctions of cereals, such as barley and 
rice water. Other light nutritive non-irritating 
drinks are bread water and albumen water. 

Only natural waters, such as Vichy, Apollin- 
aris with half milk or the like are to be used. 
Drinks containing fruit acid, like lemonade and 
fruit juices, are somewhat stimulating; however, 
in a general way, they may be given during fever, 
but not in typhus. 

Of alcoholic drinks the best is light wine 
(bordeaux). first diluted and later in its na¬ 
tural state. As a rule it should not be used be¬ 
fore Form IV lias been followed and Form V. 
commenced. Occasionally, mild white wine or 
well fermented beer, may be permitted. Coffee 
is absolutely forbidden during any of the fore¬ 
going forms of diet, but light teas with milk are 
allowed in most cases. 

The main point in the different forms of diet 
as enumerated herein is to be found in the me¬ 
chanical gradation of the substances in accord¬ 
ance with the progressive condition of the pa- 
lient. 

The diet in a certain individual case of the 
kind will not, however, always be necessarily 
identical with one or any of the foregoing 
forms, but must depend upon the individual con¬ 
dition. 

In the first place, under each form there are 
easily discernible gradations, according to rela¬ 
tive points of view which are all familiar to the 
physician and to which attention must be paid 
under similar circumstances. On the other 
hand, very often one of the items of a later 
form may be allowed while, in general, one of 
the previous forms is applied. Thus the transi- 


392 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


tion from Form II. to the first items of Form 
III is hardly perceptible. 

Of course every form comprises all previous 
ones, so that each consecutive form affords a 
greater range than the last. 

Occasionally other points than those I have 
mentioned may have to be taken into considera¬ 
tion. It is obviously impossible as the reader 
will observe, to formulate an absolutely uniform 
scheme applicable to every case. 

Next to the description and quality of food, 
the quantity to be introduced into the stomach 
at one time, is a matter of the utmost vital im- 
porance. 


DECH-M ANNA-COMPOSITIONS. 

(Only main compositions, specialities to Doctor’s 

order.) 

In all forms of Typhoid fever: Neurogen, Plas- 

% 

mogen, Tonogen, Eubiogen. 

Physical : Partial Packs. 

SO-CALLED “NEGATIVE CHILDREN’S 

DISEASE. 

In strong contrast to the conditions of “posi¬ 
tive” disease amongst children, due, as I have 
explained, to over-vitality and too rapid vibra¬ 
tions, we have to consider the opposite condi¬ 
tion of Negative disease, comprising all physical 
disturbances wherein cold negative electrical 
forces and reduced vibrations produce unhealthy 
action of the mucous membranes, resulting in 
degeneration of the tissues known as Catarrh in 
various forms. Bronchitis, Grippe, Influenza and 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


393 


light catarrhal inflammation of the respective or¬ 
gans. One of the most serious in this chapter is 
summer-complaint (Cholera infantum). This dis¬ 
ease. which causes the death of so many, is due to 
the bringing up of infants on artificial food in¬ 
stead of on the mother’s breast. It is one of the 
negative diseases caused by diminished vitality. 
The disease is similar to Asiatic cholera. An 
extensive description of the same is given in 
Chapter XI A of my book, “Regeneration or 
Dare To Be Healthy.” Frequent vomiting and 
diarrhoea, with rapid collapse of all vitality, and 
severe brain disturbances manifest themselves, 
and death frequently occurs after 36 hours. 
During hot weather bacterial germs impreg¬ 
nating the air, frequently enter the milk, and many 
children succumb to the disease at the same time, 
until wind and rain improve the general condi¬ 
tions. This is the explanation of the occasional 
epidemic appearance of Cholera Infantum—and 
its established cause. 

Therapy. 

Diet : The mother’s breast or the breast of a 
healthy wet nurse is the very best remedy for this 
complaint, if applied at an early stage. If this 
is impossible, a gruel of barley, oats or mucil¬ 
aginous rice-water, a decoction of salep (1 tea- 
spoonful to 1 pint of water), or rice water (1 
teaspoonful of crushed toasted rice to pint 
water) are recommended. The missing nutritive 
substance is best supplied by calcareous earth 
(calcium carbonate), giving ]/^ teaspoonful in a 
tablespoonful of sweetened water every 3 to 4 
hours, for a day or two. It is the simplest, yet 
most wonderful remedy ever discovered. It is 
in cases like this that physiological chemistry 
celebrates its victory. Try it and you will be 
convinced. For more vigorous means the physi¬ 
cian must be consulted, as he should be in any 
case of this kind, and that as quickly as possible. 


394 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Physical : Sponging the entire body of the child 
with lukewarm vinegar and water, using 
one-half vinegar and one-half water, may 
prove very successful. Warm packs around 
the abdomen and extending down to the 
soles of the feet, often prove very effective. 
The abdomen must be kept warm. The em¬ 
ployment of coloured light for curative pur¬ 
poses has been already explained in the pre¬ 
ceding pages. The use of blue curtains is, ac¬ 
cordingly enjoined here on account of the in¬ 
vigorating influence of the more violent vi¬ 
brations of blue light upon an organism suf¬ 
fering under the reduced vibration of a “ne¬ 
gative disease.” 


The Contagious Character of Children's 

Diseases. 

In strict adherence to the biological stand¬ 
point, it is recommended that a child be separ¬ 
ated from the other children in the house as 
soon as it becomes ill, and if it is not conveni¬ 
ent to send the other children away to be taken 
care of bv friends, they must at least be ex¬ 
cluded from the sick-chamber. Each one of these 
diseases develops some sort of bacillus in its 
first appearance, and this leaves the body and 
may fall on receptive soil in the body of an¬ 
other child. Since all the children in one family 
live in the same environment and receive prac¬ 
tically the same nourishment, and are of the 
same parentage, the presumption prevails that 
each one of them is equally susceptible to the 
disease with which one of the children has been 
affected. It is, therefore, advisable to adopt 
preventive and protective measures with them 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


395 


all, by applying abdominal packs and giving 
them Dechmann’s Plasmogen, which will 
strengthen the white corpuscles of the blood in 
their fight against possibly intruding bacilli; 
also Dechmann’s Tonogen, in order to give the 
red corpuscles and the heart the power to en¬ 
dure the greater efforts which the demand for 
increased vitality will necessitate. The applica¬ 
tion of these measures will in many cases en¬ 
tirely prevent an impending attack of the dis¬ 
ease, and if not, will at least make it easier to 
control. 

The golden rale : Keep the head cool, the 
feet warm and the bowels open; that is the 
golden rule to be followed in the treatment of 
all children’s diseases. All means that are ap¬ 
plied must have but the one object, that of mak¬ 
ing the condition of the blood as good as possi¬ 
ble, so that it will maintain a fluid form and cir¬ 
culate readily, richly supplied with all the ne¬ 
cessary up-building substances. This, and not 
the use of antitoxins, will guarantee a speedy 
return to normal conditions. 

Diet : The importance of the diet in all of 
these diseases has been indicated on several oc¬ 
casions. Its application is treated extensively 
under the fever diet; exceptions to be deter¬ 
mined by the physician. 

Dech-manna-Compositions : The composi¬ 

tions to be used in case of children’s diseases 
will, as indicated above, consist mainly of Plas¬ 
mogen and Tonogen. Small doses of Eubiogen 
will be of great advantage in promoting the 
general condition of the patient. These three 
compositions should always be available- in a 
family where there are children, as their appli¬ 
cation will prove very beneficial in any case, 
even before the arrival of the physician. 


396 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Physical: The correct application of ablu¬ 
tions of vinegar and water, of partial and other 
packs and various baths, must be left to the 
prescription of the physician, depending on the 
nature of the individual case, and the effect on 
the patient, with the exception of the abdominal 
pack. This should always be applied immedi¬ 
ately : cold in positive, and warm in negative 
diseases. 


THE TONSURE OF THE TONSILS. 

Though not strictly within the scope of my 
intention in the present booklet, I feel that no 
treatise, however brief, which purports to be a 
free and candid expression of the ills that child- 
life is heir to, could afford to ignore the burn¬ 
ing and much debated question of the tonsils and 
their significance, present and future, to the well¬ 
being of the child, or could deem the task ac¬ 
complished without raising a warning and pro¬ 
testing voice on behalf of the helpless victims, 
whose recurrent name is legion, against the cal¬ 
lous and persistent violation and destruction of 
the functions of vital organs, the only shadow of 
justification of which is, on the one hand, a fash¬ 
ionable popular delusion on the part of parents 
and, on the other, interested complacency on the 
part of their medical advisers, accentuated by a 
strong and dangerous tendency towards opera¬ 
tion and empiric surgery generally. 

This is a strong and sweeping indictment, 
perhaps. Let us therefore pause for a moment 
whilst we consult other sources of opinion for 
confirmation or refutal. 

And, in the wide range of American and Eng¬ 
lish criteria, what corroboration do we find? 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


397 


We find, as regards America, the venerable 
Professor Alexander H. Stevens, M. D., a mem¬ 
ber of the New \ork College of Physicians, writ¬ 
ing as follows: 

“The reason medicine has advanced so 
slowly is because physicians have studied the 
writings of their predecessors instead ol 
nature/’ 

From England the verdict comes to this ef¬ 
fect : 

Professor Evans, Fellow of the Royal Col¬ 
lege of Physicians and Surgeons, of London, 
says, in part: 

“The Medical Practice of our day is, at 
the best, a most uncertain and unsatisfactory 
system; it has neither philosophy nor com¬ 
mon sense to recommend it to confidence.” 

If . such opinions prevail within the sacred, 
State-protected precincts of the profession, how 
long, revolted confidence exclaims—how long 
before a credulous, deluded public awakens from 
its deep hypnotic trance. 

Against Tonsil destruction three arguments 
stand: 

(1) That the primal intention of Universal 
Mind—(sometimes termed the Soul of Being; 
the Spirit of All Good or, in simple reverence, 
“God”)—was obviously no malign intention, but 
an intention for good, is an axiom which will be 
rationally accepted, I presume, as logically and 
conclusively assured. 

(2) That the functions of the tonsils are, in 
the present state of medical knowledge, practic¬ 
ally still unknown is the deliberate and final 
statement made within the past few years by 
one of the greatest reputed authorities on the 
subject. 


398 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


(3) That the tonsil has some important mis¬ 
sion to fulfill is clearly demonstrated by the fact 
of its frequent recrudescence, or rather, the na¬ 
tural renewal of the organ after surgical re¬ 
moval—a spontaneous physiological organic mut¬ 
iny, as it were, supported by its lymphatic gland¬ 
ular dependents, against the reckless ignorance of 
medical practitioners and the perversity of the 
medico-cum-parental fashion of the day. 

For the fact that it is a fashion, and nothing 
more, is unhappily fully established on ample and 
high authority within the medical prescriptive 
pale. And, in fact, even as “The Tonsure” or 
shaving of the crown, became by fashion and 
mendicity a feature of priesthood and monastic 
pietjr, so has the slaughter of the Tonsils come 
to be regarded by fashion and mendacity as a 
feature of childhood and medical expediency and 
ineptitude. 

Professor John D. Mackenzie, M. D., of Bal¬ 
timore, a distinguished leader of the advanced 
school of medical science, in the course of a bril¬ 
liant and exhaustive treatise on the subject writ¬ 
ten as he says, reluctantly, in the interest of the 
public health and safety, quotes the deliberate 
opinion of an equally eminent medical friend to 
the effect that: 

“Of all the surgical insanities within his 
recollection this onslaught on the tonsils was 
the worst—not excepting the operation on 
the appendix.” 

Dr. Mackenzie then proceeds to show how 
abysmal has been the ignorance of the functions 
of these organs from the earliest times, (includ¬ 
ing a distinguished English medical luminary 
who went to far as to say: “were I attempting 
the artificial construction of a man I would 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


399 


leave out the tonsils,”) adding that the tonsil 
was regarded as a useless appendage and “like 
its little neighbour, the uvula, was sacrificed on 
every possible pretext or when the surgeon did 
not know what else to do.” 

“Never,” he says, “in the history of medi¬ 
cine has the lust for operation on the tonsils 
been as passionate as it is at the present time. 
It is not simply a surgical thirst, it is a mania, 
a madness, an obsession. It has infected not only 
the general profession, but also the laity.” In 
proof of this he adds: “A leading laryngologist 
in one of the larges cities came to me with the 
humiliating confession that although holding 
views hostile to such operations he had been 
forced to perform tonsillectomy in every case in 
order to satisfy the popular craze and to save 
his practice from destruction.” He cites an in¬ 
stance in which a mother brought her little six- 
year-old daughter to him, “to know whether her 
tonsils ought to come out—and in answer to 
the assurance: “your baby is perfectly well, why 
do you want her tonsils out?” the fond mother’s 
reply was: “Because she sometimes wets the 
bed!” 

Recent universal inspection of the throats of 
school children has revealed the fact that nearly 
all children at some time of life have more or 
less enlarged tonsils. And the reports maintain 
that this, for the most part, is harmless if not 
actually physiologic—natural—and that their re¬ 
moval in these cases is not only unnecessary but 
injurious to the proper development of the child. 

Nevertheless, the reports of the special hos¬ 
pitals for diseases of the nose and throat show 
to what an appalling extent this destructive 
operation is perpetrated throughout the land. 


400 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


“Much wild and incontinent talk,” Dr. Macken¬ 
zie continues, “for which their teachers are some¬ 
times largely to blame, has poisoned the minds 
of the younger generation of operators and 
thrown the public into hysteria. They are told 
that with the disappearance of the tonsils in man, 
certain diseases will cease to exist and parents 
nowadays bring their perfectly sound children 
for tonsil removal in order to head off these af¬ 
fections. Summing up the writer demonstrates 
that the functions of the tonsils are, at present 
unknown and that until known nothing authori¬ 
tative can be said definitely on the subject, whether 
they be portals for the entrance of disease or 
the exit for the very purpose of germs of infec¬ 
tion ; common sense must decide;—whether they 
protect the organism from danger or invite the 
presence of disease.” 

I, for my own part, am of Dr. Mackenzie's 
opinion: that there is an endless flow of lymph 
from their interior to the free surface, which 
unchecked, prevents the entrance of germs from 
the surface and washes out impurities from 
within. That in any case, one of the functions 
undoubtedly is the production of leucocytes or 
protective white blood corpuscles and that the 
tonsil is not, as generally understood, a lymph¬ 
atic gland; that, the general ignorance of this 
fact has led to the useless sacrifice of thousands 
of tonsils, on the fallacious assumption that their 
functional activities may be vicariously under¬ 
taken by other lymphatic glands; and finally, 
that the physiologic integrity of the tonsil is of 
the utmost importance in infant and child life. 

The consensus of advanced scientific opinion 
is now to the effect that the activity of the ton¬ 
sils as possible accessories of disease has been 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


401 


vastly exaggerated; that like the thousand and 
one successive misleading theories which in turn, 
from time to time, have seized upon the imagina¬ 
tion and obsessed the minds of the medical fra¬ 
ternity for brief and passing periods, this perni¬ 
cious craze too, has about run its course. The 
causes from which this peculiar lust for opera¬ 
tion emanates would be perhaps a difficult psy¬ 
chological puzzle to determine; the malign im¬ 
pulse, as regards some special function, seems to 
spring, as it were, by intuition, unbidden into be¬ 
ing from the illusive depths of some perverted 
intellect, to rage for a while through the medical 
world with a death roll deadly as the plague and 
as suddenly to pass into desuetude and disappear 
behind the impregnable ramparts of “prescript¬ 
ive right’’ and “privilege”—terms which in plain 
parlance mean to the masses in cold actual fact, 
the absolute negation of all right—the domina¬ 
tion of arbitrary, irresponsible and State pro¬ 
tected wrong. 

Between facts and fables, the evidence with 
regard to the tonsils and their functions seems 
to establish the conclusion that they have been 
wrongfully and foolishly held responsible for “an 
iliad of ills.” The region of the nose and mouth 
is obviously the happy hunting-ground of myri¬ 
ads of pathogenic bacteria. It is likewise con¬ 
tinually the scene of innumerable surgical opera¬ 
tions, performed necessarily without antiseptic 
precautions, thus extending the area of possible 
infection indefinitely to the entire upper air tract 
which medical incompetence so often fails to ex¬ 
plore. And indeed, as Dr. Mackenzie freely re¬ 
marks: “Of far graver, far-reaching and deeper 
significance are cases of infection in which life 
has doubtless been sacrificed by clinging to the 


402 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


lazy and stupefying delusion that the tonsil is 
the sole portal of poisoning.” 

The mere size of the tonsil, it is shown, is no 
indication for removal except it be large enough 
or diseased enough to interfere with respiration, 
speech or deglutition—that is, swallowing; in 
which case only a sufficient portion should be 
taken away, and that without delay. The tonsil 
may be greatly enlarged or buried deeply in the 
palatine arcade and yet not interfere with the 
well-being of the individual. Such tonsils are the 
special prey of the tonsillectomist. If they are 
not interrupting function they are best left alone. 
Moreover, it occasionally happens that the re¬ 
surrection of a “buried” tonsil is followed 
shortly by the burial of the patient. 

The practical illuminating lesson to be 
gleamed is this: That if in infancy and child¬ 
hood, we pay more attention to 'the neglected 
nasal cavities and to the hygiene of the mouth 
and teeth, we will have less tonsil disease and 
fewer tonsil operations. 

“The partial enucleation of the tonsil,” the 
writer asserts, “with even the removal of its 
capsule if desired, is complete enough'for all ne¬ 
cessary purposes and practically free from dan¬ 
ger ; moreover, it produces equal or better re¬ 
sults than complete enucleation with its many ac¬ 
cidents and complications, to say nothing of its 
long roll of unrecorded death.’* 

Another point: From the professional vo¬ 
calist’s point of view. The tonsils are phonatory 
or vocal organs and play an important part in 
the mechanism of speech and song. They in¬ 
fluence the surrounding muscles and modify the 
resonance of the mouth. Enlarged by disease, 
they may cripple these functions and if so, their 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


403 


removal may increase the compass of the voice 
by one or more octaves; but it is a capital opera¬ 
tion and a dangerous one in which a fatal re¬ 
sult is by no means a remote possibility. 

The object of this interesting paper, it is 
pointed out, is not to assail operation for de¬ 
finite and legitimate cause, but to warn against 
the “busy internist”—the hospital surgeon—too 
busy for careful differential diagnosis—and his 
“accommodating tonsillectomist” who is “in the 
business for revenue only.” But the onus for 
the existing deplorable state of affairs he lays 
frankly upon the shoulders of the teachers and 
insists that the cure of the evil is largely edu¬ 
cational. “When,” says he, “pre-eminent author¬ 
ity proclaims in lecture and text book as indis¬ 
putable truth the relationship between a host of 
diseases and the tonsils of the child and advises 
the removal of the glands as a routine method of 
procedure , what can we expect of the student 
whose mind is thus poisoned at the very fountain¬ 
head of his medical education by ephemeral theory 
that masquerades so cheerily in the garb of in¬ 
destructible fact?” “How,” he exclaims, “are we 
to offset the irresponsibility of the responsible?” 
But we hear on all sides—“Look at the results.” 
Results? Here is a partial list from the prac 
tice—not of the ignorant, but of the most experi¬ 
enced and skilled : Death from hemorrhage and 
shock, development of latent tuberculosis, lacera¬ 
tion and other serious injuries of the palate and 
pharyngeal muscles, great contraction of the 
parts, removal of one barrier of infection, se¬ 
vere infection of wound, septicemia, or bacterial 
infection, troublesome cicatrices, suppurative 
otitis media and other ear affections, troubles of 
voice and vision, ruin of singing voice, emphy- 


404 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


semia, or destruction of the tissues, septic in¬ 
farct,—infected arterial obstruction, pneumonia, 
increased susceptibility to throat disease, phar¬ 
yngeal quinsy and last, but not least tonsillitis! 

The trenchant and tragic article concludes 
with the expression of the hope that the day is 
not far distant when not only the profession but 
the public shall demand that this senseless slaugh¬ 
ter be stopped. “Is not this day of medical and 
moral preaching and uplifting,” it is asked, “a 
fitting one in which to lift the public out of the 
atmosphere into which it has been drugged, and 
as to the reckless tonsillectomist, a proper time 
to apply the remedy of the referendum and re¬ 
call. It has come to a point when it is not only 
a burning question to the profession, but also to 
the public. This senseless, ruthless destruction 
of the tonsil is often so far reaching and endur¬ 
ing in its evil results that it is becoming each 
day a greater menace to the public good.” 

Such is the wisdom of these world-wide sages, 

They wildly yearn to learn its innermost 
And break the organ’s wondrous works with 
sledges— 

Though music, its sweet soul, for aye is lost; 
That they have reached the goal, such is their 
dreaming, 

When tissues, nerves, and veins reveal their 
knife— 

When in the very core their steel is gleaming— 

But, one thing they forget —and that is life! 

This matter of the functions of the tonsils is 
fully dealt with in my greater work “Regenera¬ 
tion or Dare to be Healthy”—Chapters VII. and 
VIII., in which I show on the best authority 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


405 


that the tonsils have a great mission to fulfill — 
so great indeed that their treatment according to 
the present methods of the medical faculty can, 
in my estimation, only be stigmatized as the 
equivalent of a crime. 

It is the conclusion arrived at scientifically 
by the greatest authorities that the Tonsils 
secrete a very potent anti-toxic fluid which is 
excreted whenever dangerous pathogenic bacilli 
attempt to enter the pharynx or larynx, consti¬ 
tuting in fact the ever watchful sentinels of the 
oral and nasal portals through which an entrance 
into the human organism might be surprised by 
its ever active surreptitious enemies—the bacteria 
of infection and disease. 


PRE-NATAL CARE. 

It would be improper to close this section, 
touching child-life, without some special refer¬ 
ence to pre-natal care. It has been well said by 
eminent authorities that a child’s “education 
should begin long before its birth.” This to 
many may seem mysterious or even foolish, ac¬ 
cording to their advancement on the plane of 
knowledge. But America has long ago awakened 
to the truth of it, and pre-natal clinics have been 
established on a large scale—notably in New 
York—for the scientific supervision and com¬ 
fort of expectant mothers who may need it. 
The natural right of every child to be born in 
health and happiness, is at length recognized. 

Human magnetism, or nerve force, is begin¬ 
ning to be understood and utilized as a great 
vital, health-compelling, harmonizing factor of vast 
significance to the future of the race. 


406 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The real and practical alliance between the 
physical and the psychic—between body and 
mind—is better realized; as for instance: You 
may be seized with an idea, or a passion, and it 
disturbs your health of body; you may take in¬ 
digestible food, or suffer injury or fatigue, and 
it disturbs your health of mind. 

But beyond and behind all else are all those 
seemingly occult and sinister, pre-natal influences 
centered in hereditary and kindred considera¬ 
tions which are still more significant and diffi¬ 
cult to locate and overcome. 

These problems have been thought out and 
solved long before the dawn of the present so¬ 
cial awakening and the conclusions have been 
tabulated in the closest detail from the first 
moment of embryonic life, faithfully defining the 
paths that inevitably lead to the desired goal of 
Hygienic Birth, of Physical Perfection and the 
Mental State termed Happiness, in Infancy. 

All these things will be found minutely fo¬ 
cussed in picturesque relief, in my previous work 
entitled: “Within the Bud.” 


ENDEMIC AND EPIDEMIC DISEASE. 

Among the most deadly menaces that beset hu¬ 
man life upon this planet are those forms of 
disease classed under the head of so-called En¬ 
demic and Epidemic disease and including in its 
baleful limits Yellow fever, Cholera, Pellagra— 
otherwise known as Hook-worm, Plague and so- 
called Spanish Influenza. 

Based upon Physiological Chemistry and ex¬ 
plained from the Biological standpoint, the ex¬ 
planation of these covers a wide scientific area 
and geographically treated embraces the globe. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


407 


The various problems of their cause and 
prevention have exercised the mind of science 
and research to an enormous degree and heavy 
premiums have been placed upon their solution, 
with more or less success and much expenditure 
has been incurred in the examination of local 
conditions. 

As far as this Continent is concerned, per¬ 
haps the most troublesome has been Climatic 
Fever which varies greatly in form and intensity 
according to temperature and location. 

“Yellow Fever,” as it is named, has swept 
some Southern localities from time to time, but 
Science, Sanitation and Hygiene have curbed its 
virulence and spread, as in the case of outbreaks 
of epidemics such as small-pox—for the control 
of which, by the way, the advocates of the vile 
and pernicious practice of vaccination, fraudu¬ 
lently claim the credit, even in these advancing 
times, when the wiles of self interest are dis¬ 
closed, the worship of the “Putrid Calf” exposed 
and the days of the vaccine vendor numbered. 

Yellow Fever occurs on the Coast of tropical 
countries and, as a rule, is fatal, after a rapid 
development of from 3 to 7 days. 

The explanation of the cause of the disease is 
comparatively simple: The air on the hot coast 
lands is highly charged with evaporated water. 
Heat and humidity have the effect of diverting 
from the human organism the electricity which, 
as already shown, constitutes its vital cohesion 
and the same influences likewise reduce the oxy¬ 
gen in the atmosphere. These are the two prim¬ 
ary causes of Yellow Fever. 

Pellagra (hook-worm or Lombardy Lep¬ 
rosy) is, according to the tenets of the Regular 
School, an endemic skin and spinal disease of 


408 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Southern Europe. It is said to be due to eat¬ 
ing damaged corn but dependent also upon bad 
hygienic conditions, poor food and exposure to 
the sun. Its salient features are weakness, de¬ 
bility, digestive disturbance, spinal pain, convul¬ 
sions, melancholia and idiocy. 

More recent investigation has judged it to be 
a deficiency disease, due to low and unvaried 
diet and consequent failure of metabolism. 

In every case these climatic disease forms are 
caused by a combination of hot air, lacking oxy¬ 
gen, and evaporated water, including Cholera 
which also varies in intensity according to heat 
conditions. 

Cholera and Plague originate on the coast of 
Bengal, India, where conditions are bad enough 
of themselves without the apology ot the illusive 
bacillus as a causative agent. 

That Cholera is contagious cannot be doubted 
and it is no superstition that fear predisposes 
thereto. For all emotions consume electrical 
power in the body and thus break down its 
power of resistance. 

Infantile paralysis, Typhoid-fever., Smallpox, 
etc., are dealt with elsewhere and therefore need 
no mention here. 

It is impossible to deal adequately with so 
wide a subject within the narrow limits at my 
disposal; but the full details and environment of 
each, together with the respective methods of 
treatment will be found in detail in the parent 
work “Regeneration or Dare to be Healthy.” 

THE SPANISH INFLUENZA. 

In any attempt to unravel the tangled skein 
of cause and circumstance which surrounds the 
subject of the world-sweeping pandemic which 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


409 


masquerades under the misleading title of the 
“Spanish Influenza,” the first and most import¬ 
ant initial step must be a keen and careful sift¬ 
ing of the facts and forces, natural and artificial, 
which control or dominate the situation. 

1 he debatable questions appear to be chiefly 
Ihe following: 

(1) The fundamental causes that underlie 
the great epidemics or pandemics that 
the world experiences from time to time 
—the present one in particular. 

(2) The fact or fallacy of the germ as a 
causative factor or merely an effect or 
product of disease conditions. 

(3) The alternative course, origin and me¬ 
dium of transmission and finally 

(4) The soundness and efficiency or other¬ 
wise of the preventive and curative 
measures with which the combined in¬ 
telligence of the Medical Faculty has 
risen to the dire emergency of the mo¬ 
ment for the protection of the people 
who have relied so confidently, as by 
law compelled, upon the standard of 
their acumen and official aid as compe¬ 
tent guardians of public safety. 

The findings, as to the first question, are to 
the effect that it appears, from the earliest rec¬ 
orded annals of disease, that epidemics corre¬ 
sponding to the present outbreak have occurred 
at irregular periods all up the centuries under 
names and conditions peculiar to the times, and 
following usually in the wake of some great so¬ 
cial cataclasm, strain or upheaval, the result of 
wars, persecutions, famines and distress—causes 
which clearly illustrate the close reactive con- 


410 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

nection between the mental and physical action 
of disease. 

The great pandemics seem to have originated 
largely in the Orient—the region of vast con¬ 
gested populations and racial struggles and 
starvation—the advent of their apparent influ¬ 
ence upon the western world depending chiefly 
upon the rate of commercial or popular inter¬ 
course, the movements of armies or the ingress 
or egress of peoples. The logical establishment 
of direct proof of the connection between these 
visitations and local epidemics in distant lands 
is a problem as yet unsolved. The weight of 
evidence, at first sight, would seem to lie rather 
in the other direction—to indicate that such 
epidemics are the direct outcome of existing lo¬ 
cal conditions, mental and physical. 

For example: At the end of that strenuous 
period in England’s history, between the reign 
of the first Charles and the fall of the Common¬ 
wealth, an epidemic broke out which, as the his¬ 
torian tells us, converted the country into “one 
vast hospital.” The malady—which by the way 
was fatal to Cromwell—the Lord Protector him¬ 
self—w r as then termed “the ague.” The term 
“Influenza” was first given to the epidemic of 
1743 in accordance with the Italianizing fashion 
of the day, but was eventually superseded by the 
French expression “La Grippe,” usually held to 
represent a more modified form of the disease 
which appears to vary in intensity and virulence 
according to its provocation and derivation. 

The old school hypothesis and the deductions 
therefrom would seem therefore, to be this: 
That a super-malignant contagium imported from 
some foreign source falls upon organisms pre¬ 
disposed to infection by mental stress or phy- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


411 


sical privation and over-strain or both combined; 
and the contagion thus generated through the 
medium of some unsuspected “carrier” seizes 
upon and sweeps through that portion of the 
community so predisposed, in the form of a 
great, general epidemic with a maximum of 
mortality. At later intervals the same repeats 
itself with less violence and reduced mortality, 
because a great proportion,—representing the 
sufferers in the original epidemic,—being now 
thereby immune, the onus falls upon that sec¬ 
tion of the younger generation unprotected by in¬ 
dividual resistant force who consequently be¬ 
come the chief sufferers—as in the case of the 
present epidemic, the pandemic form of which 
is obviously due to the fact that equal condi¬ 
tions of unrest, privation and distress prevail 
universally throughout the entire nerve plains 
of the Planet. 

The first recorded outbreak in America oc¬ 
curred in the year 1647, followed by a second in 
1655 and again in 1789 and 1807. In these the 
mortality appears to have been confined, after 
the first outbreak, to a few mere modest thou¬ 
sands whereas in the present visitation a con¬ 
servative estimate places the figures of the hor¬ 
rible world-holocaust at no less a sum than 18 
million lives in all* The ravages in America 
have been appalling including many of the 
medical profession. 

We pass on then to the second item—the 
question of the germ. 


* This amount is given by the Seattle Post- 
Intelligencer, in an editorial devoted to the ter¬ 
rible plague on March 16th, 1919. 



412 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The illusive germ has come to be regarded 
by the layman with reserve—nay more—with 
suspicion. The part of the bacteriologist has 
been somewhat overdone. The conditions of 
popular credence are not what they were. A 
great change has awakened the masses of the 
people and a new intelligence is born which now 
discerns that disease is one great Unity just as 
the body is one inseparable interdependent whole 
—that the cause of disease is in the blood and 
dependent upon its nourishment and moreover, 
that the physical forces of the body can be ex¬ 
hausted as much by mental strain,—causing the 
too rapid burning up of nerve fat (lecithin),—as 
by evcessive physical exertion. For example: 
Mental disturbance—grief, worry, excitement— 
produce immediate physical effect in headache, 
palpitations and the like. Physical exhaustion— 
privation, hunger and over-work—on the other 
hand produce mental depression and collapse. 
The inevitable law of compensation rules. 

Thus the germ, bacillus, or microbe, as a di¬ 
rect cause of disease is an exploded fallacy. They 
are now recognized as the result of disease— not 
the cause : releasing irritants perhaps and pos¬ 
sibly carriers or transmitting mediums to other 
diseased or predisposed organisms. 

It follows accordingly that Sero-Therapy or 
Inoculation with specific serums derived from 
such germs, as a preventative of disease is 
simply a pernicious farce; “pernicious,” since 
the introduction of such poisons by inocculation 
into the blood constitutes in itself a serious 
menace to life and health. 

This has never been more clearly demon¬ 
strated than in the present singularly futile ef¬ 
forts of the Regular Medical Faculty to stay 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


413 


ihe on-rush of the Influenza Epidemic or to save 
or safeguard its victims—a fact which compels 
the people in their thousands to turn to the less 
pretentious but more successful members of the 
eclectic or Irregular schools among whom both 
help and healing may be found. 

And this is the history of the Influenza 
germ: 

The bacteria] criminal was located. We know 
it, for the discovery was officially proclaimed 
and vouched for by the press with all due pomp 
and circumstance. True, it was ”so minute as 
to be invisible to the most powerful micro¬ 
scope;” —but it was sensed by science, none the 
less, and handed over captive, for “culture” to 
the manufacturing chemist. Inoculation followed 
freely—the people in their thousands and our 
gallant troops alike submitted to the mandate 
of the powers that be—the soldiers voiceless and 
under penalty. 

America breathless, awaited the result. There 
was none. 

Finally scare-heads in the Press astonished 
the land. They were these: “Medical World is 
Baffled by the ‘Flu’—“Exhaustive Experi¬ 
ments Leave Doctors Mystified.”—“Every Test 
a Failure.”—“Explosion of Accepted Theories 
Causes Science to Grope for Light.” 

It appears that, through the heroism of a 
hundred of our naval men who volunteered for 
the purpose at the risk of life, the Medical 
Authorities in desperation were enabled to try 
every possible method of infection with the al¬ 
leged Influenza Germs, our boys submitting to 
inoculation and even to the repulsive ordeal of 
introduction into the nose and throat of diseased 
mucous from and close contact with coughing 


414 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


and spitting bed patients in the severest forms 
of the disease. The experiments were made si¬ 
multaneously at San Francisco and Boston un¬ 
der the direction of Surgeons McCoy and Gold- 
berger of the U. S. Health Department and the 
Naval Authorities. 

The astounding negative result as indicated 
by the press, was described as “The Sensation 
of the day,” for the fact was revealed that Not 
one, of the hundred who underwent these dras¬ 
tic and determined tests, developed any symp¬ 
toms of Influenza. This picture of failure was 
surmounted by the summing up of the situation 
on the part of the highest Medical Authority; 
to this effect: 

“These new experiments in the transmission 
of Influenza,” said Surgeon General Blue, “show 
how difficult is the Influenza Problem.” 

The result points clearly to a state of natural 
immunity enjoyed by those who, like these men 
of the Naval Service, lead an hygienic, con¬ 
tented well regulated life with the simple acces¬ 
sories of good and sufficient food, fresh air and 
regular exercise. 

The same principle has been recently demon • 
strated in England in the same connection by 
the annual report of one of the great public 
schools celebrated for hygienic methods, where 
amongst a total of 800 students not a single case 
of influenza appeared—although no preventive 
measures were employed beyond the simple rules 
of health and cleanliness. 

Finally, as regards serums and specifics, the 
judgment of Dr. Karl F. Meyer, of the Hooper 
Institute of Medical Research of the University 
of California, may be accepted as focusing the 
consenous of unbiased opinion on the subject. It 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


415 


was as follows: “Serums have not yet been in¬ 
troduced which produce immunity from Spanish 
Influenza. The serums now employed are of no 
use whatsoever. You have no idea how really 
and truly helpless we are. As an example, take 
the advice given us by the Public Health De¬ 
partment when we asked what should be done 
if the epidemic struck West. They said: f Or¬ 
ganize your hospitals and undertakers” In the 
same statement Dr. Meyer declared that the 
Medical fraternity is in total darkness as to the 
cause and nature of the epidemic. 

Of other preventive measures resorted to— 
Masks, Quarantine and the veto upon public 
gatherings—proved equally mistaken and futile. 
Masks of a texture calculated to baffle the most 
determined attempts of the minute invisible homi¬ 
cide were made compulsory, and in the great cities 
masquerading millions became a constant feat¬ 
ure of the streets, until an idea of the danger of 
masks, as microbe preservers and carriers, 
dawned upon the official mind. Thus, beyond 
fostering fear and depression amongst the citi¬ 
zens nothing was achieved in the direction de¬ 
sired, but rather the reverse; since it is now 
very generally recognized that such mental con¬ 
ditions with their consequently lowered vitality 
are a common prelude to disease. 

At the annual meeting of the American Pub¬ 
lic Health Association in Chicago, following a 
two days’ discussion of preventive measures 
against Influenza and Pneumonia, Dr. Chas. J. 
Hastings, president of the organization said : “A 
tremendous amount of damage is done by in¬ 
terfering with nature, when nature would have 
done better had she been left alone. We have 
very little power over pneumonia. I am con- 


416 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


vinced that as many patients have been killed by 
physicians as have been cured.” 

The talented “Health” editor of the Los An¬ 
geles Times, commenting upon these matters, 
writes: “The handling of this epidemic by 
‘health boards’ and doctors who have been run¬ 
ning around like wet chickens—their eyes, how¬ 
ever, fastened on the feed box—has furnished 
another striking evidence of the futility of what 
is misnamed ‘Medical Science.’ ” 

All this carries one back 50 years to the me¬ 
mory of Sir John Forbes, Court Physician to 
the late Queen Victoria of England, and the 
eminent Editor of the British and Foreign Med¬ 
ical Review, who thus tersely recorded the sci¬ 
entific conclusions arrived at in the course of 
his long, professional experience, in connection 
with drugs, drug medication and allopathy, un¬ 
der the title of “Why we should not be poi¬ 
soned because we are sick“Firstly,—that in 
a large proportion of cases treated by allopathic 
physicians, the disease is cured by nature and 
not by them. Secondly,—that in not a small 
proportion, the disease is cured by nature in 
spite of them. Thirdly,—that consequently, in a 
considerable proportion of diseases it would fare 
as well or better with patients if all remedies, 
especially drugs, were abandonedand he em¬ 
phatically adds: “Things have come to such a 
pass that they must either mend or end.” This, 
be it remembered, was in 1868,—50 years ago— 
and such frankness would not have been toler¬ 
ated from other than “Sir John”—for, as was 
said by an inspired American: “He who dares 
to see a truth not recognized in creed must die 
the death.” And now indeed is revealed the 
wisdom of Shakespeare when he said: “Ignor- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


417 


ance is the Curse of God;” or of Bolinbroke’s 
bitter assertion: “Plain truth will influence half 
a score men at most in a nation or an age, while 
mystery will lead millions by the nose.” 

I am not prepared to endorse the cynical say¬ 
ing of Voltaire: “Regimen is superior to medi¬ 
cine—especially as from time immemorial out of 
every hundred physicians ninety-eight are char¬ 
latans.” But this much is certain, that they have 
found the needs of nature too laborious—the 
pathway of their leader—the Great Hippocrates— 
of Galen, Sydenham, Boerhaave, too tame, and 
have listened to the lure of Paracelsus, and 
adopted, with its high pontificial manner and me¬ 
dication, the more luxurious empiricism of the 
medicasters of five centuries ago. 

But the time has come when the reign of 
bigotry, drugs and mystery must have an end— 
the chartered lien on human life must cease and 
the antique secret consistories so long omni¬ 
potent, must be brought to the enlightened level 
of the day. 

We have come to the parting of the ways, 
where it becomes the bounden duty of every 
earnest, fair-minded physician to cast off the 
manacles of professional caste and secret obliga¬ 
tion and to advance with open mind across the 
wholesome confines of eternal truth. This as 
much in their own interest as in that of their 
patients. Por there is disaffection in the once 
solid phalanx, and we find strictures such as 
these in the standard works of the profession: 
“It cannot be denied that practitioners in medi¬ 
cine stand too low in the scale of public esti¬ 
mation and, something is rotten in the State of 
Denmark.” 


418 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


A series of articles appearing recently, in the 
English Review, from the daring and masterly 
pen of George Bernard Shaw, deals with the sub¬ 
ject with an ungloved hand, taking as opportunity 
a vitriolic controversy recently raging between 
exalted lights of the medical profession in Lon¬ 
don, which raises abruptly the long-drawn cur¬ 
tain of mystery and exposes the secret skeleton 
to the view of a wondering world. Speaking of 
the absolute, autocratic powers of the medical 
monopoly and the superstitious, hopeless com¬ 
placency of the public, the writer says: “The 
assumption is that the ‘registered doctor’ or 
surgeon knows everything that is known, and 
can' do everything that is to be done. This 
means that the dogmas of omniscience, omni¬ 
potence and infallibility, and something very 
like the theory of the apostolic succession and 
kingship by anoinment, have recovered in me¬ 
dicine the grip they have lost in theology and 
politics. This would not matter if the ‘legally 
qualified doctor’ was a completely qualified 
healer: but this is not the case; far from it. 
Dissatisfaction with the orthodox methods and 
technique is so widespread that the supply of 
technically qualified unregistered practitioners is 

insufficient for the demand. The reputation 

of the unregistered specialist is usually well 
founded. He must deliver the goods. He can¬ 
not live by the faith of his patients in a string 
of letters after his name.” 

From all sides the same dissatisfaction is told 
showing that, with the sick and simple majority, 
what is termed “the attractive bed-side manner” 
of the polished practitioner has vastly out¬ 
weighed—in the past—the more vital advantage 
of superior skill on the part of practitioners of 




DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


419 


the drugless and natural systems which are 
winning their way to favour, in spite of the or¬ 
ganized opposition of the orthodox profession 
and the powerful “vested interests’* of the me- 
dicine-men. 

To return to the subject proper: The sum¬ 
ming up as to the efficacy of inoculation, drugs, 
serums and specifics for Influenza may best be 
found in the supplements to the U. S. Public 
Health reports, and vouched for by Surgeon- 
General Rupert Blue and the Government ex¬ 
perts : 

“Since we are uncertain of the primary cause 
of Influenza, no form of inoculation can be 
guaranteed to protect against the disease itself.’’ 
“No drug has as yet been proved to have any 
specific influence as a preventive of influenza. 

“No drug has as yet been proved to have any 
specific curative effect on influenza--though 
many are useful in guiding its course and miti¬ 
gating is symptoms. 

“In the uncertainty of our present knowledge 
considerable hesitation must be felt in advising 
vaccine treatment as a curative measure. 

“The chief dangers of influenza lie in its 
complications, and it is probable that much may 
be done to mitigate the severity of the affection 
and to diminish its mortality by raising the re¬ 
sistance of the body .” 

It is not my purpose in adducing these start¬ 
ling facts to impugn the Allopathic system or to 
disparage the elder branch of the Profession of 
Healing. They are simply assembled for the 
purpose of proving a case in favour of the 
newer or Hygieo-Dietetic System. 

But here in consecutive order of testimony is 
a truly terrible denouncement—the testimony, as 



420 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


it were, of two hemispheres of the terrestrial 
globe proclaiming the positive failure of the 
section of science upon which, for very exist¬ 
ence, their inhabitants have been accustomed to 
rely! 

New Health and Disease are dependent upon 
degrees of positive and negative vibrations, as is 
every form of life in the great Cosmic Unity of 
the Universe. Both are tones with endless 
modulation, but the integral fact, in either case, 
is one. Disease, then, is a Unit—a degenerate 
function of the blood—and, such being the case, 
the failure of any curative principle or system 
aspiring to remedy that degenerate functioning, 
in any degree, is a failure of that principle or 
system as a whole. 

The sensational admission, therefore, of the 
chiefs of the Profession in America and Eng¬ 
land, as herein cited, amounts in plain language 
to ihe tacit admission that drugs and serums are 
powerless to produce any “preventive influence” 
or any “curative” effect “upon Influenza, (or as 
it rationally and logically follows, upon any 
other disease) although, as openly stated m this 
official proclamation, they may influence the 
“symptoms.” 

But, finally—And here is the supreme an¬ 
nouncement, wherein at length the Truth comes 
out triumphant—“The severity of the disease 
may be mitigated and its mortality diminished 
by raising the resistance of the body.” 

This in one single sentence is the sum total 
of the teachings of the eclectic, independent and 
legally debarred and officially unrecognized Phy- 
siologico-Chemical, Hvgieo-Dietetic School of 
Natural Science which T have the honor to re¬ 
present, 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


421 


The true teaching of Hippocrates, surnamed 
‘'The Father of Medicine”—the ostensible leader, 
for all time, of the “regular school” of Medicine 
was comprised in one phrase: the Vis Medicat- 
rix Naturae —The Healing Power of Nature. 

The teaching of our New, Independent 
School is identically the same—plus the physio- 
logico-chemical discoveries of the intervening 
centuries. They are plain and natural precepts, 
surrounded by no fearsome atmosphere of mys¬ 
tery. They are to this effect: 

That the human organism, together with all 
its interdependent parts, organs and functions, is 
an inseparable whole—a Unit—subject absolutely 
to Natural Laws. As said St. Paul: “And 
whether one member suffer, all the members suf¬ 
fer with it.” (Cor. 12-26.) 

That disease, therefore, is ikewise a unit with 
a diversity of manifestations which, like all con¬ 
flicting elements, develop in the individual or¬ 
ganism along the lines of least resistance, ac¬ 
cording to the weakness—hereditary or acquired 
—of the individual. This we term predisposi¬ 
tion. 

The cause of predisposition to disease, cen¬ 
tres absolutely and entirely in the blood, causing 
obstructions to normal circulation, the obstruct¬ 
ing materials being poisons and impurities, either 
hereditary or acquired through malnutrition or 
the introduction of unassimilable matter into the 
system in the form of improper food, drugs, me¬ 
dicines or vaccines which remain as poisons in 
the blood. 

Disease is the remedial effort of Nature to 
throw off such obstructions—a process of puri¬ 
fication and regeneration—and its symptoms 


422 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


should be assisted and regulated rather than re¬ 
sisted and suppressed. 

'‘Doctors prescribe—but only Nature cures, ' 
is an ancient axiom, but it faithfully represents 
the “vis medicatrix naturae.'’ 

The question has recently been publicly pro¬ 
pounded: “Is sickness criminal?” Very cer¬ 

tainly, disease is the outcome of personal neg¬ 
lect, in past or present; but the nature of the 
question is a sign significant that the laity are 
awakening to the truth that the healing power 
of nature rests wholly in the generation and 
conservation of latent reserve energy. 

As regards the influenza controversy the Of¬ 
ficial verdict is, as we have seen, that the Regu¬ 
lar Medical Profession as a whole, has failed in 
its endeavor to fathom the mystery and is at 
present “really and truly helpless Let us there¬ 
fore, seek the cause of this disastrous failure 
and strive to solve the problem along other 
iines. 

If so poor be the harvest, what of the soil? 
is the natural enquiry. And it must be gener¬ 
ally admitted that this spectacular failure lies in 
the superficial teaching of the medical schools— 
its search for causes in the mature, and “special¬ 
ized,” anatomical organs in place of the fun¬ 
damental physiological, chemical and embryonic 
causes from which, in their appointed order 
those various organs are evolved;—first the 
brain and nervous system, afterwards the tissues 
and the bones. Thus, unversed in the deeper 
phases of causation, men are hurried unprepared 
into ranks of a noble profession to struggle 
as best they may, through lack of deeper knowl¬ 
edge, with the serious symptoms of disease—at 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


423 


first by rote blit later, are tempted to tamper 
empirically with its issues. 

It has been said by a great scientific author¬ 
ity that, in order to thoroughly comprehend and 
cure any form of disease it is necessary, in the 
first place, to mentally map out and visualize 
the course of its growth and to follow it back¬ 
ward, step by step, to its source before it is pos¬ 
sible to formulate curative treatment adapted to 
its cause and phases. 

To commence then at the initial stage, let us 
bring upon the scene one of the greatest chem¬ 
ists of the age: Justus von Liebig, the discov¬ 
erer of “The Law of the Minimum,” which is 
this: That of the sixteen known constituents of 
the blood essential to the healthy growth and 
maintenance of the organs and tissues of the 
body, the absence of any proportional ingredi¬ 
ent, however small, will cause degeneration in 
the organism and interfere with the propel 
functioning of one or more of the activities con¬ 
cerned. 

Upon this Law is based the attested, dominant 
fact that all oar mental and physical activities — 
oar powers of thinking, feeling, motion and every 
action, including the reproduction of species are 
equally dependent upon our blood—and our 
blood, in turn, depends upon proper nutrition. 
The ancient aphorism: “Man is as man eats,” is 
therefore true in theory and in fact. 

Human diet and human life being thus closely 
allied, it becomes a consideration of the first 
magnitude to see that all food contains in well 
balanced degree a correct proportion of the six¬ 
teen essentials: carbon, oxygen, hydrogen, nitro¬ 
gen, iron, sulphur, phosphorus, clorine, potassi- 


424 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


uni, sodium, magnesium, calcium, manganese, 
fluorine, silicon and iodine. 

Amongst the chemical salts of such scientific 
nutrition may, or may not, be found the famous 
“Vitamines,” long sought of science; but what 
they certainly do supply is the electro-magnetic 
energy, the impulse of growth and vital function, 
the secret of bactericide blood and its power of 
circulation. 

It is the magnetic iron in the blood which 
promotes nerve function in both the brain and 
the intestinal tract, producing on the one hand 
intellectual activity and on the other, breathing 
digestion and excretion. Similar causal action 
in corelation to the integral elements of food 
prevails throughout the organs of the body, de¬ 
monstrating the vital importance of the quality 
of our daily food for the renewal of tissue and 
the maintenance of healthy metabolism. 

In an attempt to define the primary cause of 
influenza, Prof. Kuhnemann, a well known au¬ 
thority on practical and differential diagnosis, 
gives a minute description of its various symp¬ 
toms, terminating with a weak suggestion that 
the already discredited bacillus may be regarded 
as ihe cause. 

This is, in detail, as follows: “Fever is al¬ 
ways present,” Prof, Kuhnemann says, “but not 
of any certain type. At times, after short peri¬ 
ods of Apyrexie there is a rise in temperature 
sometimes swelling of the spleen. There is no 
characteristic change in the urine) sometimes 
Albuminuria. There is an inclination to per¬ 
spire freely ; consequently Miliaria is often pres¬ 
ent; also Herpes, less frequently other Ex¬ 
anthema, Petechien. The mucous membranes 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


425 


are inclined to hemorrhage (Epistaxis, Hemate- 
mesis, Menorrhagia, Abortion). 

‘‘Complications and after effects: 

(1) Of the respiratory system:—Croupose 
and Broncho-pneumonia of atypical 
progress (atypical fever of protracted 
course, relatively strong Dyspnoe, Cy¬ 
anosis, feeble pulse) and high mortal¬ 
ity; after effects serous or mattery Pleu- 
ritis, Lung abscesses, Phthisis. 

(2) Of the circulatory system:—Myocardi¬ 
tis, Endocarditis, Thrombosis. 

(3) Of the digestive tract:—Chronic stom¬ 
ach and intestinal catarrh, Dyspepsia. 

(4) Of the nervous system:—Any form of 
Neuralgia, Paralysis, Neuritis, Psycho¬ 
sis, etc. 

(5) Of the sense organs:—Otitis media; 
Nephritis and Muscular Rheumatism are 
also observed. Influenza aggravates any 
case of sickness, especially lung trouble." 

All this seems to constitute a very formidable 
and perplexing indictment, sparkling with learn¬ 
ing and bristling with difficulties. But when 
these mellifluous mysticisms are once translated 
into “the vulgar tongue” they prove to be, 
strange to say, easily within the comprehension 
of the ordinary layman. 

For instance, “Apyrexie” means Free from 
fever; Albuminuria—Albumen present; Miliaria 
—an acute inflammation of the sweat-glands 
(Abnormal sweating) ; Herpes—an inflamma¬ 
tory skin disease characterized by the 
formation of small vesicles in clusters (Fe¬ 
ver rash); Exanthema—Skin eruption; Petechi- 
en—Spots; Epistaxis—Nose-bleeding; Hemate- 


426 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


mesis—vomiting blood; Menorrhagia Excessive 
menstruation; Croupose—resembling croup ; 
Broncho-pneumonia—Inflammation of the lungs; 
Atypical fever—irregular fever; Dyspnoe—Hard 
breathing; Cyanosis—Blue discoloration of the 
skin from non-oxidation of the blood; Pleuritis 
—Pleurisy; Phthisis—consumption; Myocarditis 
and Endocarditis—Inflammations of the heart; 
Thrombosis—coagulation of blood; Intestinal 
Catarrh—Inflammation of the bowels; Dyspepsia 
—Indigestion; Neuritis—Nerve inflammation; 
Psychosis—Mental derangement; Otitis media- 
inflammation of the ear; and Nephritis—In¬ 
flammation of the kidneys. 

“Aetiology:—The influenza bacillus (found 
in blood and excrement) is to be regarded as 
the cause. The malady is highly contagious. 
Period of incubation given as, from two to 
seven days. Runs its course in one or two 
weeks, recovery as a rule favorable; though 
convalescence is often protracted. Unfavorable 
results are brought on through complications, 
most often by Pneumonia. 

“Diagnosis:—Easily determined during an 
epidemic or marked symptoms. The catarrhal 
form of influenza differs from simple catarrh of 
the mucous membranes of the respiratory tract 
through the presence of nervous symptoms and 
a more abrupt beginning. The symptoms may 
be similar to those of Measles or Abdominal* 
typhus. In each case, complications with Pneu¬ 
monia must be considered. 

“The proof of the presence of the Influenza 
bacillus,” he concludes, “is of little value in the 
diagnosis and differential diagnosis in medical 
practice as the bacillus cannot be distinguished 
with enough accuracy through the microscopic 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


427 


examination, which must be a very minute cul¬ 
ture proceeding.” 

This is the final dictum of medical Science 
on the subject—Science which however, adds 
nothing to our knowledge and leaves us still in 
darkness and uncertainty, while memory bring' 
a well known couplet to the mind: 

He holds the threads of Wisdom’s way 
Loosely, with palsied hand. 

Why lacks he now, for pity’s sake, 

The grace to understand? M. B. 

(After Goethe.) 

But let us weigh this long list of symptoms 
and estimate their respective significance by the 
light of physiological perception. 

The ever present fever is due to stagnation 
of the blood. Swelling of the spleen is caused 
by catabolism of the Malpighian bodies. Albu¬ 
minuria is the result of cold in the Plexus rena- 
lis; Perspiration is due to numbers in the nerve 
fibrils. The inclination of the mucous membranes 
to Hemorrhage is explained by congestion of 
blood in the capillaries, due to lack of vigor in 
the nerve fibrils. When the nerve fibrils fail to 
act, the capillary circulation stops and the blood 
overloaded with carbonic acid presses against the 
walls until they burst. 

The complications and after effects are ex¬ 
plained in the following manner: 

Complications in the respiratory system are 
all due to failure to properly treat the acute 
stage of the disease, and where the resistance of 
the patient has been sapped they usually end 
fatally. Complications in the circulatory system 
are subject to the same explanation as fever. 
Digestive complications are due to impaired me- 


428 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


tabolism brought on by loss of energy in the 
Vagus nerve. Complications in the nervous sys¬ 
tem are consequent upon the degeneration ot 
the whole Vagus tract. Sensory complications 
are due to the disease attacking the ‘“minoris 
resistentia,” the point of least resistance in the 
patient. 

This explanation of the real significance of 
the symptoms of Influenza should make it suffi¬ 
ciently apparent that its cause is fundamental, 
wide-spread and deeply rooted in the organism 
—a menace not to be lightly and tentatively 
treated with impunity. That the disease is not 
one that may be met—with any prospect of suc¬ 
cess—with febrifuges, drugs, serums and specifics 
—to say nothing of whisky and the like futilities, 
to use no harsher term, such as are said to have 
characterized the prescriptions of a very consid¬ 
erable proportion of the Regular Medical Pro¬ 
fession and with such terribly disastrous re¬ 
sults. What the liquor statistics show on our 
side of the line I am at the moment unable to 
say, but I see it reported in the press of an ad¬ 
joining province that under nominally strict 
“Prohibition” the sale of liquor had increased 
no less than 900. per cent, largely upon doctors 
orders, and that the sales from the Government 
stores in one city, during the past month had 
totaled $50,000—as compared with $6,000. for 
the corresponding period of the previous year. 

The Professor's elaborate diagnosis, from a 
physiologico-chemical point of view seems rather 
to point to a meaning which he has missed—to 
indicate a latent, more remote possibility be¬ 
hind the shy bacillus, as the primary cause of 
the disease. 

Let us endeavor to read the riddle rightly. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


429 


On scientific contemplation it at once becomes 
apparent that the symptoms as defined by Kuhne- 
mann—and indeed all other observers—are con¬ 
fined to the regions traversed by the Vagus 
(wandering) or Pneumogastric nerve—a nerve 
of comprehensive scope and bi-functional activ¬ 
ity, physical and psychic and in operation, re¬ 
markably in accord with the’ manifestations of 
Influenza. 

Concisely stated, the physiological function of 
the Vagus nerve is to regulate the process of 
breathing, tasting, swallowing, appetite, digestion, 
etc.; and the result of its failure to function 
would create coughing, choking, indigestion— 
separately or in combination. Its mental func¬ 
tions include the expression of shame, desire, 
disgust, grief, torture, depression and despair. 

The following is its academic description: 

Vagus or Pneumogastric nerve (tenth cran¬ 
ial) ; function—sensation and motion; originates 
in the floor of the fourth ventricle (the space 
which represents the primitive cavity of the 
hind-brain; it has the pons and oblongata in 
front, while the cerebellum lies dorsal), and is 
distributed through the ear, pharynx, larynx, 
lungs, esophagus, and stomach; possesses the 
following branches—auricular, pharyngeal, su¬ 
perior and inferior laryngeal, cardiac, pulmonary, 
esophageal, gastric, hepatic, communicating, 
meningeal. 

It is interesting to compare the scope and 
characteristics of the Vagus, as here defined 
with the details of Prof. Kuhnemann’s diagno¬ 
sis of Influenza and to draw conclusions. 

In order to establish more unmistagably the 
symptomatic sympathetic connection between the 
Vagus and Influenza, it may be well to touch 


430 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


briefly upon the initial processes of metabolism 
and nerve production. 

An inherent impulse in the ovum (protoplasm 
or egg cell) serves to separate the albuminous 
substance into groups of an opposite nature. 
Water is chemically separated from one portion, 
which results in thickening the albumen from 
which it was extracted, while the liberated wa¬ 
ter aids in liquifying another portion of the 
albuminous matter. Thus, on one side slender 
threads arise, termed fibrine or filaments, and 
on the other lymph fluid appears, which receives 
the particles of salts freed from the filaments 
during their chemical separation. When the 
fibrine and lymph are organized from the pro¬ 
toplasm, the remaining albumen is absolutely un¬ 
changed and ready to furnish material for the 
growth of either. 

It is the function of salts to increase the 
electrical tension of the lymph. Ail salts pos¬ 
sess the property of being electrically positive or 
negative. The more concentrated a saline solu¬ 
tion, the greater its electrical energy. 

That the function of the lymph is to assist in 
the formation and nutrition of the nerves is ap¬ 
parent when the nature of lymph and the com¬ 
position of nerve substances are compared. The 
contrast which exists between fibrine and 
lymph, and the similarity of lymph to nerve fat 
when taken together, justify the conclusion that 

the nerve substance, lecithin, was formed from 
lymph in the first instance. 

The whole process of life consists of an elec¬ 
tro-chemical combustion. This is clearly shown 
in the case of lecithin, which serves to control 
both motion and sensation. In the presence of 
oxygen it burns up, forming a new chemical 
combination, and throwing off minute quantities 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


431 


of carbonic acid and water in the process. Every 
movement and process, both voluntary and in¬ 
voluntary, and every thought and emotion, de¬ 
pends upon oxidation, ivhich consumes muscular 
tissue and nerve substance. 

The greater our physical exertion the more 
muscular tissue must be consumed. The higher 
our emotional state, the more we think or agi¬ 
tate ourselves, the greater must be the quantity 
of nerve substance burned up. All of the sub¬ 
stance burned up in labour, in worry and in 
thought, must be replaced or the flame will 
flicker out! 

The metabolism of muscular tissue is not in 
question at the moment. We are concerned 
here with nerve metabolism alone. 

This occurs in the following manner: In re¬ 
sponse to the demand for new material created 
by the chemical combustion of lecithin, new oil 
flows down the axis cylinders of the nerve fib¬ 
rils, which are arranged somewhat in the man¬ 
ner of lamp wicks. The average duration of 
the flow of this oil is about eighteen hours. 
When the cerebro-spinal nerves refuse to per¬ 
form their function any longer, because the sup¬ 
ply of oil is running low, fatigue and sleep ensue, 
and the blood descends from the brain to the 
intestines. Thus the cerebro-spinal system is per¬ 
mitted to relax and rest. In the meantime the 
sympathetic nervous system has taken up the task 
of directing the renewal of worn tissues, which 
draw their supply of necessary materials from 
the digestive canal, with a new supply of phos- 
phatic oil. For the carrying out of these pro¬ 
cesses, which prepare the brain and spinal nerve 
system for the demands of another day, the mag¬ 
netic blood current acts as distributor of sup 
plies. 


432 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Through the fact that this supply is directly 
dependent upon nutrition, three possibilities ine 
vitably present themselves: 

(1) That any radical change of diet may re¬ 
sult in an insufficient supply of the vari¬ 
ous elements necessary for the produc¬ 
tion of lecithin in the requisite quanti¬ 
ties. 

(2) That strenuous and unaccustomed phy¬ 
sical and mental exertion may involve a 
consumption both of nerve substance 
and muscular tissue, greater than the 
outcome of the ordinary diet is able 
to compensate. 

(3) That a protracted term of emotional 
strain and agitation may adversely affect 
both appetite and digestion while rapidly 
consuming the substance of the nerves. 

In discussing the causes of disease Julius 
Hensel lays great stress upon the emotions. He 
goes so far as to say that they “undoubtedly oc¬ 
cupy the first place amongst the factors causing 
disease, and we must not evade the consideration 
of them. We shall find that their action also 
amounts to an electro-chemical process!” I 
would not for an instant be understood to con¬ 
tend that the emotions alone are sufficient to 
explain the origin of disease—not at all. There 
are other factors—jointly or severally dominant 
—diet, occupation, changes of weather, climate, 
or conditions. 

In the matter immediately under review, how- 

# 

ever, the world-wide pandemic of “Spanish In 
fluenza,” there can remain no shadow of doubt 
in the mind of any unbiased observer who fol¬ 
lows the question fairly along the lines of elec¬ 
tro-chemical biology, but that the general emo- 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


433 


tional disturbances incident upon the war con¬ 
ditions of the world, combined with the chaotic 
dietetic position with its anxieties and privations 
under strenuous and unwonted physical demands, 
do undoubtedly afford a sound and reasonable 
explanation of the cataclysmal outbreak which 
has recently fallen upon the nations. 

The brazen blast of war, in 1914, with all its 
ruthless wreck and carnage, shook the universal 
fabric of the sphere. Fear, fraud and famine 
were met together, duplicity and greed had 
kissed each other. Short rations and with some, 
starvation, were soon the order of the day. The 
corners of the earth were swept of stale for¬ 
gotten stores and profiteers waxed fat and pri¬ 
ces soared, whilst the vitals of the working 
world were vastly under-fed. The ranks of la¬ 
bour, depleted of its men, were filled by females 
uninured to toil and dangerous nerve racking 
environments. Relentless time brings its re¬ 
venges fast; but still they worked and suffered 
while malnutrition sapped the life-blood of the 
race. In the homes of the fighting men fear 
reigned supreme—ever the sword of Damocles 
suspended at the hearth. And then the death 
lists came and the world was wet with human 
tears and all the furies flew the earth—grief, 
hatred, revenge, love, pity and remorse, but the 
wail of mourning was throughout all lands in 
all the “sable panoply of woe” attending fast 
lowering vitality, bred by force of pain and hope 
deferred. Pliny well said: “Dolendi modus, non 
est timendi”—Pain has its limits, apprehension 
none —and now as in his day, the latter bore the 
palm. 

Such was the position when two years ago 
the world first felt the impact of the pestilence 
and millions withered up like blighted corn. 


434 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The Vagus nerve with which we have been 
dealing, is concerned with the expression of 
emotions such as these; and being so, was 
burned up rapidly with fervent heat—the flames 
of sorrow still with fasting fed. In the majority 
of human lives such was the case, while the 
sources of nutritive reserve force were depleted 
by lack of things of universal use and foreign 
substitutes for normal food. Small wonder then 
the once steady nerves soon buckled with the 
strain; that sickness followed swiftly with dis¬ 
aster in its train and that the death rate rose 
enormously, beyond recorded precedent. And 
then when seeming good succeeds the storm of 
ills a plethora of new-born cares arose and 
worse, more fatal still, reaction from the 
strain which with relaxing energy demands its 
deadly share. Here in America we meet our 
troubles with serener front, unawed by State- 
fed sacerdotal superstitions; but in England 
how the scourge has wrung from dire depression 
its full toll of death. There for the first time, 
deaths exceed the births and for the final quarter 
of 1918, the deaths exceed those of the former 
term by 127.000 of which Influenza claimed one 
hundred Thousand dead. Similar conditions, it 
would appear, have been more or less general 
throughout the European and indeed all other 
Continents and the title “Pandemic” has been 
richly earned; but the term which would seem 
to me more descriptive still would be “Panas¬ 
thenia”—the general loss of vitality. 

The human organism is, as we know, electro¬ 
magnetic. The effect upon the fabric of abnor¬ 
mal disturbance is registered with infinite ex¬ 
actitude by electrons—atoms of electricity—which 
rise and fall in numerical vibration according to 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


435 


the positive or negative tone of the whole; and 
excessive manifestations in one direction or the 
other, indicate respectively, a condition of posi¬ 
tive or negative disease. 

When the slowly vibrating negative electrons 
outnumber the rapidly vibrating positive atoms 
the electronic vibration of the whole body is 
lowered. As a result, we become depressed, 
weak, tired and retain little bodily warmth. Di¬ 
gestion is upset, metabolism falls far below nor¬ 
mal, and the skin becomes pale, because of the 
morbid action set up in the mucous membrane 
by the excess of negative electrons. Catarrh su¬ 
pervenes. This is the condition in which nega¬ 
tive disease thrives best: Influenza, nervous de¬ 
bility, anaemia, sleeping disease, cholera, diph¬ 
theria and the rest, in all varied forms of nega¬ 
tive disease. 

The Vagus, or Wandering Nerve, permeates 
every vital section of the body, as the accompany¬ 
ing plate will show. It controls, as has been 
shown, all the highest functions, both mental and 
physical of human life—that life which depends 
for its well-being upon electro-chemical com¬ 
bustion, metabolism, and the fuel supply w r e de¬ 
signate as food. It is the first postulate of 
healthy vitality in the human frame that meta¬ 
bolism and catabolism—intake and output—shall 
go hand in hand—that the body must receive 
continually such fresh nutrition as may replace 
what it consumes in the process of muscular ac¬ 
tion and the exercise of mental and emotional 
activity, and we are consequently brought to the 
conclusion that such bonds of safety and provi¬ 
sion being rudely and suddenly severed, all 
physical resistance must be quickly broken down, 
the latent reserve energy is used and disappears, 


436 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


psychic resolution—the immunity of mind—soon 
abdicates its throne and the depleted organism, 
robbed of all defense, falls victim to contagion 
when it comes to kill. 

Treat men t. 

As regards the treatment, actual and pre¬ 
ventive, applicable to Spanish Influenza, the 
methods employed under the Hygienic-Dietetic 
System of Healing have been already defined in 
a previous chapter on the subject of negative dis¬ 
ease in general. Instruction, however, devoted 
to Influenza alone may be found in Chapter VI 
of the special pamphlet issued in that connection 
under the title: “Influenza, Cause and Cure,’ T * 
and also in my greater work: “Regeneration or 
Dare to be Healthy,” now in course of comple¬ 
tion. 

And now, one final word in conclu¬ 
sion, for the purpose of drawing to¬ 
gether, as it were, the multiplicity of 
threads which constitute the complex 
skein of causes and effects, with their 
remedial measures which cover the wide 
range of human life’s vicissitudes—the 
interruptions of its would-be harmonies 
—which take the forms, all too common 
in these times of stress, of physical dis¬ 
turbance and of mental strain which 


* The pamphlet, which also contains a chart 
of the Vagus in 2 colors, may be obtained either 
from the author or through any bookseller. The 
price is 50 cents. 



DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


437 


come to us in the combined and threat¬ 
ening guise of suffering and disease. 

That these forms are more pro¬ 
nounced, more virulent today than ever 
before in the records of the race, is 
surely great Nature’s manner, crude 
and masterful, of pressing her mandate 
home—right home upon the plastic film 
of evanescent shadows and ephemeral 
shades we proudly call our conscious¬ 
ness. 

How many, let me ask, how many ot 
us, in the absorbing round of life’s fu¬ 
tilities, have paused to really recognize 
the sinister “hand writing on the wall?” 

The phase of the world’s history 
through which we pass complacently is 
of no light portent, its happenings no 
casual concern, but, in point of crucial 
fact, a virtual “rending of the sphere” 
—a cosmic upheaval such as never yet 
before has racked the tense life sinews 
of the world, confounding the wisdom 
of the wise and wrecking in one fell 
climax of contempt the moral precepts 
of two thousand years. 

The greatest human struggle the 
world has ever known synchronizes 
strangely, yet logically with the world’s 
greatest pestilence which has swept 
successive millions to their doom with- 


438 


DARK TO BE HEALTHY 


out exacting from the residue even the 
sentimental tribute of a tear. 

The official brains of the entire globe 
are leagued in self-protective unison 
“to make the world safe for democ¬ 
racy ;” but Demos dies, by violence and 
disease, ere yet salvation comes. It ap¬ 
peals to its old-time standards for re¬ 
lief,—they are gone; to its pastors— 
they are mute; to its masters—they are 
impotent; to its doctors—they are 
baffled, helpless and aghast, whilst 
vainly searching earth and air for some 
frail pretext of unreal enlightenment, 
some fragile figment of belief. And yet 
in hynotized complacency the masses 
stand; for meanwhile commerce reaps 
its costly gains and labour draws in en¬ 
hanced increment the wages of the liv¬ 
ing and the dead. 

Less serious visitations have, in 
former times, left their eternal imprint 
on the age. They served to point the 
moral of wide-spread reform—to em¬ 
phasize the practice of hygiene and 
sanity. For all such scourges are but 
signs of Nature’s trust betrayed, her 
sacred laws defied in the wild rush for 
gain, oblivious of the Law of Compen¬ 
sation’s cost, with its inevitable reckon¬ 
ing. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


439 


Thus, to the discoverer of the lost ini_ 
tiative, what prospect does the future 
hold in store? 

Pandemics, such as this, repeat them¬ 
selves ; and other forms of dread disease 
are following the footsteps of mankind. 
Arterio sclerosis, (hardening of the ar¬ 
teries) , with its kindred complaints, for 
instance, now threatens to become a 
standing feature of the race through 
ignorance of the physiological functions 
of the nerves, their tissue exhaustion 
and supply. 

With such impending dangers are our 
men distressed; and yet there seems 
but grudging, slight encouragement for 
those who seek to stay the onslaught of 
the foe, by scientific measures of pre¬ 
caution and hygiene. 

What the nation needs is now a prac¬ 
tical and nation-wide awakening. Let 
the people realize the danger of their 
risk; let them rally to the call and loy¬ 
ally support those who thus offer them 
the safeguard of knowledge as a refuge 
from the impending storm. Then will 
so-called “incurable disease” be rele¬ 
gated to the limbo of the past and, 
among other prophylactic means, this, 
my latest great discovery—the cause of 
Influenza, its prevention and its cure, a 


440 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


discovery which must rank amongst the 
great scientific achievements of the day 
—will mitigate the force of epidemics 
on mankind. It should also give to the 
reader of this little book a fair assur¬ 
ance of what immunity it is possible to 
secure by careful study and practice ot 
its truths and should prove to the 
thinker the nucleus of a lesson which 
can nowhere be better learned than in 
the teachings and the precepts of the 
Hygienic-Dietic School. 

“But to the hero, when his sword 
Has won the battle for the free, 

Thy voice sounds like a prophet’s word 
And in its hollow tones are heard 
The thanks of millions yet to be.” 


FINIS. 

Wide and unlimited as the field of 
biology and the hygienic-dietetic method 
of healing is, I have in the foregoing 
pages tried to devise a guide that will 
indicate the points that are most neces ¬ 
sary to the confidence of the patient, 
based upon knowledge. 

If I have enlightened my readers suf. 
ficiently regarding the most modern 
results of biological research, if I have 
succeeded in showing them the ray of 
hope, in the midst of their suffering. 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


441 


that will give them courage to live, and 
live as healthy human beings, I shall 
feel amply rewarded for the hard work 
that had necessarily to be done before 
the present pinnacle in the art of heal¬ 
ing could be reached. 

Let me repeat: this brochure is not 
designed to lead any one away from 
the man who knows, who has gone to 
the sources of wisdom, to bring salva¬ 
tion to those who demand the right to 
live in health and vigor. Far other¬ 
wise; for my deliberate injunction is 
that the cure of disease, in any form, 
should not be undertaken except under 
the guidance of an hygienic physician 
who may indicate to them the path, so 
that they may not tread it blindly, but 
in the light of knowledge. 

The outlines of a great and wonder¬ 
ful science are presented. Another 
wall between the layman and the pro¬ 
fessional has been torn down. If, my 
readers, you can one day say this book¬ 
let has guided you to the right path, back 
to the enjoyment of life in youthful 
health and vigor, then join with me and 
others in propagating these sane and 
safe principles, and make others “Dare 
to be Healthy,” as you have dared your¬ 
self. 





















■ 



- 





INDEX 


Dedication . 5 

Foreword . 13 

Introduction . 15 

The Hygienic-Dietetic method of Healing.. 19 

Physiologico-Chemical Research . 20 

The Natural Method of Healing. 20 

Prophylactic Therapy or Prevention of 
Disease .. 21 

The New-School of Healing . 22 

“Regeneration” or “Dare to be Healthy” 24 

Distrust of the Medical Fraternity.25-6 

Johannes Muller and his followers.26-7 

The Medical Impasse .28-9 

The Regeneration of the Race. 31 

Dysaemia—the cause of disease. 31 

The process of Natural Healing. 31 

The Human Body a Microcosm. 32 

The body an indivisible Unity. 33 

The Bacteria craze . 33 

Predisposition ... 34 

The Allopathic failure .35-36 

Choosing a Physician. 37 

Cell-food Therapy . 37 

Medical Literature . 38 

Chemical elements of the blood. 39 

Dech-Manna, or ‘‘Organic Nutritive salts 

or cell-food Therapy” . 39 

“As a man eats, so is he”. 46 

Humanity the product of the exhausted 

fields . 46 

The remedy, the question and the reply 47 

No “business” in healthy blood. 47 

Truth versus Creeds and Capital. 49 

Health: Hymn of Health . 51 

The Health ideal by Nature set. 52 

Ignorance the basis of disease. 54 

A Means of Enlightenment . 55 

The Dare to be Healthy Club . 57 

The purpose of the Club . 58 

The Teachings of the Club . 58 

Two years’ course in Biology. 58 

Physiology, Anatomy, Hygiene, Physi¬ 
ological Chemistry, Pathology, accord¬ 
ing to Biological facts . 58 






































444 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

Therapy, in accordance with Biological 

and Physical Laws and Precepts . 58 

Its comprehensive aim. 58 

The Course of Instruction . 58 

Its Precepts. 59 

Graduates as Teachers . 59 

The Method of Regeneration . 59 

Dr. W. C. Rucker, Assistant Surgeon-Gen. 

U. S. Public Health Service, on Physi¬ 
ological Chemistry . 60 

The Boerhaave Incident . 62 

The Secret of Disease and Health. 62 

The eternal Lesson Nature Teaches. 64 

Simplicity the Essence of the System. 64 

A Life’s Legacy . 65 

The Physician . 66 

Fair-Minded Physicians . 66 

Behind the Veil . 66 

Disease the Heritage of the Ages. 67 

The Moment of Release . 67 

Disease a Unit .I. 68 

The Part of the Physician . 69 

The Teachings of Great Masters . 69 

Hippocrates . 70 

Galen . 71 

Thomas Sydenham . 73 

Boerhaave . 74 

System of Regeneration . 77 

Man as a Unit . 77 

Perpetual Existence . 77 

Functions . 77 

Cell-life . 78 

Specialists . 78 

Cause of Disease . 79 

Metabolism . 79 

Creative Master . 79 

Functions of the Blood . 79 

Foreign Formations . 80 

Nature’s Curative Powers . 80 

The Blood as Universal Medium . 80 

The Oneness of Disease . 80 

All Powers Dependent on Nutrition. 80 

Diversity of Construction . 81 

Adaptivity of Cells . 81 

Medical Misconception . 81 












































DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


445 


Resultant Errors . 82 

Diagnosis . 82 

Chemical Analysis of Human Body. 82 

The Twelve Tissues . 82 

Secret of Healing . 82 

Tissues Depend Upon the Blood. 82 

The 16 Elements of the Blood. 83 

Dominant Features . 83 

Von Liebig’s Law of the Minimum. 83 

The Law of Chemotaxis . 84 

Cell Attraction . 84 

Process of Healing . 84 

Constitutional Disease . 84 

New Cell-food Treatment . 85 

Old System Superseded . 85 

Dysaemia . 85 

The Bacillus Fallacy . 85 

Predisposition . 86 

Hereditary Disease . 86 

Heredity Not Invincible . 87 

The Dechmann Law of the Cross-trans¬ 
mission of Characteristics. 87 

The Theory of Pangenesis . 88 

The Dechmann Law of the Cross-trans¬ 
mission of Characteristics ... 87 

The Theory of Pangenesis . 88 

The Dechmann Law of the Determina¬ 
tion of Sex at Will . 89 

Latent Reserve Energy . 89 

Law of the Dominant . 90 

Heredity and Predisposition . 90 

Prevention of Disease . 91 

Terrible Responsibility . 91 

Alternative Betterment . 92 

The “Incurable,” Curable . 92 

Chemical Elements Missing. 92 

Three Methods of Supply . 92 

Diet... 92 

Nutritive Preparations . 93 

Physical Treatment . 93 

Nature a Unit . 94 

Natural Elements . 94 

Importance of Minerals . 94 

Testimonials . 95 

Dech-Manna Nutritive Preparations. 97 













































446 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


The Means of Health and Safety. 98 

The Dare to be Healthy Club . 99 

Business Proposition . 99 

Membership . 99 

Terms and Literature etc. 100 

“Within the Bud”. 10 * 

Cell Foods. Special Rates to Members....l02 

The Basis of Proceedings .103 

Life, Health, Happiness .104 

Man as a Unit .105 

Metabolism .106 

Variety of Organs .-.109 

The Idea of Unity .109 

The Constituent Elements .Ill 

Dysaemla, the Cause of All Constitutional 

Diseases .115 

Heredity . 

Healing .,. }]' 

The Unity of Nature .119 

The Chemical Process of Disease.121 

The Twelve Tissues .123 

1. The Plasmo Tissue (Blood Plasma)..124 

2. The Lymphoid Tissue .125 

3. The Nerve Tissue .125 

4. The Bone Tissue .i.126 

5. The Muscular Tissue .127 

6. The Mucous Membrane Tissue.128 

7. The Tooth and Eye Tissue.128 

8. The Hair Tissue .128 

9. The Skin Tissue .129 

10. The Gelatigenous Tissue .130 

11. The Cartilage Tissue ..130 

12. The Body Tissue in General.131 

Degeneration of Tissues .132 

The Meaning of “Healing” .132 

Grouping of Constitutional Diseases.133 

The A. B. C. of My System of Healing.135 

A. Diet ...-135 

B. Nutritive Compositions .135 

C. Physical Treatment .136 

Diet—Its Vital Importance .136 

The Reason Why .137 

The Laboratory of the Body and Func¬ 
tions of Its Branches .137 

Creation of Life-blood.137 












































DARE TO BE HEALTHY 447 

Building the Framework .138 

The Material .138 

The Refuse .138 

Diet Forms No. I to No. VI.138 

Nutritive Compositions .143 

Representations to Government.143 

Functions of Minerals in Our Food.148 

Minerals in the Human Economy .148 

Chemical Elements Essential to Life.149 

The Impulse of Growth .150 

The Genesis of Polyps, Tumors and Can¬ 
cers .151 

Review of Mineral Elements .152 

Iron in the Blood .152 

Generation of Electricity .152 

Faraday, on Magnetic Blood .152 

The Motor of Nervous Function.153 

Creation of Bodily Warmth .153 

The Secret of Sleep . 153 

The Function of the Spleen .154 

Rejuvenating Influence .154 

The Malpighian Bodies . 154 

The Liver and the Bile .155 

Lecithin or Nerve Fat .155 

System of Cell Renewal .156 

Nutrition-Soda and the Bile .156 

Chemical Fixation .156 

Sodium Sulphate Essential .157 

Basis of Muscle Tissue .157 

Basis of Bones and Teeth .158 

Growth of the Hair .158 

Medium of Chemical Combustion .158 

Human Organism Cannot Assimilate 

Inorganic Matter . 159 

Necessity of Prepared Nutritive Salts.159 

Incomplete Fertilization .160 

Sickly (food) vegetation . 160 

Improper Fertilization Breeds Disease....l61 

The Rock and Its Lesson .161 

Food Instinct .161 

An Imperative Duty to Mankind.162 

Result of Experiments (Poultry)...162 

Results of Experiments (small fruit).163 

Haemoglobin Eggs for Weakened Con¬ 
stitutions .164 










































448 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


Lecithin for Neurasthenia .164 

Physical Regeneration .164 

Reserve Energy Essentials .165 

Nutritive Compositions .166 

16. Nutritive Cell-foods .166 

12. “Dech-Manna” Compositions .166 

Specialities, A. to J.167 

Explanations .168 

Schuessler’s Absurdity .I/O 

Dech-Manna Compositions— 

No. 1. Plasmogen—(Plasma Producer).172 

No. 2. Lymphogen—(Lymph-cell produc¬ 
er .176 

No. 3. Neurogen—(Nerve-cell producer) 179 
The Ignorance of “Nerve Specialists”..180 

Consequent Increase of Insanity.180 

A Complacent Public .181 

Neurasthenia .181 

No. 4. Osseogen—(Bone-cell Producer)..182 
Deformity of Bone Structure, Curva¬ 
ture of the Spine, etc.:.183 

The Lime-water Fallacy and Others....183 

“Fire-proof” Bone Structure.183 

No. 5. Muscogen(—Muscle-cell Producer) 184 
Combination with Eubiogen (No. XII) 185 
No. 6 . Mucogen—(Mucous Membrane¬ 
cell producer) .186 

Pervading Importance of Membrane..l 86 

Catarrhal Conditions of Tissues.187 

No. 7. Dento & Ophthogen—(Tooth & 

Eye-cell Producer) .187 

Connection Between Teeth and Eye..l89 
No. 8 . Capillogen—(Hair-cell Producer)..189 

Causes of Falling Hair.190 

Prevention of Baldness.190 

Failure of “Hair Restorers”.190 

No. 9. Dermogen—(Skin-cell Producer)..191 

The Fallacy of Dermatology.192 

No. 10 . Gelatinogen—(Gelatigenous-tissue 

Producer) . 193 

The Functions of Expansion and Con¬ 
traction .I 93 

No. 11 . Cartilogen—(Cartilage Producer) 194 
Prevention of Friction, Bones and 
Joints . 194 




























DARE TO BE HEALTHY 449 

No. 12. Eubiogen—(Healthy Life Pro¬ 
ducer) .196 

Positive Composition .196 

Eulogy of Eubiogen .196 

Analysis of Eubiogen .201 

3. Forms of Eubiogen .204 

Special Composition B. Alternative 

for Infants and Feeble Invalids.204 

Comparative Analysis, Human Body 

and Eubiogen .206 

Appendix, I .„...207 

Life Preservers and Elixirs .207 

Special Dech-Manna Compositions.207 

A. Oxygenator. (Radium Tablets).207 

Balneotherapy-directions .208 

B. Eubiogen Liquid. For babies and 

feeble invalids .209 

C. Tonogen—Tonic and Beverage.210 

Universal Scope and Effectiveness....211 
Combination with Plasmogen.212 

Appendix II . 213 

Compositions for Specific Cases.213 

D. Tea. Diabetic .213 

E. Tea. Laxagen . 213 

F. Salve. Lenicet .213 

G. Massage Emulsion .213 

H. Propionic Acid .213 

I. Oxygen Powder .213 

J. Anti-phosphate or Negative Com¬ 
pound .213 

Price list, Dech-Manna Compositions.214 

Physical Treatment .215 

Baths and Packs—Vinegar-Water.215 

Massage and Exercises .216 

Importance of Ablutions . 216 

The Habit of Gargling .220 

Vinegar Packs—Their Significance and 

Basis .220 

Effect of the Packs .226 

Temperature .226 

Construction of Packs .227 

Length of Application .227 

Danger of Ice Applications .228 

Excretion of Auto-toxins .230 

Dissolving, Diverting, Excreting .230 








































450 . DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

General Treatment of Body.232 

The Key to Success.232 

General Advice for Packs .232 

Measurements for Material .233 

Temperature of Packs .234 

Duration of Packs ....235 

Changing the Packs .236 

General Rules .237 

‘‘Diverting Packs” Important.237 

The Main Rule .238 

24. Abdominal Pack .238 

Divided Packs .241 

25. The Cross Pack .242 

26. Leg Packs .244 

Partial Packs .245 

Foot and Wrist Packs .246 

Neck Pack .247 

Shoulder Pack .248 

Scotch Pack .249 

Divided Scotch Pack .250 

Shawl Pack .251 

27. Three-quarter Packs .252 

Half Pack .255 

Whole Pack .255 

Small Compresses .257 

28. Gymnastics .258 

29. Massage ...258 

30. Breathing .258 

Electric Vibrators .260 

31. Oxygenator .261 

32. Radium and Salt Baths .261 

Diseases, Treatment and Method.262 

I. Degeneration of the Plasmo Tissue.263 

Anaemia, Chlorosis, Pernicious Anae¬ 
mia ...263 

A. Scrofulosis .266 

B. Tuberculosis .266 

C. Syphilis .266 

D. Cancer .. + .266 

Theraphy .267 

Diet, I. For Anaemic Patients.267 

I & II. A. For Scrofulous Patients....269 
I & II. B. For Tuberculous Patients..270 

T & II. C. For Syphilitic Patients.271 

I & II. D. For Cancer Patients .271 











































DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


451 


Dech-Manna Compositions .271 

Physical .272 

II. Degeneration of Lymph Tissue.272 

III. Degeneration of the Nerve Tissue....273 

Neuralgia, Neuritis, Neurasthenia .274 

Asthma, Epilepsy, St. Vitus’s Dance....274 

Therapy .275 

Dech-Manna Compositions .277 

Physical .277 

IV. Degeneration of the Bone Tissue.277 


Rickets, Osteomalacia and Similar Dis¬ 


eases .277 

Therapy .,.278 

Diet .278 

Dech-Manna Compositions .279 

Physical .279 

V. Degeneration of the Muscular Tissue..280 

Muscular Rheumatism, Sciatica.280 

Infantile Paralysis, Atrophy.280 

Amyloid Organs .280 

Therapy . 281 

Diet .281 

Special Diet: For Disease of Heart and 

Inactive Kidneys .i.282 

For Irritable Kidneys and Diseases 

of the Bladder .285 

For Liver Disease .286 

Dech-Manna Compositions .287 

Physical .287 

VI. Degeneration of the Mucous Mem¬ 

brane Tissue .288 

Catarrh, Acute and Chronic.288 

Bronchitis, Pleurisy, Pneumonia.288 

Inflammation of Nose, Throat, Bow¬ 
els, Stomach and Bladder .288 

Decomposition of Mucous Membrane 288 
Hemorrhoids,Polyps,Benign Tumors..288 

Bright’s Disease, Initial Stages.288 

Therapy . 289 

Diet .-.290 

For Throat and Larynx Disease.290 

Dech-Manna Compositions .290 

Physical .290 

VII. Degeneration of Tooth and Eye 

Tissue .-.291 




































452 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

Therapy .292 

Dech-Manna Compositions . 292 

Physical .292 

VIII. Degeneration of the Hair Tissue..292 

Therapy .293 

Diet '.293 

Dech-Manna Compositions .293 

Physical ..293 

IX. Degeneration of the Skin Tissue.293 

Therapy .295 

Diet .295 

Dech-Manna Compositions .295 

Physical . 295 

X. Degeneration of the Gelatigenous Tis¬ 

sue, Stomach & Intestinal Disease..295 

Therapy . 296 

Diet . 296 

Normal Diet for Stomach Diseases..297 
General Hints for Nourishing Treat¬ 
ment .298 

Treatment .298 

In case of Constipation.299 

Dech-Manna Compositions.299 

Physical .299 

XI. Degeneration of the Cartilagenous 

Tissue .300 

Ankylosis, Gout, Arthritis.300 

Therapy . 300 

Diet .300 

Dech-Manna Compositions .300 

Physical .300 

XII. Degeneration of the Body Tissue 

in General .301 

Infantile Paralysis .303 

Facial Diagnosis and “The Clinical Eye”....306 
Diagnosis, Physiognomy and Psychology 308 

The Biological Healing System.308 

The Psychological Side .308 

Regeneration and Retrogression ..309 

The True Physician’s Principle.309 

External Symptoms .310 

Perspiring Hands and Feet.310 

Quality of the Nails .311 

Baldness, Gray and Dishevelled Hair....311 
The Evidence of the Eyes.312 





































DARE TO BE HEALTHY 453 

Prof. Liljequist on the Colour of the 
Eyes .312 

The Shades of Death .313 

Testimony of the Mouth and Tongue..313 

Indications of the Nose.314 

Diagnosis by Odour .315 

Story of the Teeth and Gums.316 

Demonstrations of the Neck.317 

Significance of Chest Formation.317 

Signs of the Abdomen.317 

Indications of the Legs .317 

Indications of the Skin...318 

Freckles .318 

Chemical Construction .318 

Prevention and Cure .319 

Simple Precautions .319 

Children’s Disease. Introduction.319 

The Cause of “the Poor” .319 

The Child of Mortality '.319 

Parental Egotism and Pedagogy.323 

Maternal Solicitude—and Ignorance.320 

Vital Statistics .324 

O Temporal O Mores! .325 

The World’s Indifference to Truth .326 

For the Understanding of Disease—the 

sine qua non .326 

Back to Nature .326 

“The Age of Nerves” .327 

Medical Polemics .327 

“Existence is Movement”—Progress.328 

Man, the Sceptic .328 

The X-Rays and the Sequel .329 

The Atom and the Electron.:.330 

“Man’s Passing Strange, Complex Mor¬ 
tality” .332 

The Vibrations of Electrons .332 

Electro-Magnetic Control, Mundane and 

Solar Forces .333 

The Ocean a Storage Battery.333 

The Action of Acids and Alkalies.334 

Electro-Magnetic Processes and Meta¬ 
bolism .335 

Weather and Local Influences.336 

Negative and Positive Vibrations.337 

Healthy Blood Formation .338 









































454 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

Dech-Manna Diet .338 

Electrons and the Effect of Injury.339 

Bacteria . 340 

Febrile, or Positive Diseases .340 

Curative Process .341 

The Law of Opposites .341 

Action of Water .341 

Action of Earth or Mud.341 

Vinegar Packs .342 

Cooling Drinks .342 

Temperature Reduction .343 

Negative Diseases .344 

Curative Process .344 

Sun Baths. Light Baths .344 

Exercise .,.345 

Massage .345 

Coloured Light Treatment .346 

Internal Treatment .346 

The Salts of the Body.346 

Nourishment ...347 

The Science of Food .347 

Diet .348 

Food Standard .348 

Heat Production .348 

Discretion in Diet .348 

Diet of Children in General .349 

Diet for School Children .351 

Fever and its Treatment Based on Biology..354 

A. General Description .354 

B. Treatment .357 

C. Diet in Cases of Fever.362 

Scarlet Fever .367 

Measles .371 

German Measles .372 

Chicken-pox .373 

Small-pox .374 

Typhoid fever or typhus abdominalis.375 

A. General Description .375 

B. Essentials .376 

C. Symptoms and Course .377 

Stage of Development .378 

The Climax .378 

Stage of Healing . 4 ...378 

Respiratory Organs .381 

Organs of Circulation .381 















































DARE TO BE HEALTHY 455 

Nervous System .381 

Bones and Joints .382 

Urinary and Sexual Organs .:.382 

Skin .382 

Recurrence .383 

D. Treatment .384 

Mental condition .385 

E. Relapsing fever. (Typhus Recur- 

rens) .386 

F. Diet in Cases of Typhus.387 

Dech-Manna compositions .392 

Physical Treatment .392 

Negative Children’s Disease (so called)....393 

Catarrh .393 

Bronchitis .393 

Grippe .393 

Influenza . 393 

Catarrhal Inflammations .393 

Cholera Infantum or Summer Com¬ 
plaint .393 

Therapy .393 

Physical Treatment .394 

The Contagious Character of Children’s 

Diseases .394 

The Golden Rule .395 

Diet .395 

Dech-Manna Compositions .395 

Physical Treatment .396 

The Tonsure of the Tonsils .396 

A Strong Indictment .396 

American and English Corroboration.397 

Arguments Against Tonsillotomy .397 

A Medico-cum-parental craze .398 

Prof. Mackenzie’s Denunciation .398 

Maternal Ineptitude .399 

Wild and Incontinent Superstitions .400 

Operators and Their Teachers.400 

Facts and Fables .401 

A “Lazy and Stupifying Delusion”.402 

The “Roll of Unrecorded Death”.402 

A trenchant and Tragic Article.404 

The True Mission of Tonsils .405 

Pre-natal Care .405 

Pre-natal Clinics .405 

Human Magnetism .405 











































456 DARE TO BE HEALTHY 

Hygienic Birth .406 

Endemic and Epidemic Disease .406 

Climatic, or Yellow Fever .407 

Pellagra, or Hook-worm .407 

Cholera and Plague .408 

The Spanish Influenza .409 

The World’s Great Pandemics .410 

Terminological Notes .410 

Fundamental Causes .410 

Sero-Therapy, or the Illusive Germ 

Theory .412 

The Alternative Origin .412 

The Attitude of the Public.413 

The History of the Influenza Germ.413 

Culture and the Manufacturing Chemist....413 

The Great Experiment.413 

The Dictum of Surgeon Genl. Blue.414 

Serums and Specifics, Hospitals and Un¬ 
dertakers .415 

Opinions of the Press .416 

The Parting of the Ways .417 

• George Bernard Shaw’s Views.418 

Public Health Reports...419 

Raising the Resistance of the Body.419 

The Vis Medicatrix Naturae .421 

St. Paul, on the Unity of the Body.421 

The Cause of Medical Failure.421 

The Law of the Minimum .423 

The Sixteen Essentials .423 

Prof. Kuhnemann, on the Influenza.424 

The Interpretation .427 

The Professor and the Shy Bacillus.428 

The Vision of the Vagus Nerve.429 

Its Vast Responsibility .431 

Three Nutritive Possibilities .432 

The Emotions as Factors of Disease....432 
“Panasthenia,” the General Loss of Vi¬ 
tality .434 

The Seat of Affection in the Vagus.435 

“The Writing on the Wall”.437 

Demos Dies by Violence .438 

Nature’s Trust Betrayed .438 

The Law of Compensation .438 

A Great Scientific Discovery .440 

Finis .440 










































DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


557 


ERRATA IN VALERE AUDE 


Page 6, line 28, from top read Sinai’s. 

19, line 5 from top read continents. 

134, line 10 from top read adenoids. 

149, line 9 from top read haemoglobin. 

149, line 27 from top read fluorine. 

150, line 6 from top read, a comma aftei 
“itself”, 

152, line 5 from top read, tumors. 

152, line 20 from top read, grams. 

156, line 34 from top read, two of am¬ 
monium. 

156, line 45 from top read, ammoniacal. 

157, line 44 from top read, phosphate of 
ammonium. 

“ 161, line 44 from top read, avidity. 

166, line 7 from top read, fluorine. 

“ 182, line 9 from top read, organic lime. 

“ 186, line 14 from top read, indispensible. 

“ 187, line 1 from top read, dimensions. 

“ 192, line 17 from top read, the patient. 

“ 200, line 22 from top read, vain. 

“ 201, line 16 from top read, sinews. 

“ 223, line 1 from top read, oxygenous 

blood. 

“ 244 line 22 from top read, leg. 

“ 261, line 6 from top read, allow him to 

extend the area. 

“ 276, line 27 from top read, Alcohol and 

alkaline. 


279, line 11 from top read, legumes. 

281, line 3 from top read, Amyloid de¬ 
generation. 

301, line 31 from top read, space at my 
disposal. 

315, line 20 from top read, the hypo¬ 
chondriacal. 


.365, line 16 iroj 
H prises. 



top read, 


Form III com- 



558 


DARE TO BE HEALTHY 


“ 409, line 34 from top read, social cataclysm 

•414, line 37 from top read, consensus. 

423, line 36 from top read, chlorine. 

427, line 21 from top read, to numbness in 
the nerve. 

" 429, line 35 from top read, more unmis- 

. takably. 

430, line 31 from top read, nerve sub¬ 
stance lecithin. 

“ 438, line 16 from top read, hypnotized 
complacency. 

‘ 440, line 12 from top read, Hygienic-Die¬ 

tetic. 


{ 1 . 227 83 







VS 




.'£&&• %* ,. c ° /jrm>’~ °v.A .-:^Pi*. %* „< 






o Y 


A^ 

*•-'• ^ .. %_ * ,m „f° 


i° -v v 


^V 4 ♦ ♦, V 


5 V **i7i*‘ A 

..... % V .1 



r> tv * 

•W * 


c or> " Y///&&S<>Z * .* s^am^jfcy * c? A 

.c 7 jv Wfiavv'* av • v^l®Pv> * 47 <P> • 

.•^*.% A .'j&i-S. /.••-*• °- 





;• .«*» 



,‘ ’V '~‘&7M: &’ — 

>* . 0 5 ^ *♦ «.•>*’ «*" ‘V *•••* £ 0 ' 

,7 .<•“. V v' ,.r^. V V 5 .*J\ 
^ ^ * ASmDSt*. A ♦ 


A** - * C? V v 

v v^. t v^EWfi * a/ ^ 



<? 


•/ ^ ** •. 




> V s % *VVJj% 


£ ... 





A 7 ^ >v/£a\v r * AV v. • £/W\2 ♦ 47 <$*. • V^i 

-*b a«- n .“*•♦. <% .6 * .• ‘'• •. o 0 

■* ^ A* . *cS5$\S\V* • V ♦Jf}/5^5* > , 


•*o 7 .• 


A o’ 


<0 vV ' 

v <yy * '*yy/i\hf t; 

, 0 ° V •^-•' «A 




^ * 


%v c b ‘v^' 0 ° 

V s .•• •'. C\ .0 .' • 

v ♦ rximCrfe • <*«. <A • 


a V 7\ - O V, ° Tf 

► 4 * #XdPiyr% <£? <J* • 




C” v * • * * j^ w 

V c° yj/r/ti: 



• % v ^s v 

r vP S 


7 £ '* V 



. * * A 




X' O 4 * 

V .^*. *+_ 

'• -o7 •• 



',♦ o 0 4- ?j4W*S ^ 

<> v v .••/’. V. . 0 ^ .••<■- *> v k »r, 

»-. "V, /7 .vVv ^ 0 .^ * 

-sMVAl v7 »■ 




AT* 






> • <s 6*^4 . ^ ^ «£, » 

/ ... V" • 

• O j* .*%$^1+ * fO *• -• G ^ 



¥'*++ V 




^o . 

; $ °+ \ 

r % *??&''jr %*•... 

r » • • t»_ A >\ v ... **» 1 


A 0 ' •**>" V 

: it :mm°* w 




-. ‘.W.- ■'*. V'*V r .* V v VSMP * 

v c° .c^s °o > ,o 


• 1 4 


. ~% " V" . • •.. ’V. V '* T 

^ :a¥v .•»• ^ ^ .‘iaiteC'. 





c: 

> V * 
e m-m? * A''* I 

f ^ *.w‘ ^ ** •. 

I,. %. '••»*<& *T7^ .0 

°-. J> o « “ •. *P. r, 1 ^ ^ 

O aT> » *£ «*V 4 * * v> 

• Vt « «SXM\re\ • »y ■* *- 

* nq 






o 

'•• _ >° V 

iv-t, :^£^. ci 

* VH2H&V «v % 
^ ^5 tT* g* V • 

**•- ^ ^ **'«, **h 

^ <*v sLffpl* °o 






\V V *»n' ’O, 

. ^ .•£»*. \ / 4 V^ \ ^ v * P 



* * ^ ‘ 

°* '»rtT»* .o' <#•- 

: ^ ^ 

* 4 V -V : 

<y c * • * # ^ 

•J*' * , * *P ✓w 

“ 4 <SS\\\ • T. V 

*. ^ 0 * .- 

* A • ' 


4 




M <$> ^ 

nV <U •-T7T*'G <f ^ # W 4 A 

1 *^ ,*,0 Oj 

i'l « 



^ - wwv • r ^ . 

<T\ • rv a - 

°-<- * • • • ’ A 0 ^ 


* 'ti. A * 0 - # 

* *A 



























































































